DANIEL DRAKE SYMPOSIUM

The Daniel Drake Symposium will be held Friday, April 19, 1985 at the University of Cincinnati Medical Sciences Building, Kresge Auditorium. This Symposium seeks to renew public interest in an Important figure In Ohio history. Daniel Drake, who is often described as a "renaissance man," was an educator, historian, scientist, physician and a civic leader. He organized and founded a hospital, colleges, libraries, and literary, scientific and professional societies. The Symposium will feature speakers from Ohio, Kentucky and Pennsylvania. This symposium Is made possible in part by the Ohio Humanities Council - A state-based agency of the National Endowment for the Humanities, which makes grants to non-profit organizations in Ohio for public programs In the Humanities.

SECTION: DANIEL DRAKE SYMPOSIUM FRIDAY/ APRIL 19, 1985 MORNING - 1 KRESGE AUDITORIUM BILLIE BROADDUS, PRESIDING OFFICER

"SPECIAL GUEST APPEARANCE: DANIEL DRAKE, M.D." CHARLES GOETZ, LITERARY AND DRAMATIC SCHOLAR CINCINNATI, OHIO

DR. DANIEL DRAKE - BOYHOOD DAYS AT MAYSLICK, KENTUCKY. George G. Greene, M.D., 3085 Paris Pike, Lexington, Kentucky 40511.

10:30 Daniel Drake was born October 20, 1785, in Plainfield, New Jersey, the son of gristmill tender, Issac Drake. The Drake family moved to Kentucky when Daniel was 2 1/2 years old, arriving here with only $1.00 and a bleak possibility of existence. The first night was spent in a sheep shed in the small village of Washington. After 64 days, they finally arrived at Limestone (now Maysville) on June 10, 1788. A few months later, Issac Drake purchased 38 acres at Mayslick. After six years, the Drake family moved one mile west of Mayslick in the forest and built a log cabin 16'x20'. Drake spent his next six years within a setting of near isolation compared to the previous six years. In this pictur- esque surrounding and with the early farm duties and developments, Drake did not surrender to a state of metamorphosis but increased in knowledge much greater than the proportion of compara- tive status. The education Drake received was very limited by both time and adequate instruc- tion. This lack of early years of education Drake often regretfully referred to and lamented. Further discussions will include his parental influence and support of a father who was deter- mined to give the necessary help for making his son a physician. Religious background, social life—of what little was available, household and farm chores, botanical observations as a child, along with others, will be discussed. All of these will, I believe, edify the state- ments of Charles Drake who said, "Patience and perseverance conquer all difficulties;" as well as add credence to the statement of Dr. Allen Pussey concerning such persons as Drake and Lincoln—"Adversity can be sweet when utilized by a genius." DANIEL DRAKE'S CONTRIBUTIONS TO OHIO ARCHAEOLOGY. James L. Murphy, Ohio State University Libraries, 1858 Neil Avenue Mall, Columbus 43210. 1 1 \LO A review of the archaeological achievements of Daniel Drake, necessarily based primarily upon his 1815 ...Picture of Cincinnati and the Miami Country, demon- strates the accuracy of his pioneer descriptions of earthworks in the Miami Valley, his scientific caution in speculating upon their use, and his originality in apply- ing the rudiments of comparative physical anthropology to the problem of the relation of the "Mound Builders" to recent Amerinds. Drake's contributions also provide unique infor- mation on the structure and contents of the Cincinnati mounds and identify two of the earl- iest, otherwise anonymous, archaeologists to map Fort Ancient (Joel Wright) and other Miami Valley sites (William Lytle)•

DANIEL DRAKE AS A PROMOTER OF FLORISTIC BOTANY AMD HIS CIRCLE OF BOTANICAL 11:50 STUDENTS. Ronald L. Stuckey, Department of Botany, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210. Daniel Drake, M.D. (1785-1852), knov/n for his achievements in the medical profession and civic activities of Cincinnati, was also a scientist, most interested in the now largely forgotten- subject of medical topography, which gave him occasion to study geology and botany. Drake was primarily a promoter of botany. He was the first scientist of the West to provide information on botany in books published west of the Allegheny Mountains (1810, 1815). Other firsts were his public lectures on botany (1818), his lectures on botany to medical students (1818), and his published guidelines for the collection of plants and preparation of herbarium specimens by medical students (1828). Drake's promotional efforts came to fruition in his students, Dr. John L. Riddell, who published a Synopsis of the Flora of the Western States (1834-1835), the first catalogue of vascular plants of the states west of the Allegheny Mountians; Dr. John M. Bigelow, who published a Florula Lancastriensis of Fairfield County and wrote on medical topography; Mr. Milo G. Williams, who collected the plants of southwestern Ohio and made an extensive herbarium; and Dr. William Wood, who wrote papers about the wet prairies of Ohio. Drake consulted other individuals in Cincinnati for botanical information; among them were Joseph Clark, Thomas G. Lea, John A. Warder, and Robert Buchanan.

SECTION: LUNCH FRIDAY/ APRIL 19, 1985 12:30 P.M. CAFETERIA BILLIE BROADDUS, PRESIDING OFFICER

SECTION: DANIEL DRAKE SYMPOSIUM FRIDAY, APRIL 19, 1985 AFTERNOON - 1:30 P.M. KRESGE AUDITORIUM BILLIE BROADDUS, PRESIDING OFFICER

EARLY PHILADELPHIA MEDICINE AND ITS EXTRAORDINARY IMPORTANCE TO DR. DANIEL DRAKE (1782-1852). Dorothy I. Lansing, M.D., Archivist and Historian to The Obstetrical 1:30 Society of Philadelphia, Box 536, Paoli, PA 19301.

For this bicentennial celebration of Daniel Drake's birthday, his many visits to and various months of living in Philadelphia will be explored and recorded as completely as possible. The characteristics and personalities of his known major Philadelphia physicians, naturalists, and scientists will be used alongside Drake's own viewpoints, enthusiasms, and temperament to emphasize the great debt he owed to Philadelphia medicine. The turmoil of Philadelphia medical education with the attendant legislative manipulations will be given to furnish a backdrop to Drake's own legal manipulations to create Ohio and/or Kentucky schools of medicine. His relationship with the brilliant author, editor, teacher, and doctor-botanist, John Eberle, will also be delineated as much as possible. Daniel Drake had many Philadelphia connections and, after his death, his colleagues in some instances returned to Philadelphia and enormous fame within 19th century American medicine. DANIEL DRAKE AS AN EDUCATOR. Emanuel D. Rudolph, Department of Botany, The Ohio State University, 1735 Neil Avenue, Columbus, Oil 43210. 2:10 If Daniel Drake is remembered as an educator, it is usually for his pioneering efforts in establishing medical schools and related institutions in Ohio, and for his attempts to improve the quality of medical instruction. However, I believe that Drake's entire professional and public life can be interpreted as a continuous educational endeavor. Although Drake's own education was limited, it was better than many frontier men's. He early learned the value of reading for self-instruction and preached the value of that trait for the rest of his life. After his experiences in Philadelphia, Drake tried to emulate its educational and professional establishments in Cincinnati. As time went on, he developed a more independent approach to education which championed a new "Western Country" attitude. This attitude was furthered by his numerous lectures and writings encouraging educational cooperation in the western states. He was active in an organization called The Western Literary Institute, and College of Professional Teachers that met annually in the 1830's and that had a broad view of the term "teacher." These meetings were Drake's most active involement with the reforming of non-medical teaching.

DR. DANIEL DRAKE'S STUDY OF MILK SICKNESS. Relda Niederhofer, Natural and Social Sciences, Firelands College, Bowling Green State University, Huron, Ohio 44839. 2:50 Milk sickness in humans, and Trembles as it is referred to in animals, is caused by the common woodland plant, Eupatorium rugosum (White snakeroot). When cattle graze on the plant, their milk, milk products, and meat become poisoned. During the pioneer days milk sickness became one of the most mysterious diseases to con- front the physicians of the Midwest, who were educated in Europe and the New England states where the disease was unknown. Nearly one fourth of the early settlers in Madison County, Ohio, fell victim to the pestilence, but the worst recorded incidence was the epidemic of 1818 in which nearly all of the residents of Pigeon Creek, Indiana, were exterminated. Dr. Daniel Drake credited Dr. Thomas Barbee with the first published report of milk sick- ness in 1809. For the next thirty years numerous articles appeared in the medical journals suggesting possible causes and treatments. In 1840 Drake travelled within 150 miles of Cincin- nati on horseback and foot studying the geology and botany of the area and consulting with physicians and farmers. From his study of the etiology Drake suggested five plants that might cause milk sickness: Eupatorium rugosum (White snakeroot), Bignonia capreolata (Creeper), fungi, Rhus venevata (Poison sumach) and Rhus toxicodendron, (Poison ivy) . He narrowed the plants down to white snakeroot and poison ivy, then rejected the former because it was so common and had no poisonous properties. Because Drake was such a prominent physician and scientist his theories were accepted almost without question. It wasn't until the early part of the 20th Century, nearly sixty years after Drake's death, before the mystery was solved.

DANIEL DRAKE"S LEGACY TO GOOD CITIZENSHIP. Arthur G. King, M.D. 55k Evanswood Place, Cincinnati, OH. 45220

5.->VJ jn addition to the practice and teaching of medicine Daniel Drake was exemplary in stimulating or organizing or administering a great many cultural activities in Cincinnati. The factors which made this possible despite his very meager elementary education include a wise selection of people with whom to associate, those whose moral and behavioral values he embraced, his determination to learn from them and his concept of the need to integrate all branches of knowledge. This was the result of his Baconian philosophy of building on observation and coordinating the findings. He linked a love of science, art, history, literature and teaching with a practical skill. However his intolerance of mediocrity and a quarrelsome temperament severely handicapped him. His sense of values was beclouded by a degree of gullibility, and on at least one occasion he did not hesitate to manipulate the truth. But his energy, persuasiveness, and idealism helped to change Cincinnati from a frontier town to a city which became a model of progressive development with widely extended influence. A review of his activities reveals that his greatest legacy to good citizenship was his persistent exploration and enhancement of the various elements in communal life which made current existance more enjoyable and at the same time headed for a successful future.

SECT I ON: DANIEL DRAKE SYMP. RECEPTION FRIDAY, APRIL 19, 1985 k-.m P.M. 121 WHERRY HALL BILLIE BROADDUS, PRESIDING OFFICER S E C T I 0 N: A. ZOOLOGY SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY MORNING BALDWIN 841 RAYMOND F. JEZERINAC, PRESIDING OFFICER

*** POSTER ABSTRACTS FOR THIS SECTION ARE FOLLOWED BY PODIUM ABSTRACTS ***

LIFE HISTORY INCLUDING SENESCENCE OF MICROCOTYLE SPINICIRRUS (MONOGENEA: Tangeman MICROCOTYLIDAE). John C. Mergo Jr. and John L. Crites. Department of Zoology, Univ. Ctr. The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. 43210 Board A @ 9:00 a.m. Microcotyle spinicirrus, a gill parasite of freshwater drum (Aplodinotus grunniens), hatches from an operculate egg as an onchomiracidium bearing 5 ciliated bands. After attaching to its host the ciliated bands are shed and the holdfast structures (clamps) arise from a region between the second and third pair of marginal hooklets and the two pairs of large anchors on its opisthohaptor. As the organism matures clamps are added causing anchor bearing portion of opisthohaptor to be pushed posteriorly. The larval haptor remains attached to the worm until approximately 21 clamps have been produced. The earliest appearance of internal organs occurred in the following sequence: ovary at a stage bearing 10 clamps; vagina, 11; spines of cirrus and atrium, 20; and testes, 28. Earliest maturation of a specimen, indicated by the ability to produce eggs, was observed in a specimen bearing 55 clamps. Mature specimens are believed to live for a period lasting one or two years, during which clamps are continuously added to the opisthohaptor. Afterwards, a senescent period occurs indicated by the swelling of the vas djferens and vitelline ducts, a reduction in ovary size, a decline in spermatogenesis with accompaniedb degredation of testes, and loss of clamps from the opisthohaptor.

REDESCRIPTION OF THE TERMINAL PORTIONS OF THE MALE AND FEMALE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEMS Tangeman OF MICROCOTYLE SPINICIRRUS (MONOGENEA: MICROCOYLIDAE). John C. Mergo Jr. and John Univ. Ctr. L. Crites. Department of Zoology, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. 43210 Board B g 9:00 a.m. The original description of the terminal portions of the reproductive systems of M. spinicirrus (MacCallum 1918) and subsequent redescriptions (Bangham and Hunter 1936, Remely 1942) do not accurately portray the relationships of the vas deferens, cirrus, uterus, and genital atrium. Originally, the vas deferens was believed to terminate in a hook bearing muscular cirrus located at the base of the genital atrium. The uterus entered the genital atrium between the cirrus and the hook bearing gonopore. Light microscopy of entire specimens and sections through the area in question reveal that the vas deferens, not the uterus, enters what was formerly termed the genital atrium anterior to the muscular hook bearing cirrus. A genital atrium, accepting the cirrus and uterus (former genital atrium and cirrus) still exists but is greatly reduced in size. The proposed cirrus is believed to be eversible due to the presence of muscle fibers projecting from its muscular base.

THE ULTRASTRUCTURAL STUDY OF THE CUTICLE OF HAMMERSCHMIDTIELLA DEISINGI (NEMATODA Tangeman OXYUROIDEA) AMD THE ATTACHMENT OF THE BACTERIUM STREPTOMYCES LEIDYHEMATIS. Xiong Yu

Univ. Ctr. ana John Lo Crites. Department of Zoology, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio Board C 1+3210. @ 9:00 a.m. Hammerschmidtiella deisingi lives in the hind gut of American cockroach (Periplaneta americana)«, Streptomyces leidynematis often attaches to the cuticle of the nematode. EM study of the bacterium and the cuticle of H_. deisingi indicated that there is no penetration of the cuticle by the bacterium. Two layers of unknown material existed between the cuticle. Probably they are secreted by the nematode. The structure of the cuticle of H_. deisingi (female can be devided into three zones, the cortical, median, and basal zones. The cortical zone has two layers, a triplelayered membrane and an internal cortical layer. The median zone seems fiber like. The basal zone consists of three layers, BL , BL , and a basal membrane. The cuticular structure in the alae is somewhat different from other body parts. The internal cortical layer becomes thick at the tip of alae, and the median layer becomes thinner. Basal layer one (BL^ varies in thickness and it becomes very thick as a major component of the alae. Electron dense structures of irregular shape extend from the border of BL2 into BL especially in alae. In the other parts of the body, these structures becomes more even, forming the major component of the BL., laver. BL,, is internal to BL. and extends through whole body. x " 2. 1 FREEZING DYNAMICS OF THE GOLDENROD GALL FLY, EUROSTA SOLIDAGINIS. Edward A. Tangeman Lewis and Richard Eo Lee, Jr., Department of Zoology, Miami University - Univ. Ctr. Hamilton, 1601 Peck Boulevard, Hamilton, Ohio 45011 Board D § 9:00 a.m. Third ins tar larvae of the goldenrod gall fly acquire freeze tolerance during autumn. Tolerance is associated with the accumulation of three cryoprotective agents, glycerol, sorbitol and trehalose. This study examines factors affecting ice content in a naturally freeze tolerant insects The lower limit of freeze tolerance occurred when ca. 66% of total body water froze. Ice content was inversely related to temperature over the range of -15 to -30 C. Equilibrium ice formation was attained only after AS hr. of exposure to -23°C.

The existence of an extended period until the attainment of equilibrium ice formation may play an important role in the mechanism of freeze tolerance. This interval may allow time for tissues to gradually adjust to an increasingly hypertonic environment as the ice crystal lattice grows in the extracellular body fluids.

ONTOGENY OF COLD-HARDINESS IN DIAPAUSING AND NONDIAPAUSING STAGES OF THE FLESH Tangeman FLY, SARCOPHAGA CRASSIPALPIS. Richard E. Lee, Jr. and David L. Denlinger, Univ. Ctr. Department of Zoology, Miami University - Hamilton, 1601 Peck Boulevard, Board E Hamilton, Ohio 45011 and Department of Entomology, Ohio State University, % 9:00 a.m. 1735 Neil Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43210

Sarcophaga crassipalpis Macquart (Diptera: Sarcophagidae) overwinters as a diapausing pupae that burrows a few centimeters underground. In this environment they are normally exposed to sub-zero temperatures for many months. Supercooling points (SCP) and low temperature survival were determined for larval, pupal and adult stages of diapause and nondiapause groups. Actively feeding larvae have SCP's near -7 C which decrease to -11 C during the post-feeding wandering phase. All stages were intolerant of tissue freezing. For diapause and nondiapause groups, comparable developmental stages exhibited similar SCP profiles. The lowest SCP's were recorded for pupae at -23°C. Survival at -17°C is dependent on the age of diapausing pupae: 10-day old pupae are less cold tolerant than pupae that have been in diapause for 45-80 days. Although the supercooling point of diapausing and non diapausing pupae are similar, nondiapausing pupae are extremely sensitive to low temperature exposure and do not survive as little as 20 min. at -17 C. For S_. crassipalpis our data suggest that the SCP accurately reflects cold tolerance in a biologically meaningful way only for the latter portion of pupal diapause.

HORN SIZE IN THE MINUTE TREE-FUNGUS BEETLE (COLEOPTERA: FAMILY CIIDAE) o,00 Kevina Vulinec, Cincinnati Museum of Natural History, 1720 Gilbert Ave., Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

Many secondary sexual characteristics of animals are thought to have evolved through sexual selection. There is considerable controversy about the mechanisms behind this process . Several hypotheses have been proposed to explain these mechanisms, including: (l)the runaway selection model, (2)the handicap model, (3)the truth in advertising model. This latter hypothesis proposes that sexual selection favors the evolution of energetically expensive and phenotypically variable traits that reflect the overall fitness of the male. Differences in the horn size of males of several species of minute tree-fungus beetles (Family: Ciidae) appears to support this hypothesis.

INVESTIGATION INTO THE EXISTENCE OF SEMINAL RECEPTACLES IN °- I-5 SEVERAL TESTUDINE SPECIES OF THE EASTERN UNITED STATES. J. M. Jones and D. H. Gist. Dept. of Biological Sciences, University of Cincinnati, Ohio 45221.

The oviducts of several Testudine species from the eastern United States were examined for the presence of stored spermatozoa. Spermatozoa were found within the lumen of the tubular albumen-secreting glands of the oviducts. The glands containing spermatozoa are restricted to the caudal portion of the albumen region near the transition to the uterus. Other than the presence of ducts leading from these glands to the lumen of the oviduct, these glands are identical to the albumen-secreting glands throughout the rest of the albumen region. Presumedly, these glands serve as seminal receptacles and may be the mechanism by which delayed fertilization is achieved in many Testudine species.

STRONTIUM CONCENTRATIONS IN DEER ANTLERS FROM EASTERN OHIO, WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA, AND NORTHERN WEST VIRGINIA. Michael J. Zaleha and Jack Kovach, Geology Department, 9>30 Muskingum College, New Concord, Ohio 43762

The Sr contents of antlers from 13 wild white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus) from eastern Ohio, western Pennsylvania and northern West Virginia have been deter- mined by X-ray fluorescence spectroscopy. Sr concentrations range from 159 - 291 ppm and, as expected, appear to be principally a function of the Sr contents of the soils and water of the animals' home ranges. Analysis of serial sections of antlers from two animals showed that no significant variation in Sr content occurs distally along the length of the antlers. However, the spongy bone (spongiosa) that makes up the core of the antlers has a significantly lower Sr content than the more compact bone material that comprises the exterior. Right and left antlers from the same animal exhibit no significant difference in Sr content. Ontogenetic variations in the Sr content of white-tailed deer antlers may occur but more data are needed to test that hypo- thesis . Previous workers have reported marked and systematic variations in the Sr content and Sr isotopic composition of the bedrock, regolith and surface and ground waters in different parts of Ohio. These variations should be reflected in the antlers and other skeletal com- ponents of deer occupying these areas. A knowledge of variations in the Sr geochemistry of deer skeletal materials on a statewide basis may be useful to wildlife management officials.

HABITAT SELECTION AND PRODUCTIVITY OF GREAT HORNED OWLS AND RED-

o,rr TAILED HAWKS IN SOUTHWESTERN OHIO. David R. Osborne and A. Town- send Peterson, Department of Zoology, Miami University, Oxford, OH ^5056.

A study of raptor biology was undertaken by analyzing banding records of 1206 nesting pairs of two raptors in Butler and Hamilton, Counties, I963-I976. Raptors in Butler County showed less nest site se- lectivity from random habitat samples than in Hamilton County, suggesting that habitat in Butler County more closely approximates optimality. Physiographic analysis showed typical nesting sites were level areas with little edge diversity in small woodlots surrounded by open areas which were not residential or industrial. Productivity was not related to nest tree species. Productivity of Great Horned Owls (Bubo virginianus) was higher for nests in hollow trees than for those in former Red-tailed Hawk (Buteo jamaicensis) nests, suggesting that hollows are optimal nest sites. Red- tails were more productive, having greater survivorship than Great Horned Owls because of lower mortality during nesting and incubation. Productiv- ity of the two species showed no significant increases or declines during the 13-year study period.

THE HERPETOFAUNA OF BUTLER COUNTY, OHIO. Jeffrey G. Davis and Jeffrey S. Miller, Department of Zoology, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio 45056. 1.0:00 Museum records and published accounts were combined with collecting trips to determine the distribution and variety of amphibian and reptile species in Butler County, Ohio. Ten salamander, eight frog and toad, six turtle, one lizard, and eleven snake species have been recorded in the county. These 36 amphibian and reptile species approximate the number of species found in other surveyed Ohio counties within the Till Plains physiographic province. The Slimy Salamander (Plethodon glutinosis) and the Cave Salamander (Eurycea lucifuga), both previously undocumented in Butler County, were discovered during the present study.

ICHTHYOFAUNAL CHANGES IN MCMAHON, CAPTINA, AND SUNFISH CREEKS OF THE FLUSHING ESCARPMENT; BELM0NT7M0NR0E COUNTIES, OHIO. Roger F. Thoma. Ohio Environmental 10:15 Protection Agency, P.O. Box 1049, Columbus, OH 43216-1049

A recent study (summer 1983) of McMahon, Captina, and Sunfish Creeks by the Ohio Environmental Protection Agency has revealed changes in the fish species composition of these streams. Most of these changes appear to be the result of direct and indirect human activities. Numerous species (e.g. Gizzard Shad, Suckermouth Minnow, Spotted Bass, Warmouth Sunfish, Sauger, and Freshwater Drum) have used the impounded Ohio River and flooded stream mouths as a dispersal route into the drainages. Other species (e.g. Largemouth Bass and Pumpkinseed Sunfish) appear to have invaded the area by way of farm pond introductions. Species which may have always been extant in the study area (e.g. Mottled Sculpin; Brindled Madtom; Yellow, Black, and Brown Bullhead) were probably captured by the more intensive sampling regime. Several species previously recorded in the area (e.g. Bigeye Chub, Sand Darter, and Varigate Darter) were not recorded or found to be greatly reduced in range. Total number of species present reveals an increase of eighteen and twelve species for Captina and Sunfish Creeks respectively and a decrease of six for McMahon Creek. ON THE TWO FORMS OF CAMBARUS (L.) DIOGENES (DECAPODA:CAMBARIDAE) IN OHIO. Raymond F. Jezerinac, Department of Zoology, The Ohio State University, University Drive, Newark, Ohio 43055.

There are two forms of Cambarus (Lacunicambarus) diogenes Girard in Ohio that are undescribed species. The western species is larger; the total length of the carapace averages 46.4 mm in first form males (N=19, S.E,=1.71) and 40.0 mm in females (N=12, S.E.= 1.60). This species is brightly colored with chestnut on the carapace and abdomen, green on the chelae, and bright red to scarlet on the chelae tips, rostral margins, and dorso-caudal edges of the abdominal tergites. The rostrum is abruptly decurved, usually deeply excavated, and has raised margins. The angle of the truncated tip of the central projection with the longi- tudinal axis of the gonopod of the first form male usually does not exceed 60°. The eastern species is smaller; the carapace length averages 36.6 mm in first form males (N= 39, S.E.=0.86) and 37.3 mm in females (N=17, S.E.=1.07). This species is dull colored with green to brown on the carapace and abdomen, orange on the tips of the chelae, cream on the rostral margins, and no red stripes on the abdominal tergites. The rostrum is straight and not deeply excavated. The angle of the tip of the central projection with the longitudinal axis of the gonopod of the first form male is usually 100°. Discrininant analysis, using 11 morphometric characters, resulted in 100% correct classifi- cation of first form males. The approximate line separating the ranges of these two species in Ohio runs from Cincinnati to Sandusky. INVESTIGATIONS INTO THE ANTTPREDATOR RESPONSE OF PALAEMONETES PUGIO (HOLTHIUS). C. Beth Sunderland and Jeff Sallmen, 1262 Roland Road, -ioj rr Lyndhurst, Ohio 44124.

Laboratory experiments were carried out to determine the antipreda- tor response of Palaemonetes puqio. In the presence of a predator, godon rhomboides , P. puqio selected for Spartina patens cover and against a false cover (constructed of plastic screening) for refuge. The shrimp exhib- ed an aligning response toward a false predator (an aquarium net) at densities or 100-120 individuals during high intensity light and at densities of 50-70 in- dividuals during low intensity light. The direct relationship between density and light intensity indicate that P. pugio is less sensity to predators when there is little or no light. These results coincide with those found during maze and speed experiments. The caridoid abdomen flex is the fundamental escape response and occurs more often when an object is approaching at a high speed than a low one. The size of the object seemed to have no influence on the reflex. Maze and apeed experiments carried out in the dark with normal shrimp and shrimp whose antennae were cut indicate that P. puqio relies heavily on its eyes to perceive a predator, but is unable to detect a predator in the dark. The tactile sense may be an auxiliary recognition mechanism used when the shrimp can see the approaching object. The antipredator escape mechanisms utilized by P. puqio are well developed to avoid active chase predators.

S E C T I 0 N: A. ZOOLOGY SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 FIRST AFTERNOON & BUSINESS MTG BALDWIN 739 C. LAWRENCE COOPER, PRESIDING OFFICER

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING

A COMPARISON OF ATTACHMENT SITE SELECTION OF FOUR SPECIES OF CLEIDODISCUS (PLATHYHELMINTHES:MONOGENEA) ON THE GILLS OF BLACK AND WHITE CRAPPIE, POMOXIS •p.nn NIGROMACULATUS AND POMOXIS ANNULARIS (PISCES:CENTRARCHIDAE) FROM OLD WOMAN CREEK :I^W NATIONAL ESTUARINE SANCTUARY, ERIE COUNTY, OHIO. Jeffrey D. Stamper and John L. Crites, Department of Zoology, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210.

Old Woman Creek National Estuarine Sanctuary is a 622 acre shallow, freshwater estuary located at the confluence of Old Woman Creek with Lake Erie in Erie County, Ohio. Specimens of Black and White Crappie (Pomoxis nigromaculatus and P. annularis) collected from this estuary harbored four species of monogenetic trematodes on their gills: Cleidodiscus capax, C. longus, C_. uniformis, and C. vancleavei. These parasites exhibit distinct attachment site selection on the gill surface in reference to the gill arch, the general attachment area on the arch, the side of the branchial basket, and a specific attachment location on an individual gill filament. Cleidodiscus capax, found only on the White Crappie, exhibits the greatest degree of site specificity of the four species whereas C. vancleavei exhibits the least. Both species of crappie are infested with C_. longus, C_. uniformis, and C^. vancleavei although there are marked differences in prevalence and intensity between the two hosts. However, there are minor differences in the attachment site selection of C. vancleavei between these two hosts.

ANALYSIS OF INTERNAL PARASITES IN AN ISOLATED POPULATION OF OHIO WHITE-TAILED DEER. James R. Clemens and Bonnie L. Lamvermeyer, 2:15 Department of Biology, Denison University, Granville, Ohio 43023.

White-tailed deer, Odocoileus virginianus, from the National Aeronautics and Space Administration's (NASA) Plum Brook Station, near Sandusky were examined for internal parasites during the course of public hunts in the fall of 1984. This deer population was relatively isolated from other deer in Erie County by a 2.44 meter high security fence surrounding the station's 2176 hectares. Necropsy of twenty deer involved sampling lung and live? tissue and stomach and intestinal tract contents. Parasite load was compared with the age, weight, and sex of the deer sampled. Parasites present included various species of nematodes as well as Cysticercus tenuicollis.

S E C T I 0 N: A. ZOOLOGY SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 SECOND AFTERNOON-ENDG. SPECIES BALDWIN 841 RAYMOND F. JEZERINAC, PRESIDING OFFICER

THE IDENTIFICATION OF OHIO'S THREATENED AND ENGANGERED ANIMAL SPECIES 2:00 A SPECIAL WORKSHOP

The Zoology Section of The Ohio Academy of Science and The Ohio Biological Survey is pleased to present a special workshop on the identification of Ohio's threatened and endangered animal species. Experts on these species will meet informally with all interested individuals. Specimens will be available for examination and "handout" for some taxons will be provided. The following individuals will be present:

BIRDS Mr. Bruce Peterjohn Environmental Scientist Ohio Department of Transportation and Dr. Jonathan R. Bart Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology The Ohio State University

MAMMALS Mr. Dennis Case Ohio Department of Natural Resources

FISH Dr. Ted M. Cavender Professor of Zoology The Ohio State University

AMPHIBIANS & REPTILES Mr. John M. Condit Adjunct Instructor of Zoology The Ohio State University Museum of Zoology

BIVALVE MOLLUSCA Dr. David H. Stansbery Professor of Zoology The Ohio State University Museum of Zoology

CRAYFISH Mr. Raymond F. Jezerinac Assistant Professor of Zoology The Ohio State University at Newark S E C T I 0 N: B. PLANT SCIENCES SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 FIRST MORNING BALDWIN 838 JAMES K. BISSELL, PRESIDING OFFICER

MYCOLOGY IN OHIO. Wm. Bridge Cooke, 1135 Wilshire Ct., Cincinnati, Ohio 45230

o „„ Mycology in Ohio has been concentrated in four areas: southwestern centered in J . D\J Cincinnati, central centered in Columbus, northcentral concentrated in Oberlin and Wooster, and west central centered in Oxford. While the first specimen collected in Ohio was by L. D. von Schweinitz at Gnadenhutten, the first general collection was made by T. G. Lea in the Cincinnati and Waynesville areas. Coincidentally a set of specimens was collected by W. S. Sullivant in the "Columbus" area. A. P. Morgan collected intensively in northwestern Hamilton County in the late nineteenth century, and his student, C. G. Lloyd, made collections until 19.20. In the Columbus area W. A. Kellerrnan collected intensively, and at Wooster A. D. Selby collected plant disease fungi. At Oberlin, F . 0. Grover and his students and associates intensively surveyed the fungi of Lorain and adjacent counties. Two students of Bruce Fink at Miami University, L. 0. Overholts, and W. G. Stover, collected and studied polypores and agarics. Overholts went on to become the nation's most revered student of polypores, Stover completed a key to the Agaricaceae then known in Ohio before becoming a plant pathologist at the Ohio State University. While the fungal biota of areas to which these communities ai~e central is fairly well known as a result of their efforts, the fact remains that some Ohio counties have very poor representations in the literature and extant herba.ria.

LATE POST-GLACIAL ENTRY OF LAKE FOREST/APPALACHIAN MOUNTAIN SPECIES INTO NORTH- EASTERN OHIO. James K. Bissell, Department of Botany, Cleveland Museum of 9:15 Natural History, Wade Oval, University Circle, Cleveland, Ohio 44106.

Modern distribution of Lake Forest/Appalachian Mountain vascular plant species within the northeastern Ohio snowbelt does not substantiate the long held assumption that these species are relicts. The Hypsithermal Period coupled with the probable lack of a major snowbelt northeast of Cleveland during much of early post-glacial time may offer an explanation for the late entry of Lake Forest/Appalachian Mountain species into northeastern Ohio. Excepting isolated occurrences of bog and fen relict plant species, most Lake Forest/ Appalachian Mountain species demonstrate a continuous distribution from the mountains of New York and Pennsylvania west into Ohio. Cooler temperatures during the last couple thousand years, following the Hypsithermal Period, presumably triggered the westward expansion of Lake Forest/ Appalachian Mountain species. Some Lake Forest/ Appalachian Mountain species such as Carex pedunculata, Lonicera canadensis, Tsuga canadensis and Viola rotundifolia apparently immigrated into the snowbelt soon after the Hypsithermal Period ended. Other Lake Forest/ Appalachian Mountain species such as Claytonia caroliniana, Veratrum viride, and Viburnum alnifolium appear to have immigrated into Ohio more recently.

FURTHER REPORT ON SOME PLANTS FROM THE CLEVELAND SHALE. Shya Chitaley, The Cleveland Museum of Natural History, Wade Oval, University Circle, 9:30 Cleveland, Ohio 44106.

This is the second report of more plants discovered from the Cleveland Shale, exposed in Cleveland, Ohio. Some specimens have been collected from the Big Creek, some are from the Skinner's Run and some came from salvage dug up from the route of 1-71. All of them are preserved as compressions, except one which is a pyritized petrifaction. This has been studied by serial peeled sections on cellulose acetate film. Most of the speci- mens, either big axes or strobili, belong to the Arborescent Lycopsids and a couple of them can be classified as pro-ferns and pro-gymnosperms. Considering the total assemblage of plants from the first and this second report, it is evident that the Arborescent Lycopsids were in dominance in the Cleveland Shale.

VEGETATIONAL ANALYSIS OF THREE OHIO BOGS. Barbara K. Andreas, Department of Biology, Cuyahoga Community College, 2450 Richmond Road, Cleveland, Ohio 44122, 9:^-5 and Amy J. Osterbrock, Ohio Field Office, The Nature1 Conservancy, 1504 W. 1st Ave., Columbus, Ohio 43212.

Presently three tamarack -ringed, kettle-hole bogs with a floating Sphagnum mat are known to occur in Ohio, while at the turn of the century nine were reported in the lit- erature or on herbarium specimens. The vegetation and selected groundwater characteristics of the three remaining bogs were examined. Two-meter wide belt transects extending from the open lake margin to the outer edge of the tamaracks were sampled. Importance values were determined for vascular plant species in the tree layer, shrub layer and herbaceous layer, and for vascular plant species and for bryophytes in the ground layer. Water samples taken from the Sphagnum mat and open lake were analyzed for pH, conductivity, alkalinity, calcium, magnesium, total phosphorus and nitrogen.

From the open water to the edge of the tamaracks, similar vegetational zones occur in the three bogs: Decodon uerticillatus - Chamaedaphne calyculata zone, Vaccinium corymbosum - Gaylussacia baccata zone, and Larix laricina - Nemopanthus mucronatus zone. Sphagnum recurvum is the dominant bryophyte species in the mat in the two lakes with a pH between 4.0 and 5.0, while S. fimbriatum and S. capillaceum are dominant species on the mat in the lake with a pH above 6.0.

A FLORISTTC SURVEY OF CEPHALANTHUS-SWAMPS, AND THE REDISCOVERY OF AN ENDANGERED OHIO CAREX SPECIES, IN GAHANNA WOODS STATE NATURE PRESERVE, FRANKLIN COUNTY, OHIO. Lucy 10'00 E" Tyrre11- Department of Botany, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210.

Tree-less areas containing Cephalanthus occidentalis L. (Buttonbush) occur within swamp forests in central Ohio. During October and November of 1984, a floristic sur- vey of Cephalanthus-swamp areas was conducted in Gahanna Woods, a 50-acre State Nature Preserve in eastern Franklin County Ohio. Fifty-six species of herbaceous plants and shrubs were identi- fied within the six Cephalanthus-swamps surveyed, adding 20 species to the flora of GahannaTibods compiled in spring and summer of 1976 by Snodgrass and Stuckey. Most notable was Carex decom- posita Muhl., which was discovered growing on logs and Cephalanthus tussocks in the largest swamp area. This species has not been collected in Ohio since 1900 (from Cranberry Island in Buckeye Lake, Licking County), and had been considered extirpated from Ohio. The number of species found in the Cephalanthus-swamp patches of different sizes tentatively suggests that the typical species-area relationship holds for these swamps. When the species composition of the six areas is compared by the Index of Similarity in order to assess the uniformity of the Cepha- lanthus-swamp community, similarity values ranged from .39-.74. Differences in water level re- gimes, soil type, and swamp size probably all contribute to the variation in species composition and thus to the variation in similarity among Cephalanthus areas. Buttonbush shrub swamps are currently recognized as a plant community type in Ohio. Arguments for whether any species occur- ing in these areas can actually be considered as a Cephalanthus associate will be presented.

CROSSING STUDIES ON CAREX PACHYSTACHYA, C. MACLOVIANA AND £. PRESLII (CYPERACEAE). Richard Whitkus, The Ohio State University, Department of Botany, 10:15 Columbus, OH. 43210.

Crossing studies were employed to assess the relationships of three western North American species of Carex sect. Ovales: _C. pachystachya with four chromosomal races (n=37, 38, 39, 41), C. macloviana (n=43) and C. preslii (n=40) . Success of a cross was measured by % seed set, % seed germination and % germination as a function of number of flowers. All intertaxon crosses are cross-compatible with crosses between species as successful as crosses between the races. The data also indicate that crosses within the races of C^. pachystachya are more successful than crosses within ^. macloviana and _C. preslii. Intrataxon crosses were not as successful as self pollination or natural pollination, indicating a preference for inbreeding. Natural isolation of these species is accounted for by the breeding system and eco-geographic separation. Mixed populations of the three species are rare due to differences in distribution and habitat. Within mixed populations, intertaxon gene flow is restricted by the production of a higher proportion of selfed, viable seed.

LYCOPODIUM SUBGENUS SELAGO IN OHIO. Allison W. Cusick, Division of Natural Areas & Preserves, Ohio Dept. Natural Resources, Fountain Sq., Columbus, OH 43224. 10:30 Lycopodium subgenus Selago is distinguished by its lack of differentiation between sporophylls and sterile leaves. This subgenus is represented in the Ohio flora by Lycopodium lucidulum (shining clubmoss) and L. porophilum (rock clubmoss). L_. lucidulum is a common clubmoss of mesic woods throughout eastern Ohio. There are isolated populations also in westcentral and northwest Ohio. _L. porophilum is restricted in Ohio to the Appalachian Plateau. This species occurs locally on cliffs and ledges of Blackhand Sandstone and Sharon Conglomerate. A single population is known on Hockingport Sandstone. Rock clubmoss is only frequent in Ohio in Hocking and Jackson counties. A sterile hybrid between these species is often found in the vicinity of the parents. This hybrid reproduces by vegetative gemmae. The hybrid is identified by gemmae and leaf shapes, as well as by its aborted spores. The hybrid is quite vigorous and in many sites is more frequent than either parent. L. selago var. patens is occasionally reported from Ohio, based upon misidentifications of L. porophilum.

THE POLYGALACEAE OF OHIO. James F. Burns, Ohio Department of Natural Resources, Division of Natural Areas and Preserves, Fountain Square, Columbus, OH 43224. 10:^5 Polygalaceae in Ohio consist entirely of eight indigenous species of the genus Polygala. Floristic data for the family were derived from the Ohio Natural Heritage Program data base, Ohio herbaria, and recent field surveys. Four 10 species are listed as Endangered (E) and one as Threatened (T) in Ohio by ODNR, Division of Natural Areas and Preserves. P. cruciata (E) , of open, sandy or peaty soils, is limited to northwest Ohio. P. curtissii (E) and P. incarnata (E) , both of dry, open to semi- open, sandy or gravelly soils, are restricted to southern Ohio. P_. pmicifolia (E) , of deciduous or coniferous woods or semi-open sandy soils, is generally limited to northern Ohio and may actually be extirpated from the state. P. pjalyj^ama (T) , of open to semi-open sandy soils, is restricted to extreme northern Ohio. The remaining three species are relatively common. P. sjangulnea and P. verj^icillata, both of open disturbed habitats, range throughout eastern, northwest, and southwest Ohio, but are generally absent from the west-central section of the state. P. senega, of woods and openings with calcareous soils, has northern, central, and southwest stations, but is generally absent from the west-central and southeast sections of the state. Two species have more than one variety reported from Ohio. P. senega var. la_tif_olia. is sometimes distinguished from the typical variety. P. verticillata has been variously treated as a single species with two or five varieties, or as two separate species.

SECT I ON: B, PLANT SCIENCES SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 SECOND MORNING BALDWIN 839 WARREN A. WISTENDAHL, PRESIDING OFFICER

FOREST TREE ASSOCIATION AND REPRODUCTION IN THE LOWER SLOPE BEECH-MAPLE COMMUNITY, SOUTHEASTERN OHIO. Marlis Rahman and Warren A. Wistendahl. Department of Botany, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio 45701-2979.

A modification of point center quarter method of Cottam and Curtis (1956) was used to determine tree association and reproduction of six stands in Waterloo Wildlife Experiment Station in Athens County, Ohio. Among the tree species found, Quercus velutina (black oak), Quercus alba (white oak) and Quercus prinus (chestnut oak) show a significant association with the beech-maple community. Important percentages of tree species also show that the dominant trees were Acer saccharum (sugar maple) and Fagus grandifolia (beech) and followed by black oak, white oak and chestnut oak, respectively. In the lower stratum, seedlings and saplings of sugar maple show the highest percentage compared with other species.

ASPECTS OF THE POPULATION ECOLOGY OF SYNANDRA HISPIDULA. Virginia S. Moran. Department of Botany, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio 45701. 9:15 Synandra hispidula is a monotypic member of the Labiatae and currently in Ohio retains a "threatened" status. Research is being conducted on an isolated population of S. hispidula in southeastern Ohio to better understand the population ecology of this rare species. Demographic studies were initiated during the 1984 growing season to learn more about the factors influencing the survival of this local population. Studies are being conducted to determine survival at different stages of the life cycle, flower and nutlet production, and age class distribution. Preliminary results indicate that Synandra populations have high seedling survival percentages with less than 20% mortality at this life history stage. Seedlings growing in deep shade appear smaller and often do not survive to the flowering stage. Rosettes produced during the first years growth had survival percentages of 85% during the 1984 growing season.

FACULTATIVE AUTOGAMY IN SYNANDRA HISPIDULA (LABIATAE). Philip D. Cantino, Department of Botany, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio 45701-2979. 9 "30 Synandra hispidula (Michx.) Baillon, a biennial of wooded slopes and stream terraces, is rare throughout its range and designated as "threatened" in Ohio. The breeding system was investigated in order to determine whether it might be a factor contributing to the rarity of the species. Flowering individuals in an Ohio population were subjected to four pollination regimes: 1) isolation inside insect exclosures without further manipulation; 2) self-pollination by hand in a pollinator-free environment; 3) excision of anthers in a pollinator-free environment; 4) open-pollination (control). Regimes 2 and 4 yielded over 80% seed set and did not differ significantly, regime 1 yielded 46% seed set, and regime 3 resulted in no seed production. Synandra is self-compatible and capable of spontaneous autogamy. The peculiar fusion of the upper thecae of the longer pair of stamens (from which the genus receives its name) is essential to the floral mechanism that brings about autogamy. The rarity of this monotypic genus is not likely the result of poor pollination. 11 THE REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY OF CYPRIPEDIUM CANDIDUM MUHL. EX WILLD. (ORCHIDACEAE) Joyce D. Bender 9:^-5 University of Akron Akron, OH 44325

Cypripedium candidum, the Small White Lady's-s1ipper, is listed as an endangered species by the Ohio Natural Heritage Program. Occurring in wet, marl meadows and prairie remnants throughout its eastern North American range, the specific habitat requirements and destruc- tion of present natural habitats limit this species' distribution. An extensive population occurring in Resthaven Wildlife Area, Erie County, Ohio, was the focus of a three-year study to evaluate the reproductive processes and any limiting factors present during each phase of the sexual and asexual cycles. Investigations of the sexual cycle revealed that C. candidum is pollinated by at least seven genera of solitary bees. Insect exclosures demonstrated that the species is not autogamous, but artificial selfing produced seed with fully-developed embryos. Asexual reproduction is through annual vegetative growth of the rhizome. A peren- nating bud develops at the base of the current season's growing shoot, and serves to length- en the rhizome when it becomes the aerial stem the following year.

TOE VEGETATION OF HAZELWOOD BOTANICAL PRESERVE, HAMILTON COUNTY, OHIO, WITH COMPARISONS TO AN EARLIER WORK. Marjorie S. Becus, Department of Biological 10:00 Sciences, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio 45221 Hazelwood Botanical Preserve was declared a National Natural Landmark in 1974 because of the uniqueness of the preservation of a natural area studied more than 50 years ago. The Preserve was purchased in 1927 for the Botany Department of the University of Cincinnati. It is comprised of 65 acres of deciduous forest located in northeastern Hamilton County. John Segelken conducted ecological studies in the Preserve in the 1920's and a recent work allows comparisons. Data from remapping the plants along 50-year old transects indicate a more closed canopy today, drying of the marsh, and that tree seedlings generally have replaced herbaceous plants as the important cover of the forest floor. Abundant saplings differing in species from the canopy members are a normal constituent of the understory and do not indicate a successional change. These saplings are short-lived and continuously replaced. Segelken attempted to explain the occurrence of nine plant species rare or uncommon in this region, some of which Lucy Braun believed to be boreal relics. However, today these plants are known to be common on the acid soils of the Appalachian Plateau, but uncommon in Hamilton County which has predominantly calcareous soil. The particular edaphic factors of the Preserve support a number of acid-soil species, while they are apparently limiting to some locally common calcareous-soil species. The result is the continuation of a disjunct plant community.

THE VASCULAR FLORA OF HAYWOOD COUNTY, TENNESSEE. Paul 0. Lewis. Department of Botany, The Ohio State University, 1735 Neil Ave., Columbus, Ohio 43210. 10:15 A study of the native and naturalized vascular plants of Haywood County was conducted from October, 1982, to July, 1984. Haywood County is situated in the western part of the state with the centrally located county seat, Brownsville, lying along Interstate 40 roughly one-fourth of the way from Memphis to Nashville. The land is flat to rolling with elevations never exceeding 400 ft. above mean sea level, contrasting sharply with middle and eastern Tennessee. The major crops, such as cotton, corn, and soybeans, make up 68% of the land use in the county restricting the indigenous vegetation to the roadsides, isolated patches of upland forest, and extensive areas of bottomland, hardwood forest on the flood plains of the Hatchie and the South Fork of the Forked Deer Rivers. The habitats in the county may be classified as: 1) upland forest; 2) bottomland forest; 3) Cypress-Gum swamp; 4) beaver marsh; and 5) areas disturbed by man, which includes wet fields, cultivated fields, roadsides, old fields, and railroad and powerline right-of-ways. Each of these habitat types was sampled periodically for most of two growing seasons and one complete set of the resulting plant collections was accessioned at the Memphis State University Herbarium. Taxa documented as occurring naturally in Haywood County numbered 733 and represented 113 families. All but 69 of these taxa were collected by the author, the others being documented through searches of nearby herbaria and relevant literature, and 545 of the author's collections are new county records. None of the species collected for this study are presently considered endangered, threatened, or possibly extirpated in Tennessee. 12 S E C T I 0 N: B. PLANT SCIENCES SATURDAY/ APRIL 20, 1985 FIRST AFTERNOON & BUSINESS MTG BALDWIN 838 RALPH E. BOERNER, PRESIDING OFFICER

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING

DETERMINATION OF INDOLE-3-ACETIC ACID AND ETHYLENE IN A LEAFLESS MUTANT IN TOMATO. Mark A. Nienaber and John L. Caruso. Department of Biological Sciences, University 2:00 of Cincinnati, Ohio 45221

The reduced form of the homozygous lanceolate mutant in tomato (Lycopersicon esculentum Mill.) consists of a hypocotyl which lacks cotyledons, foliage leaves and shoot apex. Analysis by combined gas chromatography-mass spectrometry using a deuterated internal standard shows that the reduced phenotype contains several times more indole-3-acetic acid than the hypocotyls of normal tomato plants. Preliminary results from gas chromatography also suggest a significant ethylene production by the leafless mutant. Supported by grant NSF 83-09132

COMPARISON OF GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY-MASS SPECTROMETRY AND THE ENZYME-LINKED IMMUNO- SORBANT ASSAY FOR THE QUANTITATION OF INDOLEACETIC ACID IN PLANT TISSUES. o,1c Tim Stroup, Valerie C. Pence, and John L. Caruso. Department of Biological Sciences, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio 45221.

The quantitation of plant hormones has been a limiting factor in elucidating their roles in plant growth and development. We have used two methods, gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS) and enzyme-linked immunosorbant assay (ELISA), using polyclonal antibodies, to measure the auxin indoleacetic acid (IAA), in tissues of tomato, Douglas fir and other species. Results from samples divided and assayed by these two methods suggest that measure- ments made using the more rapid, less expensive ELISA are comparable to those obtained using the highly specific GC-MS at much higher cost. The sensitivity of the ELISA, at 150 fmol, compares favorably with that of the GC-MS. Supported by grant NSF 83-09132.

AUXIN-INDUCED ETHYLENE MAY PLAY AN INDIRECT ROLE IN SHOOT INVERSION RELEASE OF APICAL DOMINANCE IN PHARBITIS NIL. •p.on T. K. Prasad and M. G. Cline, Department of Botany, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH 43210. Inversion of the upper portion of a Pharbitis nil shoot by bending just above the fourth node causes the outgrowth of the highest lateral bud (HLB) at the fourth node within 24-36 hr (Cline and Riley, 1984. Ann. Bot. 53: 897).That shoot inversion is accompanied by increased production of ethylene and a decrease in growth in the inverted portion of the shoot suggests an indirect role for ethylene in promoting HLB outgrowth (Prasad and Cline, 1985. PI. Sci. Letters, In Press). In the present investigation, evidence is shown which is consistent with the hypothesis that ethylene production in the inverted shoot is due to accumulation of auxin via gravity inhibition of auxin transport up from inverted terminal bud (TB). When -naphthalene acetic acid (NAA) at 50 or 100 ppm or 1-amino- cyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid (ACC) at 0.5 or 1 mM are applied to the upper shoot above the 4th node either in an upright or an inverted position, TB growth is inhibited and HLB growth is promoted. Ethylene production in the inverted shoot is reduced 50% when triidobenzoic acid (TIBA, at 0.5-1%), an auxin transport inhibitor, is applied in lanolin 2 cm from the inverted shoot tip.

ON THE NATURE OF ADVENTITIOUS SHOOT FORMATION IN TISSUE CULTURED SAINTPAULIA. 2-^5 James S. Peary and R. Daniel Lineberger, Department of Horticulture, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210. The participation by derivatives of all histogen layers of the plant apical mer- istem in adventitious shoot formation would allow the preservation of a chimeral arrangement. An origin from derivatives of one or more (but not all) layers would result in the separation of the component genotypes of the chimera. Plants of the variegated cultivar Saintpaulia ionantha 'Tommie Lou1 were regenerated through tissue culture from leaf and petal sections, and petiole sections from which the epidermal layer had been removed. This provided ex- plants with derivatives of all layers, layers I and II only, and layers II and III only, respectively. Over 1,000 plants were grown to flowering. A low level of somarlona] varia- 13 tion was noted, but in no case could this be attributed to chimera! separation of the variegation pattern. That the system used could detect chimera! separation was demonstrated by the production of all green and all white plants from a radiation induced periclinal chimera. These results support the contention that adventitious shoots in Saintpaulia dif- ferentiate in vitro from a single histogen layer.

PILOBOLUS GROWTH ON SYNTHETIC MEDIA: A SURVEY OF ISOLATES. 3;00 K. Michael Foos and Judith A. Royer. Department of Biology. Indiana University East. Richmond, IN 47374.

Pilobolus is restricted to growth on dung because of its requirement for chelated iron. Several synthetic media have been formulated to provide the proper form of iron for Pilobolus, permitting it to be cultured away from its natural source of nutrients. Each medium reported to support growth of Pilobolus has been tested with only a few isolates of the fungus. We have cultivated 23 isolates of five species of Pilobolus (P. crystallinus, 9 isolates; P. kleinii, 7 isolates; P. longipes, 5 isolates; P. roridus, 1 isolate; and £j_ umbonatus, 1 isolate) on media reported to support the growth of Pilobolus. Pilobolus longipes could not be satisfactorily cultivated on any of the media, even with specific enhancements. Pilobolus crystallinus and P. kleinii isolates exhibited variability. Some of the isolates of each species grew well and sporulated on the artificial media, and some of the isolates did not. Pilobolus umbonatus grew, but produced no sporangia; P. roridus produced sporangia irregularly. More experimentation must be completed before a synthetic medium for Pilobolus can be reported.

CHANGES IN AMOUNT OF AMMONIUM RELEASED FROM L-ASPARAGINE BY BIPOLARIS MAYDJJS RACE T. T. W. Bischoff and M. 0. Garraway, Department of Plant Pathology and OARDC, The Ohio 3; 15 State University, Columbus, OH 43210.

Accumulation of ammonium was measured following various times of incubation of Bipolaris maydis race T, in 40 ml of a liquid medium containing glucose (2 g/1), L-asparagine (4 g/1) and mineral salts, in the dark at 28 C on a shaker (100 rpm). Glucose, ammonium, and pH of the culture medium, and dry weight of the fungus were assayed at 24 hr intervals for 6 days. Values are presented as means of four replications along with their standard deviations. Dry weight at 48 hr was 54.9 + 3.9 mg and did not further increase. At this time 92% of the glucose added, as measured by Nelson's reagent, was consumed bv the fungus. Ammonium, as measured by Nessler's reagent, was not detected at 0, 24 or 48 hr, but increased at 72 hr to 23.1 + 1.4 umoles/ml. At 96 hr the ammonium level was 31.7 + 1.7 umoles/ml and did not further increase. The pH did not increase after 0, 24 or 48 hr from the initial level of 5.8, but at 72 hr increased to 8.1 + 0.1. At 96 hr the pH was 8.7 + 0.2 and did not further increase. It appears that accumulation of ammonium in the culture medium beyond 48 hr of incubation is related to the depletion of glucose. The addition of cycloheximide (10 ug/ml) to the culture medium at 48 hr of incubation inhibited growth as measured by fungal dry wt, but failed to inhibit either the subsequent accumulation of ammonium in the culture medium or the generation of ammonium from L-asparagine by homogenates of the fungus. This suggests that the enzyme-mediated production of ammonium from L-asparagine, following the depletion of glucose in the medium at 48 hr was not dependent on de novo protein synthesis in B. maydis.

EFFECTS OF OZONE ON FOREST UNDERSTORY PLANTS. Amy Skeels, 1262 Holgate Avenue, Maumee, Ohio 43537. 3:30 Controlled ozone fumigations were run on six herbaceous and woody forest understory species. One or more acute doses with ozone concentrations of 0.0, 0.05, 0.10,0,15 0.20, 0.30, or 0.60 ppm were applied. Visible injury was evaluated one week after fumigation using a rating scale to reflect the percent of leaf area affected. Hackberry (Celtis occidentalis L.), jewelweed (Impatiens pallida L.), and wild geranium (Geranium maculatum L.) showed typical ozone injury beginning at concentration levels of 0.5, 0.15, and 0.10 ppm respec- tively. Relative sensitivities determined from extent injury and threshold dose indicated hackberry to be the most sensitive followed by jewelweed and geranium. Early saxifrage (Saxi- frage virginiensis Michx.), cut-leaved toothwort (Dentaria laciniata Muhl.), and blazingstar (Lacinaria spicata [L.] Willd.) showed no visible, symptoms. A statistical analysis run on blazingstar showed no significant difference in total leaf length or dry bulb and ton weight between treatment levels.

PHOSPHORUS AVAILABILITY, PHOSPHORUS USE EFFICIENCY, AND MYCORRHIZAL INFECTION INTENSITY IN TWO PERENNIAL FOREST HERBS. Ralph E.J. Boerner. Department of 3.^5 Botany, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210.

This study examines relationships among soil pH, soil P availability, and mycor- rhizal infection intensity in two summer green, perennial herb species, Geranium maculatum and Polygonatum pubescens, and seeks correlations between this adaptation for P uptake and mechanisms of P use efficiency within the plant. Plants were harvested ifionthly 14 from June to September from four Ohio forests ranging in A horizon pH from 4.0 to 6.2 and 3-4X in P availability. For both herbs, the percent of root segments infected by vesicular- arbuscular mycorrhizae decreased with increasing soil pH and P availability. The ratio of leaf P content to extractable soil P (uptake efficiency) was 2X higher on the lower pH sites. Neither whole plant mass nor proportional allocation of C among shoots, roots, and rhizomes differed among sites, so no obvious growth response to differing soil pH or P was evident. Preliminary data do suggest, however, that higher proportions of P were retranslocated from senescing leaves in more fertile sites, at least for Polygonatum. Further data will be presented to clarify whether trade-offs between P uptake efficiency and P use efficiency are available to these long-lived herb species.

POTENTIAL ALLELOPATHIC SUPPRESSION OF THE MYCORRHIZAL OLD FIELD ANNUAL, Ambrosia artemisiifolia, BY THE CRUCIFER, Brassica nigra. Hugh F. Crowell and Ralph E.J. h.na Boerner, Dept. of Botany, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio, 43210.

Most vascular plant species depend upon symbiotic vesicular-arbuscular (VA) mycor- rhizal fungi for the uptake of relatively immobile soil nutrients, particularly phosphorus. Though non-mycorrhizal, members of the Cruciferae compete successfully with VA mycorrhizal plants even on nutrient-poor soils. One mechanism suggested for crucifer persistence is allelopathic suppression of VA mycorrhizal plants. This study investigated allelopathic sup- pression of VA mycorrhizal Ambrosia artemisiifolia by Brassica nigra (Cruciferae). We found that root tissues of _B. nigra contain allyl glucosinolate (AGS), the precursor for a strongly myco- toxic compound, allyl- isothiocyanate (AITC). To determine if _B. nigra actively exudes AGS or AITC from its roots into its rhizosphere, IB. nigra plants were grown in axenic agar culture at three phosphate levels. Quantitative analysis was performed on agar extracts using gas chromat- ography with electron-capture detection. Analysis of agar extracts from cultures of 4-day-old seedlings indicates _B. nigra actively exudes AITC (35-218 ppb, depending on phosphate level). While these levels were below the reported range for LD™ toxicity of AITC to other fungi, mycorrhizal Ambrosia plants are being grown in axenic agar culture with various levels of AITC to determine if suppression occurs.

LEAF NUTRIENT LEACHING AND RETRANSLOCATION PATTERNS IN TWO BOG CONIFERS, LARIX LARICINA AND PI_CEA MARIANA. Lucy E. Tyrrell and R.E.J. Boerner. Department of Z|;15 Botany, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210.

This study compares the retranslocation of nitrogen and phosphorus prior to leaf fall in Larix laricina and Picea mariana, deciduous and evergreen conifers, respectively, in a northern Wisconsin bog. Leaching of nutrients from leaves by artificial rainwater was minimal. More nitrogen was retranslocated from Larix leaves (75%) than from Picea leaves (53%). Phosphorus retranslocation was also greater in Larix (73% vs 61%). Despite being sclero- phyllous , Larix seasonal nutrient patterns were more similar to broadleaf deciduous trees than to other conifers. Nutrient concentrations in Picea leaves declined with age. Thus the lower retranslocation in Picea was probably due to retranslocation of N and P from non-senescing, one-year old leaves to the new cohort of leaves early in the growing season. For example, the 1983 Picea leaf cohort had 1.0 7% N in October 1983 but only 0.74% in June 1984. Nutrient patterns covering three years of Picea leaf life will be presented.

WATER LOSS RATES IN PLANTS FROM THE PAINTED DESERT, ARIZONA Verduin, J. Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, IL, 6290H *f:30 Severed twigs, recut under water to insure good water supply, were inserted in bottles and exposed, in sun, outdoors. After a few hours the bottles were refilled with an accuracy of 0.02 ml. A reference bottle without plant was used to correct for evaporation, and to estimate evaporation rates from an open water surface. Five of the plants studied (Croton, Atriplex, Salsola, Berberis, and Cymopteris) exhibited high rates (4-7-67 /lL/cmvhr) comprising 12-31$ of the open water evaporation rate. Three (Sarcobatus, Panicum, anil Tamarix) ex- hibited low rates (3-9 pL/cmz/hr) amounting to only 1.5-5.6$ of the open water evaporation rate. Although mid-afternoon open-water evaporation rates increased 2-3-fold over mid-marning evaporation, yet mid-afternoon water loss rates (expressed as /uL/cm2/hr) were similar to, or lower than, mid- morning rates. Twigs exposed overnight showed water loss rates (expressed as per cent of open water evaporation) similar to the mid-afternoon rates. Tamarix was a striking exception, exhibiting overnight rates close to zero. 15 S E C T I 0 N: B. PLANT SCIENCES SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 SECOND AFTERNOON BALDWIN 839 LAZARUS W. MACIOR, PRESIDING OFFICER

TWO-DIMENSIONAL CONDENSATION OF PHENETIC, CLADISTIC, AND PATRISTIC RELATIONSHIPS FOR CONSTRUCTING CLASSIFICATIONS. Paul 0. Lewis and Tod F. Stuessy. Department of 2-PI0 Botany, The Ohio State University, 1735 Neil Ave., Columbus, Ohio 43210.

One of the basic goals of evolutionary systematics is the construction of phylogenetic trees depicting the evolution of particular groups of organisms. Of the various types of diagrams that may be drawn, three-dimensional phylograms are maximally informative in that they incorporate cladistic, patristic, and phenetic aspects of the historical evolution of a group. We present an explicit method of condensing the information embodied in a three-dimensional phylogram to two dimensions, leading to more informed decisions concerning classification. The positions of the taxa in two-dimensional phenetic space in recent time, as determined by a principal components analysis for example, are plotted on graph paper. The cladistic and patristic distances between each taxon and every other taxon are calculated by measuring the intervening branch points and character state changes, respectively, along the arms of the phylogram connecting each pair of taxa. For every pair of taxa two diametrically opposite vectors are drawn, one originating at each point and each with a length proportional to the sum of the cladistic and patristic distances between the two taxa. Thus, for n taxa, there will be n-1 vectors radiating from every point on the graph. After all pairs of taxa are evaluated, the vectors at each point are added and that point is shifted the distance and direction of the resultant vector. This results in modification of the phenetic distance between taxa based on cladistic and patristic affinities.

ISOZYME DIVERGENCE IN DENDROSERIS (COMPOSITAE) OF THE JUAN FERNANDEZ ISLANDS, CHILE. Crawford, D.J., T.F. Stuessy, and M. Silva 0. Department of Botany, The Ohio State ?; ] 5 University, Columbus, Ohio 43210. Universidad de Concepcion, Concepcion, Chile.

The genus Dendroseris (Compositae: Lactaceae) is endemic to the Juan Fernandez Islands and it is also the largest gfenus with 11 species now recognized. The plants are rosette trees and the genus is very diverse morphologically, both in its floral and vegetati- ve parts. At one time few genera were recognized but the current taxonomy distributes the 11 especies among three subgenera. An electrophoretic study of isozymes carried out on six species, three in subgenus Dendroseris (D. litoralis, JJ. macranta and D. marginata)and three in subgenus Re a (D. micrantra, JJ. neriifolia and JJ. pruinata) . The purposes of the electrophoretic study were: (1) to assess variation within the six species; (2) to determine genetic divergence among the species and (3) to ascertain whether divergence of genes specifying soluble enzymes parallele the large morphological difference between species, particularly those in different subgenera. Speciation and considerable morphological divergence have occurred in Dendroseris with no diver- gence at 21 of the 28 isozymes examined. Rnzyme variation was detected at various levels ranging from intrapopulational to subgeneric. Two isozymes serve to distinguish the two subgenera. Lack of enzyme divergence amoi^g the species is illustrated by the fact that the 28 isozymes taken collectively do not distinguish any of the six species. The electrophoretic data suggest specia- tion may have been (/recent and rapid in Dendroseris following the introduction of its progenitor to the islands. This view is concordant with geological data indicating the origen of the large island, Masatierra, within the last four million years.

SYSTEMATIC RELATIONSHIPS OF THE BACCATE HAWAIIAN LOBELIOIDEAE (CAMPANULACEAE). Thomas G. Lammers, Department of Botany, The Ohio State University, 1735 Neil 2:30 Ave., Columbus, OH 43210-1293.

The flora of the Hawaiian Islands includes over 100 species of Lobelioideae (Campanulaceae). The majority belong to four closely related endemic genera: Clermontia Gaud., Cyanea Gaud., Delissea Gaud., and Rollandia Gaud. These genera are dis- tinguished by their baccate fruits, axillary inflorescences, and woody habit. This suite of features is unique among lobelioids and, together with their common chromosome number (n=14) , suggests that these four genera form a monophyletic group. Relationships with extra-Hawaiian taxa are problematical. Most authors have emphasized close ties with the baccate Andean genera Burmeistera Triana and Centropogon K. Presl. A reconsideration of morphological data suggests two additional hypotheses regarding extra-insular relatives: (1) the closest rela- tives are the Polynesian endemics Apetahia Baill. and Sclerotheca A. DC.; (2) the closest relatives are certain Indo-Malayan species of Pratia sect. Colensoa (J. D. Hook.) Hemsl. These three hypotheses are tested using numerical methods. 16 PHYLOGENETIC IMPLICATIONS OF LEAF ANATOMY IN SUBTRIBE MELITTIDINAE (LABIATAE) AND RELATED GENERA. Mones S. Abu-Asab, Botany Department, Ohio University, Athens, OH 45701. 2-A5 Subtribe Melittidinae (Labiatae) comprises six genera, four of them North American (Brazoria, Macbridea, Physostegia and Synandra), one Asian (Chelonopsis), and one European (Melittis). Leaf histology was studied in these and 13 other genera of Labiatae. Sac-like idioblasts of unknown function were found in the mesophyll of examined species of Brazoria and Physostegia. This feature is not known to occur elsewhere in the Lamiales and provides evidence for a clade composed of these two genera. Other leaf histological characters of possible systematic value include undifferentiated mesophyll (restricted to Physostegia godfreyi), presence of fibers around vascular bundles (in five species of Physostegia and one of Scutellaria), absence of bundle-sheath extensions (in Melittis, some species of Brazoria and Physostegia, and Prostanthera rotundifolia), and absence of secondary vein keels (in Brazoria, some species of Macbridea and Physostegia, and Prostanthera rotundifolia).

COMPARATIVE ANATOMY AND SYSTEMATICS OF AEONIUM (CRASSULACEAE). Ho-yih Liu. Department of Botany, the Ohio State University, Columbus, OH 43210. 3:00

Aeonium Webb & Berth, consists of forty-four species which occur in the Canary Islands, Madeira, the Cape Verde Islands, Morocco, East Africa, and Yemen. The diversity of growth forms within the genus in the Canary Islands has been suggested to be the result of adaptive radiation. As the growth form is considered to be an end product of morphogenetic process in which cells and tissues at the microscopic level play a vital role, the purpose of this work is to provide vegetative anatomical and morphological data, and to use these data to determine the ecological and phylogenetic relationships among the Aeonium species. Among the anatomical and morphological data used, the wood anatomy and surface morphology are found to be highly correlated to the species natural habitats, and the leaf morphology and phyllotaxy are found to be the sound basis of the revised classification and phylogeny of the genus.

NATURAL HYBRIDIZATION IN GUNNERA (GUNNERACEAE) OF THE JUAN FERNANDEZ ISLANDS Patricia Pacheco, Daniel J.Crawford, Mario Silva, and Tod F. Stuessy. _ .. j- Department of Botany, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210, and Departamen- •2« I--* to de Botanica, Universidad de Concepcion, Concepcion, Chile.

The flora of the Juan Fernandez Islands (360 miles west of the Chilean mainland) is characterized by a high degree of endemism. The genus Gunnera (Gunneraceae), which is the most conspicuous herbaceous genus in the archipelago , has three endemic species on these islands: G. bracteata and G. peltata (growing in the largest and oldest island Masa- tierra), and G. masafuerae (growing in the smaller and younger island Masafuera). Individuals with intermediate morphological characters were detected between populations of G. bracteata and G. peltata. Flavonoid and morphological analyses were used to determine the nature and dynamics of the hybridization. The result of the analyses of the morphological characters of the two endemic species and the intermediate individuals are presented as Anderson hybrid indices and Wells distance diagrams. Preliminary studies of the flavonoid chemistry shows that the hybrids individuals have similar chromatographic patterns to those of G. bracteata and G. peltata. The results indicate that natural introgressive hybridization is occurring between the two endemic species on Masatierra. The comparative study of two transects near the Portezuelo on Masatierra reveals that hybridization is more frequent in man-disturbed areas.

BUMBLEBEE AND HUMMINGBIRD POLLINATION SYNDROMES IN PEDICULARIS DENSIFLORA. Lazarus Walter Macior, Department of Biology, University of Akron, Akron, Ohio 44325. 3:30 Field observations coupled with detailed stereophotographic and cinematographic re- cords of pollinating behavior of bumblebee and hummingbird foragers on Pedicularis densiflora in the California Inner Coast Range revealed that the flowers are primarily pollina- ted by short-tongued(7mm) Bombus edwardsii workers visiting the young, protogynous flowers with short(lOmm), nectariferous tubes and only later and secondarily by long-tongued hummingbirds foraging in elongated(21mm) tubes. Pollination is nototribic by both animals; flowers are ob- ligately dependent upon animal pollinators. The reddish orange, fully extended corollas attract hummingbirds, while bumblebees are attracted by red-purple calyces, purplish red floral bracts, and long, brightly ultraviolet-reflective hairs on calyx and bract margins. Bee pollinators are primarily nectar foragers. Of 193 pollinating workers captured, 57% carried no pollen, and 45% of corbicular pollen loads from 83 pollinators contained no Pedicularis pollen. Sixty percent of the 83 loads contained pollen from Dodecatheon hendersonii, the only other common and syn- chronously blooming Bombus-visited plant in the community. On the western slope of the Sierra Nevada, Pedicularis densiflora aurantiaca, a subspecies with variably colored corollas, was pol- linated exclusively by hummingbirds, while bumblebees foraged on Manzanita(Arctostaphylos)

17 blooming synchronously in the same plant community. Pollination syndromes in Pedicularis densi- flora are considered related to behavioral and phenological factors in the biotic community.

SELECTION AND FLORAL POLYMORPHISM IN TRILLIUM SESSILE (LILIACEAE). Donald H. Les, F. Bryan, L. Tyrrell, and R. Whitkus, Department of Botany, The Ohio State 3:45 University, 1735 Neil, Columbus, OH. 43210.

A heterocyanic population of Trillium sessile L. was studied to assess effects of floral color polymorphism on population structure. Three phenotypes , red, yellow, and intermediate, result from differential anthocyanin expression in petals, due mainly to the influence of one gene with incomplete dominance. The direct translation of phenotype to genotype enabled analysis of the population using the Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium model. When analyzed by chi-square, the frequency of the gene conferring the yellow phenotype was significantly higher than the expected equilibrium value. Potential causes for the deviation are considered. Drift and migrational effects are dismissed, but mutational effects are not assessed. Electrophoretic and pollinator data provide evidence for panmixis. Data on floral predation and reproductive allocation are consistent with our hypothesis that the population disequilibrium has resulted from selection. Intermediate and yellow morphs incur higher pre-reproductive predation than reds, however, fitness may be higher in yellow morphs due to increased pollinator attractibility and higher reproductive efficiency.

STUDIES OF FOSSIL FUNGI IV: WOOD DECAY IN CALLIXYLON NEWBERRYI, AN UPPER DEVONIAN PROGYMNOSPERM. Sara P. Stubblefield and Thomas N. Taylor. Department of Botany, 4:00 The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH 43210

Silicified secondary xylem from Calllixylon newberryi is extensively infected with fungal hyphae. Branching, sepatate filaments 1.5-6 yon in diameter are abundant in both tracheids and ray parenchyma. Hyphae lack clamp connections and vary in surface morphology. Both terminal and intercalary chlamydospores are present. Trachied walls show evidence of fungal induced decay including erosion troughs, cavities and extensive lysis. Bore holes were not observed in the tracheid walls and hyphae apparently pass between ray cells and adjacent tracheids. The pattern of wood decay compares most closely with that of modern-day white rots typically caused by basidomycetes. Our present knowledge of the fossil record suggests the existence of comycetes, zygomycetes, and chytirds or hyphochytrids in the Devonian, but the higher fungi are not generally recognized before the Pennsylvanian. Nevertheless, the morphological and taxonomical complexity exhibited by the late Devonian vascular flora suggests the availablility of a variety of substrates and a high potential for plant/fungi interaction. In light of the varied interactions between fungi and plants today, it would not be surprising to find higher wood-decaying fungi earlier than the Pennsylvanian. The present material suggests the existence of Devonian fungi, probably ascomycetes or basidiomycetes, which interacted with early land plants in a manner similar to modern-day fungi, and leads us to expect greater diversity in the Devonian mycoflora.

SPORE ULTRASTRUCTURE OF THE ENIGMATIC ALGA PROTOSALVINIA. Wilson A. 4:15 Taylor, and Thomas N. Taylor. Department of Botany, The Ohio State University, 1735 Neil Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43210.

Compressed specimens of the Devonian thallophyte Protosalvinia were collected from the Ohio Shale formation (Upper Devonian). Tetrads of spores were mechanically removed from within depressions on the thallus surface. The individual spores range in size from 75-200 um. At the ultrastructural level, the spore wall ranges from 4-12 um in thickness, and appears to be composed of at least two distinct layers. The outer zone, which makes up approximately one third of the thickness of the wall, is laminated, and appears strongly vermiculate in transverse section, with the individual laminar units thinnest toward the inside (0.2-0.4 um), and gradually thicker toward the surface of the spore (to 12 um). The remainder of the wall is denser, and appears mottled or very finely laminated. The trilete marks often observed on isolated spores result from contact with the other three cells of the tetrad. They do not appear to be associated with any zone of structural weakness which could be interpreted as a suture. These spores are compared to tetraspores produced by the extant brown alga Dictyota.

THE COMPARATIVE ULTRASTRUCTURE OF THE FOSSIL CYATHEACIDITES (CRETACEOUS) AND EXTANT LOPHOSORIA SPORES. Marie H. Kurmann and Thomas N. Taylor. Department of 4:30 Botany, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio, 43210.

Well-preserved sporae dispersae grains from the Baquerc5 formation from Santa Cruz, Argentina were initially described under the binomial Cyatheacidites tectifera Archangelsky and Gamerro. The spores are trilete and range from 42-65/jm in the equatorial diameter, and 18 possess a thickened cingulum which separates the proximal and distal hemispheres. On the proximal surface are three thickened regions in the shape of cushions that are separated by extended laesurae. The nearly hemispherical distal face is ornamented by numerous, irregularly shaped pits. With the exception of the slightly larger size (60-100/Jin), the spores of Lophosoria quadripinnata are morphologically identical to those of Cyatheacidites. The morphological distinction of the proximal and distal faces of the grain is also reflected at the ultrastructural level. The sporoderm on the distal surface is constructed of two separated layers. The inner layer is homogeneous and present on both the proximal and distal faces; the outer layer is present only on the distal hemisphere and is organized into broad radial units. Both spore types provide the opportunity to discuss sporoderm stratification in ferns and the functional significance of certain structural features.

STUDIES OF PALEOZOIC PTERIDOSPERMS: FOLIAGE OF MICROSPERMOPTERIS AND HETERANGIUM FROM THE PENNSYLVANIAN OF KENTUCKY. PIGG, K. B. and TAYLOR, T. N., Department 4:45 of Botany, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210, and STOCKEY, R. A., Department of Botany, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada T6G 2E9.

The foliage of Microspermopteris aphyllum and a new species of Heterangium are described from the Lewis Creek coal ball locality of eastern Kentucky. The foliage of Microspermopteris, previously unknown, was produced on a frond system consisting of three orders of branching. Petioles with a V-shaped vascular strand produce primary pinnae alternately to sub-oppositely. Arising from these are secondary pinnae with laminar pinnules of up to four lobes. Foliage is parenchymatous with scattered resin canals present in some specimens. Epidermal cells exhibit sinuous anticlinal walls, and stomata are simple, with thickened guard cells. Associated axillary branches bear bud scales at distal levels like those of Callistophyton, Lyginopteris and other seed ferns. In addition, a new species of Heterangium is represented by stem fragments, isolated petioles and several orders of foliage. Diagnostic features of this species include distinctive ultimate pinnules with a V-shaped vascular strand, discontinuous lateral bands of dark-walled cells, and prominent abaxial trichomes. The recognition of these forms as separate plants establishes taxonomic criteria for separating Microspermopteris and Heterangium, and illustrates additional evidence of the diversity among lyginopterid pteridosperms.

S E C T I 0 N: C. GEOLOGY SATURDAY/ APRIL 20, 1985 FIRST MORNING BALDWIN 748 MICHAEL C. HANSEN, PRESIDING OFFICER

*** POSTER ABSTRACTS FOR THIS SECTION ARE FOLLOWED BY PODIUM ABSTRACTS ***

MISSISSIPPIAN-PENNSYLVANIAN UNCONFORMITY NEAR BURNSIDE, Tangeman SOUTHCENTRAL KENTUCKY Univ. Ctr. Board F CLOSE, Jay Charles, and MARTIN, Wayne D., Department of Geology, § 9:00 a.m. Miami University, Oxford, OH 45056

The Mississippian-Pennsylvanian Systemic contact near Burnside, southcentral Kentucky, is unconformable. Contact relationships in eastern Kentucky are controversial because of unclear genetic associations displayed by Chesterian(?)-Morrowan sandstone lentils, which have been interpreted as being of either barrier-beach or fluvial-deltaic origin. Field study of rock exposures near Burnside indicates that tidal flat, tidal channel, and lagoonal lithofacies without barrier sandstones are unconformably overlain by southwesterly progradational fluvial-deltaic lithofacies. Elongate, fining-upward sandstone bodies, typically above coal seams, are characterized by basal lag concentrates of carbonized plant debris and epsilon cross stratification , or, apparently lack stratification. The sandstones, which are oriented parallel with the paleoslope, are enclosed by delta plain lithofacies. Barrier island sandstones and associated nearshore marine facies developed perpendicular to the paleoslope are lacking.

ACTUOPALEONTOLOGY OF REEF-DWELLING ECHINODERMS AT BONAIRE, NETHERLANDS ANTILLES Benjamin J. Greenstein and David L. Meyer, Department of Geology, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH 45221 9:00 Actuopaleontology is the study of processes affecting the fossilization potential of organisms. Time-lapse underwater cinematography was used to monitor actuopaleonto- 19 logic processes affecting exposed crinoids, ophiuroids, and echinoids in their natural environ- ment over periods of several days post-mortem. These films reveal that much preburial destruc- tion of echinoderm remains results from scavenging by crustaceans. Analysis of the echinoderm fraction of reef sediments revealed the end results of biostratinomic processes. Of particular interest is the recent mass mortality of the echinoid Diadema antillarum which occurred throughout the Caribbean during 1983 and provided a natural experiment in actuopaleon- tology. This apparently vector-borne affliction killed off virtually the entire adult popula- tion of p_. antillarum in Bonaire over a period of several weeks beginning in November, 1983. Despite the catastrophic nature of the echinoid mortality, the absence of a rapid burial process has precluded preservation of intact echinoids. By August, 1984, only broken, disarticulated spines and test plates were evident in surficial reef sediments; limited recovery of the live population has occurred. Although abundance of echinoid fragments appears to exceed normal lev- els, determination of the actual increase in the echinoderm fraction awaits sediment analysis. The results will enable us to assess the likelihood of recognition of similar mass mortalities in the geologic record. Reworking may disperse remaining fragments to the extent that the mor- tality event will be effectively masked in the sedimentary record.

BIOGENIC AND PHYSICAL SEDIMENTATION INSIDE THE MAYSVILLIAN BRACHIOPOD PLATYSTROPHIA PONDEROSA: BIOSTRATINOMIC IMPLICATIONS. Steven M. Holland. Geology Department, Q ir University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH 1+5221.

Platystrophia ponderosa from the Maysvillian of the Cincinnati area contains five distinct types of internal fillings: pellets, skeletal debris, calcareous mud, calcareous silt, and sparry calcite. Concentrations of pellets were probably derived from a soft-bodied filter feeder living within the shell. Skeletal debris consists of small biogenic calcitic, phosphatic, and chitinous fragments. Fine calcareous mud and skeletal debris entered through the commissure as draft fillings, and may be mixed or laminated. Calcitic silt was injected into the shell through the pedicle foramen and the commissure after burial. Sediment compositions and methods of emplacement vary. Sparry calcite occurs as geopetals and burrow fillings. Occupation of empty shells, finely laminated sediments, and heavy encrustation suggest long periods of post-mortem exposure with little or no transportation. Pelletal concentrations indicate use of the shell as a cryptic habitat by an unknown organism, possibly a worm or a coelenterate.

AN OCCURENCE OF MISSISSIPPIAN EDRIOASTEROIDS IN WESTERN ILLINOIS. Philip Dravage. Department of Geology, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio 9:30 45221

Results of preliminary investigations of edrioasteroids (Echinodermata) from the Mississippian age Paint Creek Formation (Chesterian) are presented. A biocoenosis which includes numerous individuals of Discocystis kaskaskiensis (Hall), 1859 was obtained from western Illinois, near Saint Louis. This is the first recorded occurence of p_. kaskaskiensis for which precise geographic and stratigraphic location are known. A diverse community was dominated by fenestrate Bryozoa, and included a variety of echinoderms: blastoids, crinoids, echinoids, and edrioasteroids. A range in size of individuals of p_. kaskaskiensis allows a population structure to be determined. Exceptionally well preserved and partially inflated individuals permits an accurate reconstruction to be made of the original, clavate shape of these edrioasteroids, as well as elucidation of the presently inadequately described oral and hydropore structures. Probable positive allometric growth of the imbricated plates of the extensive pedunculate zone is described and reflects the premium placed early in ontogeny on the ability of elevating the oral surface high above the substrate. These edrioasteroids were atypical in that they were a part of a soft substrate community. An unusual mode of preservation is documented, where fine grain size sediment records the environment in which the edrioasteroids lived, and coarse grain size sediment records their catastrophic burial.

A NEW SPECIES OF ORDOVICIAN CYCLONEMA (GASTROPODA). Stephen H. Felton, 5678 Biscayne Avenue, Cincinnati, Ohio, 45248

Gastropods of the genus Cyclonema Hall are variable. The variability has both taxonomic and ecological significance. There are two morphologically distinct groups of Cyclonema. One group has coarse spiral surface ornamentation that continues across their basal surfaces. The second group is more finely ornamented and lack the extension of basal lines. The former range from the Middle Ordovician to the Middle Silurian in lithologies attributed to shallow water marine environments. The latter are found in offshore to transition zones. They range from the Middle to the Upper Ordovician. The placement of species in biostratigraphic zones without lithologic documentation has led to confusion in Cyclonema nomenclature. Conrad in 1842 described Cyclonema bilix. He stated that it had a surface with spiral raised striae and a flattened striated base and was found at Richmond, Indiana in the Cliff Limestone. In 1897 Ulrich restricted species of Cyclonema and

20 revised Cyclonema bilix by placing Cyclonema with fine ornament and smooth bases under Conrad's species. He gave numerous Ohio and Indiana Richmond Group sites for its range. These two groups are morphologically distinct and each occupy a different ecologic niche. Species of Gyclonema bilix should be restricted to coarse forms in the upper Richmondian and Ulrich addition to the above designated a new species.

TWO NEW OCCURRENCES OF TENTACULITIDS FROM THE SILICA SHALE (DEVONIAN), -ta.aa INDIANA AND OHIO, AND THEIR BIOSTRATIGRAPHIC IMPLICATIONS. Lawrence A. Wiedman. Department of Geology, Kent State University, Kent, OH 44242.

Tentaculitids are small (0.5-2.5 cm), conical organisms of enigmatic origin that are generally rare in the Paleozoic fossil record. Two tentaculitids are reported for the first time in the Middle Devonian (Givetian) Silica Shale of Indiana and Ohio. Novakia acuaria (Hall) and Viritalla hercinica (Richter) are common in some exposures of the Silica Shale from extreme northeastern Indiana. The known western European and North African ranges for these two taxa span nearly 15 million years and predate the accepted Givetian age of the Silica. This discovery implies that biostatigraphic use of these tentaculitids in intercontinental correlation should be approached with caution and that global dispersal of these taxa may have occurred over a long time interval.

IS THERE ANOTHER LINTON SITE IN OHIO? James Bradley, Department of Geology and Mineralogy, The Ohio State University, University Drive, Newark, Ohio 43055. 10:15 Linton is one of the most important Pennsylvanian age fossil localities in North America. It was at this site that J. S. Newberry collected over 30 different species of fishes, reptiles, and amphibians from a 5 inch cannel coal seam at the base of the Upper Freeport. The Linton site is at the Diamond Coal Mine in the eastern part of Jefferson County, Ohio. The mine has been abandoned for over fifty years, but the mine dump is still an important fossil collecting location. To find another Linton, one should look for other deposits with similar environments of deposition. Such environments were probably ponds, lagoons, or channels within the coal swamp. This is the type of environment that is also pro- posed for all cannel coals. Therefore, the best place to find another Linton would be in association with cannel deposits. In the Pennsylvanian System of Ohio, at least 19 separate coal beds occurring in 21 coun- ties have been reported to contain cannel coal. This paper describes and evaluates some of these localities to help the paleontologist find another Linton. The best localities are old cannel coal mine dumps. The mines have been abandoned for many years, some for over 100 years, but because of cannel coal's resistance to weathering, they still provide good material for study. The best area for study is probably the Bedford Cannel (Upper Mercer) area in Coshocton County, Ohio.

THE WINAMEG MASTODON. John A. Howe and Alan J. Cubberley, Department of Geology, Bowling Green State University, Bowling Green, OH 43403-0218 10:30 A partial skeleton consisting of fifteen bones and a lower dentition of an American mastodon, Mammut americanum, was discovered in 1978 in Fulton County, Ohio. The bones were exposed during the excavation of a farm pond on the property of Mr. Dan Murry near the village of Winameg. Although the skeletal elements appear to be full sized and the deciduous dentition is no longer present, the proximal epiphyses are not fused to the shaft of the long bones and the animal is therefore thought to be a very young adult. Of special interest are the unusual markings on the humerus, femur and metatarsal which may be the result of butchering by Paleo indians.

MESOZOIC MYRIAPODS. Joseph T. Hannibal, Cleveland Museum of Natural History, Wade Oval, University Circle, Cleveland, Ohio 44106 10:^5 Many taxa of fossil myriapods, predominantly millipeds, have been described from Late Paleozoic rocks, but only a few have been described from Mesozoic strata. Among the better established Mesozoic reports are those of a xyloiulid from the Triassic of Siberia, a helminthomorph from the Triassic of France, and a spiroboloid from the Cretaceous of Mongolia. However, some Mesozoic reports are questionable. Fritsch's description (1910) of various myriapods from the Cretaceous of Czechoslovakia may be valid, but at least one of his described forms is suspect. The geophilomorph centiped, Calciphilus abboti Chamberlin, often cited as being from the Cretaceous, is actually Cenozoic. The apparent paucity of Mesozoic myriapods is, if current biogeographic studies of modern forms are correct, partly due to a lack of preservation. However the decline in diversity at the end of the Paleozoic may also be a result of competitive interaction with other arthropods. Paleozoic millipeds occupied both typical "cryptic" habitats and, based on functional morphological analyses, more open habi- tats. The reduction in habitats available for millipeds has been attributed to the rise of the 21 insects (Kraus 1974). This habitat reduction, and apparent decline in milliped diversity, is coincident with the explosive radiation of the Coleoptera. Coleoptera today eat a wide variety of foods and occupy a wide variety of habitats, some of them similar to those of modern milli- peds and others similar to those postulated for spinous Paleozoic forms. Some Coleoptera feed on millipeds. Radiation of the Coleoptera may have effected milliped diversity.

S E C T I 0 N: C. GEOLOGY SATURDAY/ APRIL 20, 1985 SECOND MORNING BALDWIN Ih9 JANE L. FORSYTH, PRESIDING OFFICER

EVICENCE OF GREATER AERIAL EXTENT OF LAVERY DEPOSITS IN EASTERN STARK COUNTY,OHIO 9:00 James R. Bauder, 3095 Bernewood Dr. N.W., Canton, Ohio 44709 Numerous excavations have enabled the further observation, classification, testing and verification of various glacial deposits in Stark County, Ohio. Discoveries include: relationships between soil type and mode of till deposition; till covered kame fields; paleosols; and buried tills. Pockets of Lavery like lodgement till and finer textured ablation till are found buried at points upto four (4) miles further west than previous estimates for the forward advance of the Lavery ice sheet. Data indicates that toward the margins of the advance; the Lavery till deposit became more similar to the underlying Kent till.

TEXTURE AND MINERALOGY OF WISCONSINAN TILLS OF HURON AND CRAWFORD COUNTIES, OHIO. Maryann Gaughan, John P. Szabo, Department of Geology, University of Akron, Akron, Ohio 44325- and Stanley M. Totten, Department of Geology, Hanover College, Hanover,

Wisconsinan tills cropping out in Huron and Crawford counties display properties characteristic of the Erie lobe. The Woodfordian Hiram Till contains about 5% more clay than the Hayesville Till; both tills have similar carbonate content. The Navarre Till shows the greatest variability containing an average silt content of 52.2%, whereas, the majority of tills range from 43% to 48.2% silt. Navarre Till in Crawford County is more dolomitic than that of Huron County. The pre-Woodfordian stratigraphy includes five tills informally designated from old to young: L, Be, B, A, and U. Tills A and B form the bulk of the pre-Woodfordian deposits. Textural variation is minimal throughout the study area. The tills can be distinguished based on carbonate content. Till A averages 4.3% calcite and 7.1% dolomite (calcite/doTomite=0.6), whereas Till B contains 0.3% calcite and 5.7% dolomite (calcite/dolomite=0.06). Quartz/feldspar ratios are nearly the same for Tills A and B. Unit Be contains more clay than A or B but its average calcite content drops to 2.0%. Samples of Till L have more calcite than dolomite. Average diffraction intensity for unweathered samples of all five tills is 1.5. Laboratory data suggest that there was a variable source of carbonate and a similar source of clay minerals for the pre-Woodfordian tills. Carbonate content may reflect changing ice flow directions or subsequent erosion of various Paleozoic carbonates.

MULTIPLE TILLS ON KELLEY'S ISLAND, OHIO. Richard R. Pavey, Ohio Department of Nat- ural Resources, Division of Geological Survey, Fountain Square, Building B, 9:30 Columbus, Ohio

Studies of the Pleistocene geology on Kelley's Island have been restricted primarily to the island's famous glacial grooves. However, preliminary investiga- tion of shoreline outcrops on the island show that Pleistocene history is more complex than previously described. Six ice advances during the Wisconsinan deposited tills on Carpenter's Point (southwestern shore). These lithologically separate tills correspond to the known till stratigraphy of northeastern Ohio. The Woodfordian-age Hiram, Hayesville, and Navarre Tills are consistently present on the point. Patches of three different Millbrook tills, presumably of Altonian age, are preserved below the younger tills. The topographic position of the point (leeward of ice flow) and protection within shallow "bedrock depressions (grooves?) account for the preservation of this relatively complete till sequence. Previously, only Hiram Till had been recognized on the island. Bedrock striations on the point cannot be referenced to specific ice advances and their respective tills, but do indicate multiple source areas for the tills. Several cross-cutting parallel sets of striae are present. Future research on the provenance of the separate tills will contribute to the understanding of glacial modification of the island.

22 PLEISTOCENE HISTORY RECORDED IN A SMALL VALLEY IN EASTERN HAMILTON COUNTY, OHIO. C. Scott Brockman, ODNR, Division of Geological Survey, Fountain Square, 9; 45 Building B, Columbus, Ohio 1+322U.

The Illinoian deposits and stratigraphic sequence of Dry Run Creek, a tributary of the Little Miami River, suggest a model that is useful in interpreting the depositional sequence as veil as a local Illinoian history. Two till units are each underlain by a sequence of sands and gravels; the upper till is topped in some areas by terrace gravels. The sedimentary record fits a model of a repeating three-step sequence of proglacial lake formation, ice override, and valley alluviation. The first lake sequence is well developed under the lower till, but the second is mostly missing under the upper till. The lower till is thin and not found in the watershed immediately south of Dry Run Creek; the upper till is extensive, covering highlands and extending well south of the area. Two Illinoian tills have not previously been reported from eastern Hamilton County. Glaciotectonic features are common in the area including disturbed bedrock and thrust planes in the tills. The north-flowing Dry Run Creek valley has been the general location of several drainage episodes. Sets of matched terraces flank the present valley at elevations of 8^0-880 feet (Teays-age), 8,°O-835 (Post-Teays/Pre-Deep-Stage-age), 750-800 feet (illinoian), and 600 feet (Wisconsinan). Unmatched terraces range from 830 feet near the headwaters to 690 feet (Sangamonian).

LATE PLEISTOCENE FACIES AND FACIES SEQUENCES OF THE LAKE ERIE BLUFFS, LAKE COUNTY, OHIO 10:00 E. J. Jones and C. H. Carter, Department of Geology, University of Akron, Akron, Ohio 44325

Excellent exposures of postglacial sediments up to 16 meters thick overly flow till along the south-central shore of Lake Erie. These sediments form coarsening upward sequences that con- sist from the base up of: an interlaminated clay and silt facies, a rippled, fine-grained sand facies with flaser structures and cross-bedded sand facies, and a trough cross-bedded grit facies. Organic matter in the form of twigs and small branches of northern white cedar occur near the base of the sequence. Contacts are sharp between the sand and clay and are otherwise gradational. The sand is compositionally mature at the base, consisting largely of angular to subangular quartz, and immature at the top, consisting of about 30% shale clasts. On the basis of the type, order and association of the facies, we interpret the sequences to represent offlapping lake deposits. The interlaminated clay and silt representing the lowest energy,deepest water environment (below surf base?) and the trough cross-bedded grit the highest energy, shallowest water environment (upper shore face?).

LATE-GLACIAL LACUSTRINE HISTORY OF NORTHWEST OHIO Jane L. Forsyth, Geology Dept., Bowling Green State Univ. Bowling Green, OH 43403

' An integrated summary of the various lacustrine events that occurred during Wisconsinan deglaciation in northwest Ohio, many events reported on individually in the past, seems desirable. This history began as the ice margin retreated north of the Ohio divide (near the crest of the Fort Wayne Moraine here). Lakes developed in areas outlined by east-west-oriented end moraines and north-south-oriented bedrock ridges in west- central Ohio. Continued ice retreat then created the small ice-marginal lakes of the Lima area, followed by the classic lake stages of the Erie basin, of which the first, Maumee I, appears to be represented in part by buried lake clay near Tiffin. Later stages of Lake Maumee eroded away much of the Defiance Moraine in 4 western counties, though the later Whittlesey beach still outlines its eroded base. Following what appears to have been a nonclassic, unsubmerged lake level at 705', the various levels of Lakes Warren/Wayne occurred, when related terraces formed along the newly developing Maumee River valley and a sand bar/beach complex was deposited along the present Oak Openings belt (with reworking of the sand by wind as lake level lowered). Shortly after the last, lowest classic lakes, ice retreat allowed eastward drainage of the lake, which,because the sill at Buffalo was still so low isostatically, caused most of the lake to drain away, a condition that lasted until about 4000 years BP, when slowly rising lake waters again flooded the western basin. Remarkably, the entire long and complex history, from the early lakes near the Fort Wayne Moraine until the draining of the western basin, took only about 2000 years, which leaves barely 1-200 years for any one lake event! THE ROLE OP DILUTE INFLOWS IN THE GEOCHEMICAL EVOLUTION OP POUR ANTARCTIC LAKES. Angle, M.P., Ohio Geological Survey, O.D.N.R., •I0.20 Bldg. B, Fountain Sq. , Cols., Oh. 43224 The major element composition of meltwater streams feeding four Antarctic Dry Valley lakes was examined to see how signifigant a role stream inputs played in the evolution of the modern lake chemistry. Altogether, 19 streams as well as representative water columns of Lakes Joyce, Miers, Fry- xell and Hoare were sampled and analyzed for Ca, Mg, K, Na, Cl, SO4 and HCO3. Average streamflow rates were estimated to help gain a better approximation of

23 the contribution that each individual stream has to the total solute input to the lake. Based upon this study, it can be demonstrated that the composition of these four lakes can be explained in terms of concentration (through evap- oration) and modification (primarily by calcite deposition and ion exchange) of dilute meltwater inputs. When compared with these dilute meltwater inputs, seawater incursion and other avenues of solute input invoked in earlier studies probably play a minor role in the present-day chemical composition of the lakes, The author would like to acknowledge Win. J. Green, Sch. of Interdisciplin- ary Studies, Miami Univ. and N.S.F.'s Div. of Polar Programs for making this project possible.

A METHOD FCS IDENTIFICATION OF THE SOURCE OF SALINE CONTAMINATION OF GROUNDWATERS by Martin Knuth and Dr. Jim L. Jackson, Univ, of Akron, Dept. Of Geology, Akron Ohio 44325

Contamination of groundwater resources by high salinity is on the increase in the State of Ohio. The two primary sources of this salt are from Oil-field formation brine and road salt application. A discriminatory, analytical technique valid for the entire state is needed. A technique of this nature has been used successfully in Kansas by Whittemore of the Kansas Geological Survey. The technique involves plotting Br/Cl vs Cl for contaminated samples, brine from regional formations and road salt solutions. From these plots, contaminant source can be ascertained. A case in Hudson Township, Summit County was confirmed using this method and numerous pieces of collaborating evidence. In this case, the contamination was determined to be from oil-field formation brine disposed of in an unlined pit several months before. The method can also be used to discriminate between contamination by formation brines of differing origins. In this case, the iodide levels are plotted in place of bromide. With further testing, this method may be used to identify brine origin in the case of illegal dumping of oil-field waters. Overall, the technique offers great potential for use by both private and governmental agencies as one method to identify saline contamination sources.

S E C T I 0 N: C. GEOLOGY SATURDAY/ APRIL 20, 1985 FIRST AFTERNOON BALDWIN 748 WAYNE D. MARTIN, PRESIDING OFFICER

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING

GOALS AND OBJECTIVES OF OHIO'S GEOLOGIC MAPPING PROGRAM Dennis N. Hull, Ohio Department of Natural Resources, Division of Geological Survey, Fountain Square, Building B, Columbus, Ohio 43224

Amended House Bill 385, passed by Ohio's 114th General Assembly and signed into law on December 16, 1981, reapportioned Ohio's mineral severance tax in order to fund a program that would enable the Ohio Department of Natural Resources, Division of Geological Survey to complete the geological mapping of Ohio on a county basis. The primary goal of this program is to develop 67 county bedrock maps, 42 county glacial maps, and 35 county bedrock elevation maps — each at a scale of 1:62,500 — for those counties which presently lack such information in published or open-file form. Concurrent with the development of these primary maps will be the production, where appropriate, of various derivative maps: thickness of glacial drift, sand and gravel resources, coal resources, carbonate resources, surficial materials, suitability of land areas for solid-waste disposal, and geologic hazards. All of the maps pro- duced by the mapping program will have a strong applied-geology emphasis in order to be most useful to all Ohio citizens and businesses.

As of November 30, 1984, bedrock mapping was underway in 3 southwestern Ohio counties, glacial mapping was in progress in 7 north-central Ohio counties, and bedrock-elevation mapping had been completed in 10 counties with 5 additional counties in progress.

NEW BEDROCK GEOLOGIC MAPS OF HAMILTON AND CLERMONT COUNTIES, OHIO E. Mac Swinford and Gregory A. Schumacher, Ohio Department of Natural Resources, 2:15 Division of Geological Survey, Fountain Square, Building B, Columbus, Ohio 43224

Bedrock geologic maps of Hamilton and Clermont Counties, Ohio, are the first maps completed as part of a statewide mapping project mandated by Amended House Bill 385. This project, being conducted by the Ohio Department of Natural Resources, Division of Geologi-

24 cal Survey, will produce county geologic maps at a scale of 1:62,500. Each map will be accom- panied by columnar and cross sections describing the mapped units and a brief explanatory text noting significant geologic findings. The discontinuous, interbedded, fossiliferous limestones and calcareous shales of the Cincinnatian Series (Upper Ordovician) have been divided into seven formations and three members by means of field mapping, measured sections, core descriptions, and geophysical data. The lithologic characters defining the mapped units are the ratio of limestone to shale and the bedding styles of limestone and shale beds. In ascending order the units mapped are: Point Pleasant tongue of the Clays Ferry Formation, Kope Formation, Fairview Formation, Miamitown Shale, Grant Lake Limestone (subdivided into Bellevue, Corryville, and Mt. Auburn members), Arnheim? Formation, and Waynesville Formation. Data collected indicate that the Miamitown Shale is a diachronous unit migrating upsection from northwestern Clermont County to western Hamilton County. The Mt. Auburn member of the Grant Lake Limestone exposed in northeastern Clermont County represents a transition between the interbedded shales and nodular limestones to the west and .the wavy-bedded limestones and thin bioclastic shales to the east.

THE SALUDA FORMATION, UPPER ORDOVICIAN, IN JEFFERSON COUNTY, INDIANA. Sylvia J. Walters, Dept. of Geology, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Oh. 1+5221

K The Saluda Em. present in Indiana, Kentucky and Ohio is a regressive-trans- gressive, shallow water carbonate sequence. A relatively new roadcut along Hwy. 1+21 near Madison, Ind. has exposed a complete and previously undescribed section of the Saluda. A detailed description of the Saluda reveals 3 lithotypes; a lower silty, interbedded dolomitic mudstone and packstone/micstone ; a middle massive, thinly laminated, fine-grained dolomite; and an upper MoturToated mudstone and wackestone with poorly developed "birdseye struc- tures. The lower and middle lithotypes represent regressive sedimentation that is overlain by transgressive sediments of the upper lithotype. A regression is first suggested by an increase in the limestone-to-shale ratio of the under- lying Liberty Fin. Limestones containing an open marine fauna represents sedimentation "below normal wave base. Above wave base accumulation of muds and thin limestone lenses of the Saluda overlie the Liberty. Favistella and Tetradium biqstromes within the mudstones indicate open marine conditions. Supratidal mudflats lie above the mudstones and are characterized by mud- cracked, rippled, unfossilferous dolomicstones. The overlying transgressive unit is character- ized by extensively biotur~bated subtidal mudstones and wackestones. The Saluda is re-interpreted to have been deposited in a low-energy, generally open marine environment that was mildly affected by tides and fluctuating salinities. Deposition occurred on a very gently dipping carbonate ramp. This interpretation contrasts previous studies that suggest Saluda deposition within a semi-restricted, hypersaline lagoon.

GEOLOGY OF WYANDOT COUNTY, OHIO, Camp, Mark J. and Lempke, Douglas A., The Univer- sity of Toledo, Department of Geology, Toledo, Ohio 43606 2:45 Wyandot County, located in north-central Ohio, represents an area which lies on the west flank of the Appalachian Basin and the easternmost portion of the Indiana-Ohio Platform. Stratigraphy of post-Trenton lithologies in Wyandot County was completed by the interpretation of 26 neutron logs, 70 drillers logs, construction of structure contour and isopach maps, a detailed core description, detailed stratigraphic descriptions of some quarry exposures and outcrop sampling of the units above the Trenton. Studies of post-Trenton lithologies reveal two major disconformities in the strata above the Trenton represented by the upper surfaces of the Queenston and Rochester formations. The thick sequence of strata between the Utica and the Queenston formations cannot be differentiated into separate lithologies with- in Wyandot County. Silurian strata including the Lockport, Greenfield, Tymochtee, and the Un- differentiated Salina formations form the bedrock of the county and record environments of depo- sition which generally trend toward increasingly shallow water conditions, approaching an eva- poritic environment. Local unconformities exist in areas of reef development at the Lockport/ Greenfield contact. Wisconsinan till forms the surficial veneer. Dissected morainic topography of the Fort Wayne and Wabash moraines occurs in the southern portion of Wyandot County.

PALEOCURRENT ANALYSIS OF THE BLACK HAND SANDSTONE MEMBER OF THE CUYAHOGA FORMATION (LOWER MISSISSIPPIAN) OF EAST-CENTRAL OHIO. Christopher J. Kittredge and Robert J. 3:00 Malcuit, Department of Geology and Geography, Denison University, Granville, Ohio 43023

The Black Hand Sandstone Member of the Cuyahoga Formation of east-central Ohio is a medium-to-coarse-grained conglomeratic sandstone displaying abundant trough cross-beds. Several outcrops of the Toboso Lobe of the Black Hand Sandstone were analyzed for orientation of the cross-beds using the method outlined by DeCelles and others (1983). The method involves measurement of apparent dips of right and left hand limbs of sets of trough cross-bedded sequences; this information is then plotted on a stereonet for determination of trough axis orientation and dip. Preliminary results suggest a predominent paleocurrent direction of N 20° E. The trend of the Toboso Lobe of the Black Hand Sandstone is about N 20° W.

25 PALEOGEOGRAPHY AND SUBSURFACE GEOMETRY OF THE "SHARON" CONGLOMERATE (PENNSYLVANIAN) IN JACKSON AND GALLIA COUNTIES, OHIO. Charles L. Ketring, Jr., and Lawrence A. 3:15 Krissek, Department of Geology and Mineralogy, 107 Mendenhall Laboratory, 125 South Oval Mall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210

The basal Pennsylvanian quartzarenites and conglomerates that crop cut in Jackson County, Ohio closely resemble the texturally and mineralogically mature Sharon Conglomerate of north- eastern Ohio. The outcrops in Jackson County have been attributed to a fluvial environment. The present study utilizes drillers' logs of water wells in Jackson County, and drillers' and geophysical logs of oil and gas wells in Jackson and Gallia Counties. Isopach, paleotopo-' graphic, paleogeologic, and paleogeographic maps, plus several cross-sections are presented which depict the formation's subsurface extent. It is concluded that the sedimentary axis of the formation is roughly parallel to the mean direction of unimodal paleocurrent structures seen in outcrop, thereby corroborating previous conclusions as to the unit's depositional en- vironment. The formation occurs in an erosional paleovalley in the Mississippian surface, and further research with subsurface data from wells in West Virginia and new well data in Ohio will clarify the trend of the continuation of the paleovalley into adjacent regions. Finally, because of the formation's restriction and isolation from the Sharon Conglomerate in north- eastern Ohio, formal replacement of the present stratigraphic nomenclature for the quartz- arenites and conglomerates may be warranted; the name "Jackson Conglomerate" is suggested.

STABILIZATION Of THE CLEVELAND, PEACOCK & BARRETT MINES IN TRUNBULL COUNTY AND THE DELMORE., UNITED & GARSIUE MINES IN COLUMBIANA COUNTY, OHIO. Ann G. Harris, Depart 3:30 ment °f Geology, Youngstown State University, 410 Wick Avenue, Youngstown, OH 44555. In Trumbull County the Cleveland Main Shaft (Brookfield Twp.) and Peacock Air Shaft (Weatherfield Twp.j involved the removal of unstable material in che shafts, back filling and capping with a concrete cap. Both had different types of problems Decause of size and weather conditions. The Barretc Slope Mine (Brookfield Twp.) was stabilized by the pneu- matic stowing method using #304 crushed limestone. In Columbiana County the United Main Shaft and Air Shaft (Leetonia., Ohio, Salem Twp.) and the Garside Main Shaft and Air Shaft (Washington Twp.) were essentially dug out, back-filled and capped. The type of fill, large size, lithology and structure caused some modifications of the original plans. The Delmore Slope Mine tunnel first had to be located by test drilling and then was staDilized oy che blind flushing method using flyash and cement. It is located at Franklin Square in Salem Township. All of the above projects were funded by the Office of Surface Mining.

DELINEATION OF A SANDSTONE CHANNEL WITHIN A COAL BED USING HIGH RESOLUTION SURFACE SEISMIC. Shirley Martt, Dr. Ben Richard, Dr. Karl Toman, Wright State University, o , i, r Dayton, Ohio 45435.

This study, funded by Wright State University's Department of Geology and Peabody Coal Company, uses surface seismic techniques in order to define the boundary and characteristics of the Anvil Rock Sandstone and the Herrin No. 6 Coal Seam. The Anvil is an ancient channel fill deposit which has cut through and replaced the Herrin Coal, The diverse properties of the sandstone and the coal allows for acoustic impendence variations, which facil- itates different seismic wave response. The discussions describe the parameters used in data acquisition, processing, and interpretation. Three seismic lines, totaling three and one-half miles, were shot across the theorized location of the one-mile wide sandstone channel. The high frequency content required to delineate a 450 feet deep, 6 feet thick coal seam, was acquired with field parameters of 90 Hz low cut filter, 250 Hz high-cut filter, 50-foot spacing, 15 feet shot holes into the water table, and 1/3 lb of amonium nitrate as the source. A mini- soesis 24-channel, fixed gain system was used to record the data. Data processing involved techniques common to oil and gas studies, with the exception of larger and higher frequency band-pass filters. Also, several types of deconvolution were applied in order to increase the amplitude of the higher frequency wavelets. Interpretation involved correlating the seismic section to the geologic model, A decrease in seismic wavelet amplitude is seen at the location of the Anvil Rock sandstone channel where it replaced the Herrin No. 6 coal.

CORING AND BORESCOPE DETERMINATION OF IMMEDIATE LITHOLOGIC CHARACTERISTICS OF ADJA- CENT STABLE AND UNSTABLE COAL MINE ROOFS. SMITH, Alan D., Coal Mining Administra- h ' V\U\ tion. College of Business, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, KY 40475.

A microstudy of four adjacent crosscuts, two of which juxtapositioned the major beltway, in an underground coal mine located in the Appalachian coal fields was completed to determine if lithologic and geologic parameters of the immediate roof bed could differentiate good and poor roof conditions. Three of the areas were extremely unstable and, if not bolted and reinforced with a series of wooden cribs, would have, in most probability, failed. The stable crosscut, showing no sign of deterioration, is flanked by the unstable areas and only supported by the traditional roof bolt techniques and patterns that are in common use in the Appalachian coal fields. A detailed study, using diamond coring, borescoping, and

26 x-ray diffraction techniques, was completed. All the cores from the four sites had primarily dark gray shales (124), hard sandstones with rippled shale streaks (563 RIP), and dark gray shales of sandy content with interbedded, rippled sandstone streaks (322 RIP) as the dominant lithologies. The stable crosscut appeared to have the presence of slightly more massive sec- tions of 322 RIP and 564 lithologies. Drill site 4, classified as extremely unstable, with a previously recorded major fall on the belt a few meters away, proved to have evidence of exapnsive montmorillonite-illite mixed-layer silicates. No observational evidence for this mixture was found in the stable crosscut. However, the collective evidence does not clearly diferentiate adjacent stable and unstable immediate mine roof profiles on the basis of litholo- gic and geologic characteristics alone; more complex interactions must be in play.

STATISTICAL MODELING AND MAPPING SELECTED PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS ASSOCIATED WITH ROOF FALLS IN AN EASTERN KENTUCKY COAL MINE. SMITH, Alan D. , Coal Mining Admini- r , -l r stration. College of Business, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky 40475.

Cost-sensitive mine planning systems assume that the physical and economic condi- tions that will have the greatest impact on cost and coal quality can be predictted accurately enough to assist mine planners in making decisions. Although roof falls are discrete in their occurrence, mapping applied to mining design assumes that the causes of failure are based pri- marily on geological and rock mechanical properties, which may be continuous in nature and, hence be subject to detectable patterns. Two such factors, namely thickness of first immediate rock bed in mine roof and estimated volume of fallen material, both extremely important para- meters in entry span calculations and design layout, were measured and mapped for 72 roof falls in an eastern Kentucky coal mine. The mean thickness of the first immediate roof bed was determined to be 36 cm and the average volume of roof fall was found to be 294 m . Traditional ANOVA techniques and hypothesis test- ing and model comparisons of trend surfaces delineated the fifth-order surface (R = 46 percent) as the statistically best fit (p = 0.01) over the lower-order, polynomial trends. However, no trend surface accounted for enough explained variance in predicting the estimated volume of fallen debris as a function of location in the mine site. In addition, three-dimensional graphical displavs of structure contour, trend, and residual surfaces were generated to allow the potential user to portray selected distributions in order to plan preventative measures.

GEOCHEMISTRY OF THE SPRINGFIELD (NO.9) COAL IN WESTERN KENTUCKY, L. L. Chyi , Department of Geology, University of Akron, Akron, OH h:30 44325

Samples from the Springfield (No.9) Coal have been analyzed for 23 minor and trace elements by instrumental neutron activation analysis, and for Au and Pt by radiochemica1 neutron activation analysis. Geochemical significances of the results will be discussed. Each element shows a different range of variation and geographic distribution pattern, which may be related to the extensive faulting in the area. The trace element affinities with minerals can be established based on their correlation with Al or Fe. 3romine is related to Na, but can be selectively driven off with gentle heating. The REE pattern is similar to that of the crust, Quarternary ash, or the Canadian Shield, but the coal has a larger variation of REE contents. The K/Na ratios appear to center around two values 12.8 and 6.4; samples from the southern margin or sites with higher K/Na ratios are found to be also high in Pt. The Kentucky No.9 Coal is significantly lower in Al, As, Cr, Hf, and K but is higher in Fe, as compared with the Pittsburgh Coal in the Appalachian Basin.

GEOLOGY OF THE PEEBLES QUADRANGLE, ADAMS COUNTY, OHIO. E. Mac Swinford, Ohio Dept. of Natural Resources, Div. of Geological Survey, h.hc Columbus, Ohio 43224

A total of 714 data points were collected on the stratigraphy and structure of Upper Ordovician through Lower Mississippian age rocks exposed within the Peebles 7.5 Minute Quadrangle in northeast Adams County, Ohio. The total stratigraphic section is over 825 feet thick and contains four unconformities and three systemic boundaries. Units which, have been recognized for the first time in this area include the Bull Fork Formation, the Noland Formation (upper portion of the Drowning Creek Formation), and the Three Lick Tongue of the Chagrin Member. Faults occur in the northeast portion of the quadrangle and appear associated with the Serpent Mound Cryptoexplosion structure two miles to the north. The strata generally dip 30 to 40 feet per mile to the east, but the dip increases to 50 or 60 feet per mile in the southeast portion of the quadrangle. The increase in dip is due to the Adams County monocline, which may have locally affected erosion on Upper Silurian rocks, allowed substantial eastward thickening of Devonian age units, and caused Recent development of a sharp Appalachian escarpment and local drainage divide. The monocline is thought to be the result of draping of Palezoic rocks over a possible basement fault. 27 S E C T I 0 N: C. GEOLOGY SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 SECOND AFTERNOON &BUSINESS MTG BALDWIN Ih9 DOUGLAS E. PRIDE, PRESIDING OFFICER

STATISTICAL-POWER ANALYSIS: AN ESSENTIAL TOOL IN CONDUCTING RESEARCH IN THE EARTH SCIENCES. SMITH, Alan D., Coal Mining Administration, College of Business, Eastern o , ocrx Kentucky University, Richmond, KY 40475-0931.

Statistical power is defined as one minus the probability of making a Type II error. Another way of stating this relationship between errors is to define power as the probability of detecting a difference when a difference exists. Hence, the power of a test of Ho is not unlike the power of 2 microscopes. Just as a high-powered microscope allows re- searchers to distinguish gaps in. a solid material that would be missed upon visual inspection or under a low-powered microscope, so does a high-powered statistical test almost insure the detection when Ho is false. There are basically four parameters involved in the power analysis process that can be manipulated: (1) alpha, (2) sample size, (3) effect size, and (4) degrees of freedom. Usually the effect size and alpha is set, and sample size and degrees of freedom are directly related. Hence, the greatest advantage of power analysis should be to determine the sample size before a test is performed. Although it is useful to know the power of a stratistical test performed on an experiment after the data have been collected, the researcher can not manipulate or im- prove the power of the test. However, power analysis is extremely useful in determining the number of variables to be researched to insure a proper power of the statistical procedures and thus, gives a higher level of internal validity to the experimental results.

THE OHIO CAVE SURVEY - AN UPDATE. H. H. Hobbs III. Department of Biology, P.O. Box 720, Wittenberg University, Springfield, Ohio 45501.

Currently, 92 caves located in Adams (20), Champaign (1), Clark (8), Franklin (5), Geauga (Fern Cave, Adams County and C. rotunda Bowman and Lewis from Frost Cave, Pike County. More than 100 animal species have been found in Ohio caves, most representing new county and/or state records. The current distribution of Ohio's cavernicoles presents interesting biogeographical questions, particularly with reference to pre- and post-glacial geology. A search of the literature to date reveals a total of 396 articles treating Ohio caves, the earliest (1819) a description of a venture into a South Bass Island cave (probably Perry's Cave). Thirty-five articles appeared prior to 1900, with a maximum of 78 published during the 1970 decade. Field efforts, particularly in the southwestern part of the state, are continuing to yield data on caves and cave fauna.

INVESTIGATION OF POSSIBLE METALS CONTAMINATION OF GROUND WATER SUPPLIES IN SLOAN'S VALLEY AND THE SLOAN'S VALLEY CAVE SYSTEM IN PULASKI COUNTRY, KENTUCKY. Joe P. Ferry and Paul Pushkar, Department of Geological Sciences, Wright State University, 2:30 Dayton, Ohio 45435

Runoff from a recently-opened landfill in Pulaski County, Ky. can be seen to flow into one of the entrances of the Sloan's Valley Cave System (S.V.C.S,), one of the largest in the world. Local inhabitants suspect that the runoff then enters and contaminates local ground water which provide the area's water supply. Analyses of surface runoff from the landfill re- veals high values for Fe, Zn, Mn, Cd, Co, Pb, Ca, Mg, and Na, but in concentrations near the lower end of the range measured at other landfills. Analyses of waters collected within the S.V.C.S, and its vicinity over a one-year period indicate that the high metal contents disap- pear a short distance inside the cave, probably by absorbtion on solid surfaces. Therefore, contamination from the landfill is not at present penetrating into the interior of the S.V.C.S. For the most part? the cave waters and groundwaters away from the landfill have metal con- centrations similar to those in other limestone karst areas and which meet recommended stan- dards for drinking water. However, Fe and Mn concentrations exceed the recommended standards in 32% and 16% of the samples. Other heavy metals, including toxic ones such as Cd and Pb, exceed the recommended standards in a few scattered samples. Such occurrences indicate poten- tial hazards with respect to the drinking water supply.

28 MINERALOGICAL VARIATION OF A PYRITE-RIMMED, ANKERITE CONCRETION FROM THE OHIO SHALE. Jonathon Kappler, Deborah Berger, Linda S. Norman, and Robert Anderhait, Department p.. r of Geology, Bowling Green State University, Bowling Green, Ohio 43403

A concretion was collected from the Huron Member of the Ohio Shale (Upper Devonian) near Milan, Ohio as part of a class project in a graduate course in Clastic Petrology. The long axis of the concretion was 30 cm, with intermediate and short axes of 15 and 13 cm. The concretion was slabbed and subsampled for mineralogical analysis by X-ray diffraction. All analysed subsamples contained ankerite and ferroan dolomite, as well as pyrite, quartz and illite. Minor amounts of siderite were found scattered throughout and barite was found in the core of the concretion. Calcite crystals were found in the upper and lower portions, just within the pyrite rim which was % to 2 cm thick. The pyrite content and the inferred porosities suggest an origin in the very shallow subsurface (less than 10 m) in the sulfate-reducing zone according to a commonly accepted model of mudrock diagenesis (Curtis, 1978, 1980). Problems not explained by this model include: the presence of iron-bearing carbonates associated with pyrite, and the co-existence of a sul- fate (barite) with pyrite. The presence of ankerite, ferroan dolomite and siderite with the pyrite may be explained by slow rates of diffusion of sulfate into the sulfate-reducing zone such that only some of the available iron was precipitated as pyrite with the rest being avail- able for incorporation into the carbonate. PETROLOGY OF THE CRANBERRY LAKE FORMATION, WESTERN ADIRONDACK HIGHLANDS, NEW YORK. Daniel N. Leavell and William N. Dowling, Department of Geology and Geography, 3:00 Denison University, Granville, Ohio 43023

The Cranberry Lake Formation consists of a sequence of quartzo-feldspathic and calc- silicate paragneisses of Grenvillian age which have been mapped around the southern end of Cranberry Lake, St. Lawrence County, New York. The rocks have undergone multiple defor- mation and lower granulite facies metamorphism. They are preserved in a structural basin formed by the interference of the northeast trending Darning Needle syncline and the north-north- westerly trending Chair Rock Creek syncline. Regional correlations (Weiner et al., 1984) have suggested that the Cranberry Lake Formation is the stratigraphic equivalent of the Gouverneur Marble of the Northwest Lowlands province. This widespread unit is a member of the Oswegatchie Group of metamorphosed sedimen- tary rocks. An important stratigraphic marker at the base of this group is the Baldface Hill Gneiss, which locally contains abundant aluminous and iron-rich gneisses. In the Highlands, this marker horizon has been correlated with the important magnetic-iron ore deposits at Benson Mines, just west of the study area in Star Lake. Numerous magnetic anomalies have been re- ported in the meta-sediments of the Western Highlands, including the Cranberry Lake area, and these are typically associated with magnetite-rich quartzo-feldpatic gneisses of the Baldface Hill Formation.

DEVELOPMENT AND GEOLOGY OF THE HARLEM GAS FIELD, DELAWARE COUNTY, OHIO. Lawrence H. Wickstrom, Ohio Division of Geological Survey, 4383 Fountain Square 3; 15 Drive, Columbus, Ohio 43224.

Gas in commercial quantities was first discovered in 1964 in Harlem Township, Delaware County, in the #1 Fronk well. This well had an initial production of 4,435 MCF after treatment from the Black River (Ordovician) Limestone. Following this discovery several unsuccessful attempts were made through the 1970's to locate additional reserves in this area within the Trenton-Black River (Middle Ordovician) interval.

After an extensive geophysical investigation of the area Industrial Natural Gas Corporation drilled the #1 Jackson well in 1982. This well had an initial production rate of 225MCFG/day and proved there were additional reserves in the area. Since then numerous wells have been drilled within this field and in excess of 250 million cubic feet of gas have been produced.

The geology of the field is more complex than that associated with most oil and gas deposits within the State. The reservoir is located along a northwest-southeast trending fault and fracture system. This fracture zone cuts a northeast-southwest trending anticlinal nose. The reservoir rock is dolomitized Trenton and Black River Limestone. Trapping is accomplished because the porous dolomite sections are surrounded by relatively impermeable limestone and dolomite. SIGNIFICANCE OF MULTI-COMPONENT MAGNETIZATION. OF THE SKRAINKA DIABASE, ST. FRANCOIS MOUNTAINS, MISSOURI. E.M. Cherry, Department of Geology and 2 , on Mineralogy, The Ohio State University, 43210

Paleomagnetic results obtained from the Skrainka Diabase (8 sites) indicate that the natural remanent magnetization (NRM) carries a record of multiple events from the Proterozoic and Paleozoic history of the St. Francois region of southeastern Missouri. NRM components are determined from detailed AF demagnetization data by the Zijderveld vector method. Four magnetic components are recognized: 1) a primary thermo- remanent magnetization (TRM) acquired at the time of intrusion, 2) a secondary chemical 29 remanent magnetization (CRM) with a Cambrian pole position, 3) a secondary CRM with a Carboniferous pole position, and 4) a viscous remanent magnetization (VRM) acquired in the present geomagnetic field. The TRM directions plot along the 1.3 - 1.5 b.y. leg of the North American apparent polar wander path (APWP), which is consistent with the age of the granites and rhyolites into which the diabase intrudes. The two CRM components are expres- sions of surface weathering during the Late Cambrian, and partial remagnetization during the Carboniferous associated with local Ag, Pb, W vein mineralization. Magnetic granulometry, thermomagnetic analysis and opaque petrologic studies indicate that the primary and second- ary remanence carriers include homogeneous, compositionally zoned, and deuterically oxidized titanomagnetites, martitized magnetite, and possibly pyrrhotite.

PALEOMAGNETIC RESULTS FROM THE MORONI FORMATION (OLIGOCENE?), CEDAR HILLS, UTAH. E.M. Cherry, D.E. Breininger, and H.C. Noltimier, Department of Geology and 3 . Zf5 Mineralogy, The Ohio State University, 43210

The Moroni Formation of central Utah is a volcanoclastic sequence consisting of lithologies ranging from fluvially reworked ash-fall tuffs to welded ash-flow tuffs. The Cedar Hills locality (39.25°N, 111.80°E) is in the transition region between the Colorado Plateau and the Basin and Range provinces, and is characterized by north trending normal faults and strata which gently dips to the west (12-19°). Oriented block samples were collected at eight sites from three members of the Moroni Formation, yielding 52 specimen cores for paleomagnetic analysis. The natural remanent magnetization (NRM) represents a stable single-component thermoremanent magnetization (TRM) in magnetite that was acquired at the time of deposition, and a magnetically soft viscous component which is easily removed during alternating field (AF) demagnetization. The formation virtual geo- magnetic pole (VGP) calculated from eight site VGPs is at 70.8°N, 131.8°E (k = 20.6, 395 = 11.4). After tectonic corrections are applied, the VGP is at 82.6°N, 83.5°E, which is consistent with the 30 m.y. North American paleomagnetic pole (84.7°N, 157.7°E, 395= 3.6) at the 95% confidence level. These paleomagnetic results support the proposed correlation between the Golden's Ranch Formation (33 m.y., K-Ar) and the Moroni Formation, and suggests that tilting and faulting in this region are post-Oligocene.

PREDICTABLE SURFACE ROCK PATTERNS RESULTING FROM CLOSE PLANETARY ENCOUNTERS: APPLICATION TO THE LUNAR ORIGIN PROBLEM. Robert J. Malcuit, Department of Geology L . an and Geography, Denison University, Granville, Ohio 43023

Close encounters between rocky planetary bodies are thought to have been fairly com- mon in the early history of the Solar System. The main effects of such encounters are that the orbital elements of the two encountering bodies are changed; the magnitude of the changes depends on the relative masses of the bodies, their relative encounter velocities, the nearness of the encounter, and the amount of energy dissipated within the bodies during the en- counter. The surfaces of the encountering bodies would not be greatly effected unless the smaller body approaches to within the "Roche Limit for a Solid Body" (Aggarwal and Oberbeck, 1974, Astrophys. Jour., v. 191, p. 577) or the Weightlessness Limit (Malcuit, et al., 1975, The Moon, v. 12, p. 55). Even when within these limits the smaller (encountering) body would not lose much mass unless the body was sufficiently warm to contain a magma chamber beneath a relatively thin rocky crust. For bodies the size of the Earth and Moon, tidal disruption could begin to occur only when the Moon is within about 1.6 Earth radii from Earth. Under ideal con- ditions (i. e., a non-rotating Moon), the pattern of features associated with tidal disruption would be located along a great-circle pattern on the surface of the smaller body. A number of large lunar circular maria are located nearly on a great-circle pattern (Malcuit, et al., 1975). This lunar surface rock pattern can be interpreted as the signature of a close planetary en- counter associated with a lunar capture sequence of events in the early history of the Solar System, about 3.9 billion years ago.

PETROLOGY OF THE MUDDY/NEWCASTLE SANDSTONE (CRETACEOUS) OF NORTHEASTERN WYOMING. Robert Anderhalt, Lawrence J. Butlein and Steven Muffler, Department of Geology, Z1.11- Bowling Green State University, Bowling Green, Ohio 43403

The relative significance of the various diagenetic processes on the Muddy/Newcastle Sandstone was evaluated by examination of thin sections and SEM/EDS analysis of samples from four cores from the Powder River Basin in northeastern Wyoming. Of the original porosity of the sediment at deposition (approximately 40%), roughly 15% is preserved, while another 15% was consumed by authigenie minerals and it is inferred that about 10% was lost due to compac- tion. In order of abundance, the authigenic minerals included: clay minerals, quartz over- growths, calcite, pyrite, and hematite. Detailed petrographic analysis of two of the cores --one with a high average porosity (22%) and one with a lower average porosity (10%)--indicate that the low-porosity well is finer, experienced more compaction, contains less cement but more authigenic clay. Both the type and percentage of grain contacts can be correlated with cement-free porosities to a limited extent. Approximately 2% out of the 15% total porosity is of a secondary origin. Much of this secondary porosity is derived from the dissolution of unstable grains which were

30 probably mostly feldspars. Partial dissolution of quartz framework grains by high pH pore waters also increased the total porosity.

A VERTICAL SEISMIC PROFILING STUDY IN BATH TOWNSHIP, GREENE COUNTY, OHIO. Michael B. Kendrick, Karel Toman, and Paul J. Wolfe, Department of Geological Sciences, ^•'30 Wright State University, Dayton, Ohio 45435

In the spring of 1984, a vertical seismic profile was conducted by the Department of Geological Sciences at Wright State University. The study's objectives were (a) to delineate and interpret primary reflecting horizons and (b) to provide insight into im- proving the effectiveness of surface seismic profiles conducted in the study area. The vertical seismic profile was conducted in the Tom Pitstick //I well located in Bath Township, Greene County, Ohio. The survey was performed through Ordovician sediments at a depth spacing of 6.1 m, from 494 to 91 m below the surface. A .15 kg explosive source was used at an offset distance of 143 m. Interpreted primary reflections were obtained from the top of the following surfaces: base- ment, Mt. Simon, Eau Claire, L. Knox, 'B-zone' within the Knox, Trenton, Eden Group, and an unidentified horizon within the Black River. Ambiguous reflections were obtained from the Wells Creek Fm, and Upper Knox Dolomite. This may have been geologically related, or related to induced fracturing in the well. Much of the primary reflection energy was found to dissipate as the geophone approached the surface and would not have been recorded by a surface geophone. This was attributed to a weak input signal and may account for the poor results obtained with previous surface seismic pro- files conducted in the study area.

JOINT ANP LINEAMENT STUDY OF THE SOUTHERN APPALACHIAN PLATEAU NEAR FLKPORN CITY, KENTUCKY. STEVEN J. LOAR, Dept. of Geology, University of Cincinnati, Jf;£i5 Cincinnati, OH 45221.

Joints and lineaments were studied in the Southern Appalachian Plateau near Elkhorn City, Kentucky, in order to determine which of the local sets were of regional significance. A total of 1237 joints were measured in 87 outcrops and a total of 737 lineaments were located on a Landsat image, a SIP-A image, and aerial photographs. Seven sets were found to be significant using the chi-square test. Three of the significant sets of joints and lineaments were identical suggesting that the lineaments are at least partially joint controlled. Of the seven significant joint sets, two sets, N30E and E-W, which occur exclusively in coal beds, are apparently the oldest ones. Of the five remaining sets, two sets, N10W and N80E, probably represent an early phase of Alleghenian deformation. Two other sets, N60E and N30W, are parallel and perpendicular, respectively, to the Pine Mountain Thrust Fault, and most likely are contemporaneous with the thrust faulting. The fifth' set> N40E, is parallel to the direction of the maximum stress direction of the Pecent stress field, suggesting that this set may be geologically young.

S E C T I 0 N: D. MEDICAL SCIENCES SATURDAY/ APRIL 20, 1985 FIRST MORNING BALDWIN 638 RAYMOND M. GESINSKI, PRESIDING OFFICER

*** POSTER ABSTRACTS FOR THIS SECTION ARE FOLLOWED BY PODIUM ABSTRACTS ***

SODIUM VALPROATE AND ENVIRONMENTAL OXYGEN EFFECTS ON CD-I MOUSE FETUSES. B. Kernan, Tangeman R.Paulson, M.Sucheston, T.Hayes, H.Weiss and S.Weiss.' The Ohio State University, Univ. Ctr. Colleges of Dentistry and Medicine, 305 West 12th Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43210 Board G @ 9:00 a.m. The objectives of this study were to assess the teratogenicity of Sodium Valproate (VPA) on the CD-I mouse fetus when using continuous administration of the drug via osmotic minipumps, and to determine whether the expected teratogenic effect on the fetus could be changed by increasing or decreasing the maternal oxygen environment during the experimental period. Virgin CD-I female mice were mated overnight; groups of ten dams each were implanted subcutaneously with Alzet osmotic minipumps, containing either a dosage of 490 mg/kg of the drug or the solvent; the control group did not receive an implant. Maternal blood drug levels were determined daring the experimental period and reached human subtherapeutic levels (19-34 ^tg/ml). During days 7-14, each of these three groups of mice were placed in environmental chambers containing different oxygen levels: normoxia (21% ©£) > hyperoxia (50% O2) and hypoxia (12% O2). Dams were sacrificed at 18 days. Weights, number of live, dead and resorbed fetuses and external malformations were recorded. The reduction of fetal weights in the VPA group was significant (p ^.005) in comparison to controls. Fetal weights were reduced in hypoxia (p.<^08) and hyperoxia (p. <^0001), in comparison to normoxia. Neither the drug ncr the different O2 coneen-

31 trations had a significant effect on the incidence of dead and resorbed fetuses. Our results show that constant drug administration of VPA reduced the teratogenic risk in the fetus, when compared to other routes of drug administration.

SEM STUDY OF THE DEVELOPING DECIDUOUS DENTITION, J.R.Van Treese and R.B.Paulson, The Tangeman Ohio State University, College of Dentistry, 305 West 12th Avenue, Columbus, Ohio Univ. Ctr. 43210 Board A % 10:30 a.m. This SEM study examined the developing human dentition of 24 fetuses, ranging in age from 15 to 38 gestational weeks. Tooth buds were excised intact, fixed in 4% glutar- aldehyde (pH 7.4) for 48 hours and prepared for SEM viewing. The SEM beam was directed at right angles to the mesiodistal, occlusocervical and buccolingual planes of each specimen. Measure- ments of enamel matrix for each cusp were plotted against gestational age and regression lines were obtained. Regression lines indicated that in each tooth in the dentition, enamel developed at a faster rate in the mesiodistal dimension, followed by occlusocervical and buccolingual enamel development. Our results indicated that enamal matrix development begins at 14 weeks in the mesiobuccal cusp of the 1st maxillary molar, followed by the 1st mandibular molar, second mandibular molar and second maxillary molar. Enamel development in the mesiobuccal cusp is followed by the ihesiolingual, distobuccal, distolingual and distal cusp development. Accessory cusps made a temporary appearance during the early development of deciduous molars, and were in- corporated in the respective cusps during later development. An accessory cusp was often pres- ent in the distobuccal region of the first mandibular molar, in addition to the distobuccal and distal cusps present in all the specimens examined. The accessory cusps have important im- lications in the development of occlusal morphology and may explain the wear pattern of the occlusal surfaces of the deciduous molar teeth.

RELATIONSHIP OF FLUORIDE IN GREEN TEA TO DENTAL CARIES. J. Koberlein , S. Rosen, Tangeman F.M. Beck, E.X. Beck, D.B. Min and M. Elvin-Lewis, College of Dentistry, Ohio Univ. Ctr. State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210 and Washington University, St. Louis, MO. Board B @ 10:30 a.m. it has been shown that tea is anticariogenic in humans and animals. Tea concen- trates fluoride. A hypothesis was made that tea inhibits dental caries due to its fluoride content. Green teas used were JG (2.6 ppm F~) and JS (1.5 ppm F~). Weanling rats were divided into 5 groups of 20 each . Two of the groups received one of the above teas in lieu of drinking water. Two other groups received drinking water containing an equivalent amount of fluoride as in the two teas. The fifth group received double distilled deionized water. The rats were given diet 2000 and infected with Streptococcus mutans, strain 6715. After 5 weeks, the rats were sacrificed and scored for caries by the method of Keyes. Enamel caries scores are given below.

Fluid Water JG Tea JS Tea Water Water

F (ppm): 2.6 2.6 1.5 1.5 0 Mean Caries Score: 33 .325 34.215 35 .823 39 .329 41 .324 Standard Error: (1 .78) (1.83) (1 .82) (1.82) (1 .90) The data show that the rats drinking fluids with 2.6 ppm fluoride, whether in tea or drinking water, had caries scores which were not significantly different from each other but had signifi- cantly lower caries scores than rats on distilled ^0. The tea Fl~ is probable caries inhibitor.

Tangeman EFFECT OF ANTIOXIDANTS ON GROWTH AND LACTATE PRODUCTION IN STREPTOCOCCUS.,MUTANS . Univ. Ctr. L* *• Kupp*, S. Rosen and E. L. Shklair, College of Dentistry, Ohio State Board C University, Columbus, Ohio 43210 and Naval Dental Research Institute, Great Lake, § 10:30 a.m. Illinois.

Research in the food industry has revealed that certain antioxidants possess anti- microbial properties. This study examines any possible inhibitory effects on growth and lactic acid production by antioxidants on 8 cariogenic strains of Streptococcus mutans, since it may relate to the declining caries rate seen in "western" countries. The antioxidants that were tested alone and in combinations include: TBHO, BHA, BHT and potas- sium sorbate. Cultures were grown in synthetic media containing 5% sucrose anaerobically for 48 hrs. at 37°C for lactic acid and bacterial DNA assays. Lactic acid was assayed by gas chromatography and bacterial DNA was extracted by the dipenylamine reaction with absorbance measurements taken at 620 nm. The values for the 8 strains of _S_. mutans were averaged and the percent inhibition of growth by TBHQ, BHA, BHT and potassium sorbate for the various concentrations ranged from 23-41%, 33-66%, 0.7-6.8% and 9-13% respectively. Similarly, the percent inhibition of lactic acid was a syner- gistic inhibition of either lactic acid output or growth when potassium sorbate was tested in combinations with TBHO, BHA and BHT. The data shows that concentrations as low as 10 ug/ml of TBHQ and 100 ug/ml of BHA and BHT inhibits growth and lactic acid prodution of eight cariogenic strains of S_, mutans.

32 THE EFFECT OF LAMININ ON SERTOLI CELL MORPHOLOGY AND PROTEIN SYNTHESIS IN VITRO. Tangeman Robert M. DePhilip, Department of Anatomy, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Univ. Ctr. Ohio, 13210. Board D 10:30 a.m. Laminin is a component of the extracellular matrix in vivo. The morphology of testicular Sertoli cells grown in vitro on a plastic substrate treated with laminin was studied and compared to Sertoli cells grown on untreated plastic or on plastic in the presence of serum. Cell attachment and spreading were examined by phase contrast microscopy. Control cultures of Sertoli cells plated on plastic attach and have thick processes that radiate between spreading cells. The attachment of Sertoli cells plated on a plastic substrate treated with laminin is remarkably uniform and the thick, intercellular processes are especially numerous and prominent. No such intercellular processes are seen emerging from Sertoli cells that attach to the plastic substrate in the presence of serum. To determine if differences in protein synthesis parallel the observed morphological differences, Sertoli cells plated under the three conditions were radioactively labeled with (S)-methionine and secretory proteins examined by two-dimensional gel electrophoresis. The synthesis of a specific low molecular weight protein is detected in the medium of Sertoli cells cultured on laminin and is not seen in cells cultured on plastic or in the presence of serum. These results suggest that components of the extracellular matrix, such as laminin, can influence cell morphology, as well as the synthesis of specific proteins by cells in culture. Supported by Grant No. IN-16V from the American Cancer Society.

INDUCTION OF VASCULAR SMOOTH MUSCLE mRNA EXPRESSION DURING BC3H1 CELL Tangeman DIFFERENTIATION. Arthur R. Strauch, Department of Anatomy, The Ohio State University, Board E Columbus, Ohio 43210 and Peter A. Rubenstein, Department of Biochemistry, University of 10-30 a. m. Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa 52242. The level of alpha-isoactin, a marker for cells expressing the vascular smooth muscle phenotype, can be induced 3-4 fold in murine BC3H1 smooth muscle cells by allowing monolayers to differ- entiate in serum-free medium (Strauch and Rubenstein, JBC 259, 3152; 7224, 1984). We now report that the induction of alpha-isoactin in BC3H1 cells may be explained, in part, by an increase in the level of mRNA coding for this protein. Total cellular RNA was fractionated on denaturing-agarose gels, blotted to nitro- cellulose filters, and probed for actin-containing sequences using a P-labeled plasmid containing a human actin gene insert. Two RNA molecules were detected on nitrocellulose blots; the major species present in log phase cells was 2100 nt long (76% of total) and a smaller, 1500 nt RNA (70% of total) was predominant in differentiated cells. Non-muscle beta- and gamma-isoactin were the sole actin translation products de- tected on 2-D gels prepared from reticulocyte lysates primed with RNA from log phase cells. While alpha- isoactin was the major actin isoform on gels prepared from translation mixtures primed with differentiated cell RNA, a substantial amount of non-muscle beta- and gamma-isoactin also was obtained from these lysates. However, differentiated cells contained much less of the 2100 nt actin RNA than log phase cells. The results suggest that the 1500 nt species is a mRNA that codes for alpha-isoactin whereas the 2100 nt species represents a mixture of two mRNAs coding for non-muscle isoactins. The results also point to possible differences in isoactin mRNA translation efficiency in BC3H1 cells.

UNILATERAL TESTICULAR DEGENERATION IN AGED SIBERIAN HAMSTERS (PHODOPUS Tangeman SUNGORAS). Jamie Washington, Simin Ercan, Jane Scott and Frank Nagy. Univ. Ctr. Department of Anatomy, College of Science and Engineering and School of Medicine, Board F Wright State University, Dayton, OH. 45435 @ 10:30 a.m. Very little information exists regarding the reproductive system of the Siberian hamster Phodopus sungoras, and there is no information regarding the effects of aging on the testis of this animal. Testes of eleven male Siberian hamsters approximately 2 years of age were removed, weighed individually and processed for light microscopy. All sections were stained with a nucleal-PAS-orange G proceedure. In all animals, one testis weighed more than the other and the difference varied from O.Olg to 0.63g. Visual inspection revealed that some seminiferous tubules of many testes were white. In two testas, nearly all tubules were white giving the tissue a calcified appearance. Histological assessment revealed very limited deterioration in the larger gonads with extensive degeneration evident in the atrophic gonads. Deterioration in the seminiferous tubules was indicated by atrophy of the seminiferous epithelium or complete absence of epithelial cells. The basement membrane and tunica propria of these tubules were thickened. In addition tubule diameter was markedly reduced in the atrophic gonads and the interstitial cell numbers seemed to be compromised.

COMPARATIVE STUDIES OF CONTINUOUS EPIDURAL INFUSIONS OF BUPIVACAINE TO Tangeman SYSTEMIC ANALGESICS IN ACUTE POSTOPERATIVE PAIN PATIENTS. E. Vigdorth, M.S., Univ. Ctr. D.C. Knarr, R.N., P.P. Raj, M.D., and C.N. Hopson, M.D., University of Cincinnati College of Board G Medicine, Departments of Anesthesia and Orthopedics, Pain Control Center, Cincinnati, Ohio I 10:30 a.m. Through a retrospective chart review and a prospective study, efficacy of continuous epidural infusions of bupivacaine was compared to systemic analgesic medications for management of acute postoperative pain. In the retrospective study, medical records of thirty-three patients who received systemic medication and

33 thirty-three patients who received continuous epidural infusions of bupivacaine following total knee surgery were reviewed. The epidural group received morphine and Tylenol #3 in significantly lower doses (mg/24 hr) and less frequently than the systemic group. Type of exercise and day of exercise initiation affected significantly hospital duration. The epidural group was hospitalized significantly fewer days than the systemic group (17.6 + 4.3 and 21.8 + 6.2 respectively, p = 0.0030). No significant difference in range of motion upon admission or discharge or number of complications was found between the two groups. Thirty- five patients were studied prospectively. Nineteen received bupivacaine infusions and sixteen received systemic medication postoperatively. Pain relief was significantly higher in the epidural group than systemic group (p = 0.0001). A significantly higher proportion of epidural patients reported excellent global evaluations (p < 0.025). The systemic analgesic group reported twice as many side effects and had greater morphine (mg/24 hr) use. In conclusion, epidural bupivacaine infusions are efficacious and provide better postoperative pain relief than systemic medication.

AMNIOCENTESIS UTILIZATION AND FREQUENCY OF CHROMOSOME ABNORMALITIES IN OHIO, 1972-1983. J.M. Naber and C.A. Huether Dept. of Biological Sciences, University _ „„ of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio 45221 9:00 The purposes of this study were to determine amniocentesis utilization in the State of Ohio from its inception in 1972 (with 21 procedures) to 1983 (with 2400 proce- dures); study factors which might affect this utilization; and determine incidence rates of the chromosome abnormalities observed. Utilization ratios for Ohio women >_35 have increased from 0.21% in 1972 to 21.5% in 1983. Of the total of 11,173 amniocenteses performed, 86% were indicated for advanced maternal age (due to the increased risk of this group for chromosomal abnormalities) and 11% because of family history of a genetic defect. Various factors were tested as to whether they affected utilization of amniocentesis during 1978-1983. No statistical difference was found between utilization ratios of whites and non- whites for women >35, nor was any difference observed between Catholics and Protestants; however there was a significant increased use by other religions (predominantly Jewish). A strong positive correlation exists between increased population density in a region and higher utili- zation ratios. For 1978-July 1, 1984 the frequency of all chromosome abnormalities observed in amniocenteses to women >35 was 2.13% (162/7592). Of these abnormalities, 108 were autosomal trisomies (90 of which were tri-21 Down's syndrome); 36 were sex chromosome aneuploids; and 17 were unbalanced translocations, duplications or deletions. An estimate of potential maximum amniocentesis utilization for women >35 in Ohio can be placed at 60-70%.

ANALYSIS OF DOWN'S SYNDROME BIRTHS BY MATERNAL AGE QUINQUENNIA WITH EMPHASIS ON RACIAL RISK RATE COMPARISONS FOR OHIO, 1970-1983. P.A. Prior and C.A. Huether, Dept. of Biological Sciences, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH 45221 9:15 For Ohio whites the percentage of reporting of Down's syndrome (DS) on birth certi- ficates, and quinquennial maternal age risk rates, have been previously reported. The objectives of this study were to determine these values for non-whites, and to contrast the result between races. Additionally, a population of DS in Southwest Ohio was almost completely ascertained, and was compared to Statewide data for whites. Reporting of DS on birth certificates for non-whites was found to be statistically homo- geneous by maternal age quinquennia, but the overall estimated value of 16.0% was significantly below the estimated 35.8% reporting for whites. Quinquennial maternal age risk rates for DS were calculated for non-whites from birth certificate data using this estimated per cent report- ing. For non-white mothers <35, the estimated risk rate was 0.73 per 1000, contrasted to 0.86 for whites, which indicates close agreement. However, for those _>3 5, the non-white estimated risk was 18.5 per 1000, over twice the 8.13 estimated rate for whites. Additionally, the dis- parity was greater for those women >_40 than for those 35-39. In an attempt to achieve complete ascertainment of DS in a section of the State, additional data were gathered in Southwest Ohio from medical records, Ohio's births defects registry, and surveys of schools and support groups. Maternal age quinquennial risk rate estimates for DS from this population were in good agreement with Statewide estimates, thereby supporting the latter values based on only partial ascertainment of the State's population of DS. LINEAR OXYGEN CONSUMPTION STUDY OF MICE IMPLANTED WITH A LYMPHOELASTIC LYMPHOMA. MC CHANCY, MARY M. GESINSKI, RAYMOND M., BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES, 9;30 KENT STATE UNIVERSITY, KENT, OHIO 44242.

DBA/IJ mice were used in this study. Oxygen consumption was determined for eight days prior to implant. Sham operations were performed on one group of animals, and the second group implanted with a lymphoblastic lymphoma (RaVe tumor-cell line).

Both groups of animals consumed approximately 3.8 ml of oxygen per gram per hour prior to the sham and implant operation. By the fifth day post operation there was a 0.4 ml decrease in oxygen consumption of the tumor implanted mice. This decrease continued to eight day post implant when the study was terminated. At this point one-half of the implanted animals had died, and the oxygen consumption of the survivors had decreased to 2.3 ml per gram per hour.

34 ANTIGEN-ANTIBODY RESPONSE TO A LYMPHOBLASTIC LYMPHOMA. COCKRELL, PATRICIA J., GESINSKI, RAYMOND M. Biology Dept. Kent State University, Kent, OH 44242 9:^5 In this study a lymphoblastic lymphoma, RaVe tumor-cell line was used as the antigenic stimulus. This tumor was induced and has been maintained serially for over 700 implant generations in DBA/IJ mice. A strain refractory to the tumor C57/BL6 was used to produce the hybrid DBA/IJ / C57/BL6. Antigen-antibody responses were compared in the pure strain DBA/IJ and the Fl and F2 hybrid strains. New Zealand White rabbit was used to produce the tumor-cell antibody. Comparison of electrophoretic antigen-antibody response patterns demon- strated a similarity of antigen-antibody in all three groups of animals tested. THE EFFECT OF BILIRUBIN ON THE CATALYTIC ACTIVITY OF SELECTED AMINOTRANSFERASES. Michael J. Howe11, Susan C. Purcell and Daniel J. McLoughlin, Department of 10:00 Chemistry, Xavier University, Cincinnati, Ohio 45207

The effect of varying concentrations of bilirubin on the catayltic activity of a number of aminotransferases has been examined. The aminotransferases chosen in this study are related in their importance to the shuttle of reducing equilivents across the mitochondrial membrane barrier. Cytoplasmic Asparate aminotransferase (E.C.2.6.1.1) was examined by a coupled enzyme assay using cytoplasmic malate dehydrogenase as an auxiliary enzyme. Plots of specific activity vs. bilirubin concentration for 0-200 uM bilirubin gave an I50 of 65 JJM. Further studies demonstrated a competitive type of inhibition with a Ki of 75 JJM for the PLP form of the enzyme and a Ki of 25 JJM for the PMP form of the enzyme. Studies on the effect of bilirubin on cytoplasmic Alanine aminotransferase (E.C.2.6.1.2) also demonstrated inhibition with an I50 value of 50 uM. Studies are currently in progress on the mitochondrial form of asparate aminotransferase. These results will be discussed with respect to bilirubin toxicity and mitochondrial dysfunction.

THE EFFECT OF BILIRUBIN ON THE CATALYTIC ACTIVITY OF SELECTED DEHYDROGENASES. 10:15 Judith M. Masset, Mark E. Caputo, Mesfin Tesfaye and Daniel J. McLoughlin, Department of Chemistry, Xavier University, Cincinnati, Ohio 45207.

The effect of varying concentrations of bilirubin on the catayltic activity of a number of dehydrogenases has been examined. The dehydrogenases chosen in this study are related in their importance to the shuttle of reducing equilivents across the mitochondrial membrane barrier. Mitochondrial and cytoplasmic malate dehydrogenase (E.C.I.1.1.37) are both inhibited by low concentrations of bilirubin with I50 values of 3 uM and 50 um respectively. Glutamate dehydrogenase (E.C.I.4.1.3) is also inhibited by bilirubin with an I50 value of 30 uM. This inhibition is less pronounced if NADPH is used as a coenzyme instead of NADH. L- /?-Hydroxyacyl-CoA dehydrogenase (E.C.I.1.1.35) showed little inhibition at concentrations as high as 150 uM. Cytoplasmic Glycerol-3-phosphate dehydrogenase (E.C.I.1.1.8) is not strongly inhibited. These results will be discussed with respect to the effect of low concentrations of bilirubin on mitochondrial function.

THE PURIFICATION OF PORCINE KIDNEY ALDOSE REDUCTASE AND EFFECT OF NEUTRAL SALTS UPON ITS ACTIVITY. Bambi L. Henderson and Daniel J. McLoughlin, Department of 10:30 Chemistry, Xavier University, Cincinnati, Ohio 45207.

Porcine kidney aldose reductase (aditol: NADP+ 1-oxidoreductase, E.C. 1.1.1.21) has been purified by utilizing a Reactive Red 120 affinity chromatography column and DEAE cellulose chromatography. Elution from each column is effected by increasing ionic strength. Aldose reductase activity, which is identified by the ratio of specific activities using glyceraldehyde and glucuronic acid as substrates, can be detected prior to application to the DEAE cellulose column by removal of the cortex prior to purification. This makes usage of the more crude extract possible.

Once identified, activity measurments were performed in the presence of varing concentrations of neutral salts chosen according to the Hofmeister series to determine specific cation and anion effects. Plots of specific activity vs. [KC1] from 0 - 0.2M were found to have a slope of zero making confirmation of aldose reductase activity from multiple preparations possible. ANTI-HEMOLYTIC ACTIVITY OF PHOSPHATIDYLCHOLINE AND LYSOLECITHINS AGAINST STAPHYLOCOCCUS ALPHA-TOXIN. 1*1.1*1. Roll, Y. Tsuchiya, L.G. 10:45 Nutini. St. Thomas Institute, 1842 Madison Road, Cincinnati, Ohio 45206.

Lysophosphatidylcholine possesses antihemolytic activity against the alpha- toxin of Staphylococcus aureus. As the length of the acyl groups increased, 35 antihemolytic activity became evident, reaching an apparent maximum with acyl groups greater than 14 carbon atoms in length. The effective dose required to reduce the hemolysis by 50$ (ED:50) uas: 30yg/ml for lauroylphosphatidylcho- line (PC), 2.05|;g/ml for myristoyl-PC, 2.28pg/ml for palmitoyl-PC and 2.13^/g/ml for oleoyl-PC. Caproyl-PC and decanoyl-PC showed no antihemolytic activity. It mould appear that a minimum chain length of 12 carbon atoms must be present in the acyl group of lysophosphatidylcholine before antihemolytic activity against staphylococcal alpha-toxin becomes manifest. It is proposed that the effective lysolecithins may therefore be inactivating the alpha-toxin by com- bining uith it, or may be interfering uith the receptor-mediated binding of the alpha-toxin to glycoprotein receptor in the rabbit RBC membrane.

S E C T I 0 N: D. MEDICAL SCIENCES

SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 SECOND MORNING BALDWIN 641

QAYLORD E. SHAW, PRESIDING OFFICER

FORMATION OF MURINE THYMOCYTE-THYMUS STROMAL CELL COMPLEXES IN VITRO. Kenneth H. Jones, Department of Anatomy, The Ohio State University, 9:00 333 West Tenth Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43210.

The thymus is crucial for the differentiation of T cells, and the diversification of the T cell repertoire may result from cell-to-cell interactions between thymocytes and thymus stromal cells. It has been difficult to study specific thymocyte-stromal cell interactions at the cellular level in vivo, however, because of the heterogeneity of thymus stromal cells and the cellular density of histological sections. We have attempted to develop a model to study such interactions in vitro. Minced thymi from 2-3 week mice were digested in collagenase for 3 hr at 37 C and the cell suspension cultured in RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10% FBS, 1-glutamine and antibiotics. Thymocytes from young mice were then added to confluent thymus stromal cell monolayers and the interactions observed by light and electron microscopy. Thymocytes were found to adhere selectively to thymus monolayers compared to control kidney fibro- blasts. Some thymocytes were adherent after 1-2 hr. Many more thymocytes were attached by 3-4 hr, and significant "invasion" of the monolayer occured by 4-6 hr. Extensive invasion was found after 8-9 hr, and thymocyte mitotic figures were seen within the monolayer. Although some of the thymocytes within the monolayer had been ingested by macrophages, the majority of thymocytes seemed to have actively migrated into, or beneath, the monolayer and remained viable for several days. Thus, this in vitro model may prove valuable in studying cell-to-cell interactions between thymus stromal cells and differentiating T cells. (Supported by NIH grant #AG03202.)

RETROLABYKINTHINE VESTTBUIAR NERVE SECTION WITH DIRECT CCCHLEAR MONITORING, Pensak, Myles L., M.D., Keith, Robert, PhD., Sawaya, Raymond, M.D., U.C. Medical q, i c Center, Depts. of Otolaryngology & Neurosurgery, 231 Bethesda Ave. , M.L. #528, ~J' '-* Cincinnati, Ohio 45267

For those individuals with chronic labyrinthine dysfunction that is severely dibilitating; who have not responded to medical management, the surgical section of the vestibular nerve has resulted in abatement of symptoms. Until recently, patients with intractable vertigo and serviceable hearing, underwent middle cranial fossa vestibular section. We herein discuss the retrolabyrinthine vestibular nerve section; a procedure that we feel is safer and more expeditiously performed than the middle cranial fossa vestibular nerve section. Furthermore, we have been able to satisfactorily monitor inoperatively the brain- stem acoustic evoked potential thus insuring preservation of cochlear function during the dissection.

Indications, risks and benefits of this procedure are discussed as well as reviewing our technique RELATIONSHIP OF SMOKELESS TOBACCO TO ORAL HEALTH, BLOOD PRESSURE AND LIFESTYLE. Kathleen L. Schroeder, Robert J. Weisenburger and Nancy K. Kretz, College of 9:30 Dentistry, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210

Due to the rise in popularity of smokeless tobacco(S.T.) as a relatively harmless alternative to smoking among teenagers and young adults, a survey of 1633 people was conducted on S.T. habits in relation to oral health, blood pressure and lifestyle in Central Ohio. Screening consisted of a questionaire, oral soft tissue examination, and blood pressure readings taken with a Dinamap 845XT automatic blood pressure monitor. Data was group- ed according to sex, age(A=18-25, B=26-40, C= 41 & older), present ST user, past ST user,smokers and non-tobacco product users. The sample contained 710 males and 923 females. Of the males, 9.7%(n=69) were present ST users and 4.9%(n=35) were past ST users; less than 1% of the females had used ST(1 present, 3 past users). Mean blood pressure readings of present male ST users (n=19;BP=!43.7/80.7) in the younger age group(18-25) were found to be higher than those of 36 present male smokers(n=23;BP=127.7/70.0) and non-tobacco users(n=56;BP=131.6/72.8) in the same age group. Differences were highly significant(P^. 01). The average use of ST for this age group was 5±2.2 years. These blood pressure results indicated that there is a strong asso- ciation with high blood pressure readings and ST usage in young male ST users. Antecedant factors leading to ST usage and implications of clinical compromization of oral tissues as well as amount and length of ST used are discussed.

EFFECTS OF ACTH OR DEXAMETHASONE ON THE MICROVASCULATURE OF RENAL GLOMERULI AND ADRENAL CORTEX OF THE RAT. Zia-ur-Rahman, Lee A. Meserve, and Tim W. Mi si an. q KC Department of Biological Sciences, Bowlinq Green State University, Bowling Green, y'^° OH 43403.

Microvasculature of many small anatomical structures (e.g., pituitary gland, adrenal gland, thyroid gland) has been effectively studied by scanning electron microscopy (SEM) of replicas of their circulatory systems made by injecting rapidly polymerizing resins. The pre- sent study was undertaken to determine the influence of adrenocorticotropin (ACTH) or the synthetic giucocorticoid dexamethasone (DEX) on microvasculature of renal glomeruli and adrenal cortex. Adult male rats were either untreated, injected daily with 4IU ACTH for 2 wk, or given 4 mg DEX/100 ml drinking water for 2 wk. After treatment animals were over-etherized, an 13 ga needle was placed in the thoracic aorta, and Batson's solution (400 parts base solution:48 parts catalyst:l part promoter) was infused by hand until clear return was seen. After polymeriza- tion, kidney and adrenal tissue was macerated in 6N KOH solution at 60 C. Vascular casts were rinsed, dehydrated in 100% ethanol, coated with gold-palladium alloy, and observed by SEM. Although secretion of renally active steroids is not primarily stimulated by ACTH, mean diameter of glomeruli from ACTH injected rats was 22.5% greater than those from controls: DEX did not influence glomerular diameter. Both ACTH and DEX increased the density of capillaries in the adrenocortical subcapsular plexus, and ACTH increased the diameter of adrenal arteries. DEX had either no influence or caused a decrease in arterial diameter. Thus, vascular casts can be used to observe the effects of ACTH and DEX on kidney and adrenal cortex.

APNEIC OXYGENATION WITH EXTRACORPOREAL CO2 REMOVAL: AN ALTERNATE FORM OF VENTILATORY SUPPORT. P.D. Beckley, M.S. and R.D. Tallman, Jr., Ph.D., Departments of Anesthe- 10:00 siology and Physiology, The Ohio State University College of Medicine, Columbus, Ohio, 43210.

Positive pressure lung inflation is a common therapy used for those critically ill patients requiring artificial ventilatory support. It is generally acknowledged however that this technique can be harmful, particularly in those patients suffering from acute pulmonary disease such as adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS). The purpose of the present study was to investigate an alternate technique of ventilatory support which utilizes extracorporeal CO2 dialysis along with passive or apneic oxygenation (AO). Pigs, having an average weight of 40 kg., were anesthetized by constant infusion of pentobarbital, and intubated. A small cathe- ter was advanced to the level of the carina through which 100% 02 was administered. A veno- venous extracorporeal bypass pumped blood taken from the inferior vena cava through a membrane lung and returned it to the superior vena cava. Carbon dioxide transfer by the membrane lung was found to be dependent on the inlet PCO2, the extracorporeal blood flow and the gas flow rate through the membrane lung. Using a lung whose membrane surface area is 3.5 m , a bypass flow of 700 cc/min was found to be sufficient to remove C02 at the rate of its metabolism. Thus, in combination with AO, total ventilatory support could be maintained for several hours without requiring positive pressure lung inflations while maintaining arterial blood gases well within the normal range.

USE OF PERIOTRON IN A RAT MODEL ANALYZING GINGIVAL CREVICULAR FLUID(GCF) RESPONSE TO TOBACCO PRODUCTS. Debbie A. Mendel, Kathleen L. Schroeder and Eileen M. Carney,

1OI .. College of Dentistry, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210 W I IP A rat model was developed for measurement of gingival crevicular fluid(GCF) in smokeless tobacco(ST) induced inflammation in the oral cavity. Male Sprague-Dawley rats, young vs old, were compared as to onset and time response to changes in thi periodontium and GCF before and after various S.T. product exposure. GCF measurements were made using filter paper strips trimmed to accomodate measurement in the mesial sulcus of the mandibular incisors of rats, and monitored with a Periotron 6000. Young male(n=21) rats, matched for age(5 mo) and weight(350-400gms) were divided into 7 subgroups according to controls(A=no tobacco or orabase, B= orabase), ST plus orabase mixtures(C=high sugar snuff,nicotine=l.4 mg/gm ph=5.9;D=low sugar snuff,nicotine=5.6mg/gm,ph=8.2 ; E=high sugar chewing tobacco, nicotine=2.4mg/gm, ph=6.1) and straight tobacco(F=same as C without orabase;G=same as E without orabase). Old male(n=30) rats matched for age(11 mo) and weight(500-550 gms) were divided into 5 subgroups(A=no tobacco or orabase; B=orabase;C=high sugar snuff,nicotine=l.4mg/gm,ph=5.9;D=high sugar chewing tobacco, nicotine=2.4mg/gm,ph=6.l;E=unprocessed tobacco,nicotine=l.lmg/gm,ph=6.7). In both groups, to- bacco was applied in the lower lip pouch, two times/day for 2 hrs. each. Young rats were

37 examined over a period of 41 days, and old rats, 29 days, for GCF response, oral soft tissue changes, plaque, calculus and stain. It was found that the average change in the GCF increased 2-3 fold with ST, and the heightened inflammatory response occured earlier with the older rats (days 2-4) when compared with the younger rats(days 12-14).

METABOLIC EFFECTS OF LEAD ON YOUNG CHILDREN. M. Kreimer-Birnbaum, M. R. Lust and A. V. Patel. St. Vincent Medical Center, Toledo, Ohio 43608. 10:30 Sensitive tests to ascertain early metabolic effects of lead are needed. Eryth- rocyte porphyrins (EP) and blood lead levels (BPb) are the methods of choice for screening, but they are also used to make diagnostic and therapeutic decisions without proper attention to their limitations. We determined red cell 6-aminoevulinic acid dehydratase (ALA-D, units = nmoles porphobilinogen/ml rbc/hr) in children. Thirty-nine asymptomatic children (BPb mean + S.D. = 11.5 + 5.8 pg/dl w.b.; EP = 60 + 16 yg/dl rbc) had unactivated ALA-D levels (-Dithiothreitol = -DTT) of mean + S.D., 2011 + 472 units, activated ALA-D levels (+DTT) were 2941 + 622 units, and the mean ALA-D activity ratio (+DTT/-DTT) was 1.48 + 0.26. Eighteen children had mean BPb, ALA-D (-DTT) and (+DTT), and a ratio of 7.4, 1984, 2813 and 1.52, respectively. High EP levels in these children (195 + 147) suggest iron deficient erythropoiesis. However, six other children also with high EP levels (296 + 254) and mean BPb of 26.8 (within the cut-off limits of the Centers for Disease Control) had ALA-D (-DTT) and (+DTT) and a ratio of 1035, 2460 and 2.43, respectively. This third group illus- trates that even borderline-high lead levels may already cause subtle altered heme metabolism. In a fourth group of children undergoing chelation therapy for lead poisoning BPb initially decreased, EP remained unchanged, but ALA-D (-DTT) increased and the ratios decreased, suggest- ing that these latter enzymatic parameters are more sensitive indicators of recent changes of BPb. (Supported by a grant from the F. M. Douglass Foundation.)

THE EFFECT OF ASPARTAME ON BRAIN PROTEIN LEVELS AND WEIGHT CHANGE IN RATS. Nancy T. Martin, Biology Department, Lake High School, 28080 LeMoyne Road, 10:^5 Millbury, Ohio 43447.

Male and female rats were allowed to consume one of three dosages of aspartame in their drinking water for 38 days. Determinations were made for brain protein levels, brain to body weight ratios, per cent weight changes, and amounts of aspartame and food consumed. Comparisons to the control groups were as follows. The brain protein levels showed no significant differences for either sex. The females showed a considerable reduction in brain to body weight ratio when consuming the high dosage. All females consumed less food in a dose dependent manner, but only the high dose females exhibited a lower per cent increase in weight. The experimental males had a larger degree of increase in body weight, but did not show any change in the amount of food consumed. Evidence from this study indicates that the sex of the rats was not a. factor in the total protein levels of whole brains, but since male and female rats did show different responses to aspartame in other areas, further study is recommended.

S E C T I 0 N: D. MEDICAL SCIENCES SATURDAY/ APRIL 20, 1985 FIRST AFTERNOON & BUSINESS MTG BALDWIN 638 RAYMOND E. GENSINSKI, PRESIDING OFFICER

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING

AMANITIN AND CANCER- A promising hope 2:00 Alan Grna, 1058 Johnston st. Akron,Ohio 44306

Extensive tests were performed to determine the effects of the toxin alpha- Amanitin on skin neoplasms of experimental mice. Amanitin is a fungal toxin which binds irreversibly to the enzyme RNA-polymerase and thereby inhibits transcription. Via this action, Amanitin contrasts sharply with current chemotherapeutic agents, most of which act by alkylating, distorting or otherwise attacking the DNA of cells and thereby being mutagenic and carcinogenic themselves. Alpha-Amanitin apparently has preferential activity against neoplastic RNA 38 polymerase enzymes. Various substitutions on the Amanitin nucleus seem to enhance this effect. The drug was injected, in very high dilution, into standard skin tumors induced by the carcinogen aminoazotoluene. Local inflammation was observed after the fir^t injection. After subsequent injections, necrotizing changes were observed in the tumor followed by rapid healing of the lesions. At six months, no relapses have been observed.

IN VITRO SUPPRESSION OF HERPES SIMPLEX VIRUS TYPE I REPLICATION BY PURIFIED BOVINE LECITHIN. 3.C. Kappes, D.S. Ualsh, Y. Tsuchiya, 2*15 L.G. Nutini. St. Thomas Institute, 1842 Madison Road, Cincinnati, Ohio 45206.

The infection and production of infectious Herpes Simplex Virus Type I (HSV I) in HEp-2 cells is significantly suppressed by treatment uith a puri- fied bovine lecithin (PBL). It has been demonstrated, in single cycle growth curve experiments, that the yield of infectious HSV I is reduced whether treat- ment of the tissue culture is before or after infection. At doses of 100pg/ml post-infection, approximately a one log reduction in virus titer is consistant- ly seen. Treatment of HEp-2 cells prior to infection is somewhat less effect- ive in suppressing HSV I compared to similar doses in the post-treatment method, The most pronounced reduction of infectious HSV I is observed if infection occurs in the presence of PBL. It has also been demonstrated that RSV I in- fection on HEp-2 cells is markedly reduced if PBL and HSV I are incubated to gether prior to exposure on tissue culture.

SOLID PHASE EXTRACTION AND CHROMATOGRAPHY OF DICARBOXYLIC PORPHYRINS. G. M. Garbo,1'2 R. Keck,2 S. H. Selman2 and M. Kreimer-Birnbaum1>2 2 "30 lst- vincent Medical Center, Toledo, Ohio 43608 and 2Medical College of Ohio, Toledo, Ohio.

Hematoporphyrin derivative (HpD) is a complex mixture of dlcarboxylic porphyrins such as Hematoporphyrin (Hp), Hydroxyethyl Vinyl Deuteroporphyrin (HVD) and Protoporphyrin (Pp), besides other components. This mixture is well known for its ability to be selectively retained by tumor cells and for its toxicity in the presence of light. Studies of inter- actions of HpD with cells and organs require techniques that ensure no artifactual trans- formation during the analytical procedures and quantitative recoveries. The following method was devised to accomplish these aims: After incubations of cells with HpD the por- phyrins are extracted with a buffered detergent, Triton X-100:HEPES, and adsorbed onto DEAE- Cellulose. Elimination of the detergent is accomplished by successive water washes. The retained porphyrins are eluted with HC1 and then cycled through cartridges containing a reverse-phase coating, SEP-PAK-C^g. The porphyrins are eluted with increasing concentra- tions of acetone and are ready for further chromatographic studies. Recoveries of Hp, Pp, and HpD vary from 90 to 101% and no differential losses of porphyrins were observed by thin layer chromatography. The method described here can be adapted easily to purify and quanti- tate other dicarboxylic porphyrins. (Supported in part by grants from the F. M. Douglass and St. Vincent Medical Center Foundations and 501 RR 05700 (MCO).)

UPTAKE OF HEMATOPORPHYRIN DERIVATIVE (HpD) BY TUMOR CELLS IN VITRO. G. M. Garbo,1'2 R. Keck,2 S. H. Selman2 and M. Kreimer-Birnbaum1'2 2.',hS lst# vincent Medical Center, Toledo, Ohio 43608 and 2Medical College of Ohio, Toledo, Ohio.

HpD is a mixture of porphyrins in various states of aggregation that localizes and photosensitizes tumor cells preferentially. The mechanism(s) by which the cells take up and incorporate porphyrins in various subcellular compartments as well as the photodynamic destruc- tion of cells are still under investigation. Rat bladder tumor cells grown to confluency, with an average viability of 98%, were incubated for 1 hour with HpD (10 yg/ ml) in Phosphate Buff- ered Saline in the dark. After incubation, porphyrins were extracted with a buffered detergent and quantitated by fluorometry. Further purification and identification was achieved by solid phase extraction and thin layer chromatography. An apparent rapid initial increase of HpD uptake per plate (or per mg cell protein) was seen until cells were close to 2 million/plate. Then uptake decreased and levelled off to a constant value independent of cell density, up to 7 million cells per plate. Under the present conditions the HpD uptake per cell seemed to decrease exponentially with increasing cell density. These experiments indicate that the mechanism(s) responsible for cellular porphyrin uptake may be influenced by the proximity of other cells. These observations thus might have relevance to the process of HpD uptake by tumors in vivo. (Supported in part by grants from the F. M. Douglass and St. Vincent Medical Center Foundations and 501 RR 05700 (MCO).)

39 INHIBITION OF THERMOLYSIN BY N-CARBOXYALKYL AND N-DICARBOXYALKYL DIPEPTIDES. Jeanne M. Rademacher, Department of Chemistry, Xavier University, Cincinnati, OH 45207, James W. Harrod, Jr., and Robert D. Gray, Department of 3:00 Biochemistry, University of Louisville School of Medicine, Louisville, KY 40292.

The zinc protease thermolysin (TL) of Bacillus thermoproteolyticus (E.C. 3.4.24.4) is a convenient model for evaluation of new types of inhibitors of physiologically important zinc-dependent proteases such as collagenase, enkephalinase and angiotensin converting enzyme. We report here the inhibitory properties of N-[1(RS)-carboxyethyl]-L-Leu-L-Ala (I), N-[1(RS)-2-dicarboxyethyl]-L-Leu-L-Ala (II) and N-[1(RS)-3-dicarboxypropyl]-L-Leu-L-Ala (III). I, II and III were synthesized by reductive amination [Pachett et al. (1980) Nature 288, 280] of sodium pyruvate, oxaloacetate or a-ketoglutarate with L-Leu-L-Ala and were purified by ion exchange chromatography and/or HPLC (C18 reverse phase, 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid-acetonitrile gradient). They were characterized by amino acid analysis after 24-hr acid hydrolysis. TL was assayed spectrophotometrically at 345 nm with 3-(2-furylacryloyl)-Gly-L-Leu-NH2 in 0.1 M Hepes, pH 7.2, 25 °C [Walsh et al. (1974) Meth. Enzymol. 34, 435]. Inhibitor constants were determined from Dixon plots at 1, 2 and 4 mM substrate concentration. Kj values for I, II and III were 150 pM, 5 uM and 5 uM, respectively. Because of the relatively high Km value for the substrate, the mode of inhibition was indeterminate, but probably is competitive by analogy with other TL inhibitors containing L-Leu-L-Ala. Supported by National Institutes of Health Grant AM 31364.

PROPHYLACTIC EFFECTS OF TRANS-4-AMIN0METHLCYCL0HEXANECARBOXYLIC ACID AND PURIFIED BOVINE LECITHIN ON S. AUREUS AND K. PNEUMONIAE INFECTIONS 3:15 IN MICE. J.E. Slawinski, Y. Tsuchiya, L.C. Nutini. St. Thomas Instit- ute, 1842 Madison Road, Cincinnati, Ohio 45206

trans-4-Aminomethylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid(trans-AMCHA) admini- stered to mice by intraperitoneal injection, 24 hours prior to challenge uith either S. aureus or K. pneumoniae was effective in decreasing the mortality associated uith these infections as compared to control mice. Additionally, a purified fraction of bovine lecithin (PBL) prepared by a solvent extraction and precipitation method, uas found to be effective as an immuno-stimulant in reducing the mortality associated uith S. aureus and K. pneumoniae infections when administered at least 24 hours prophylactically in mice. Both trans-AMCHA and PBL were effective against infections due to K. pneumoniae, but PBL uas more effective against S. aureus infections. It is proposed that these compounds may act upon the murine immune system by stimulating cell mediated immunity;specific ally, by stimulating macrophages to greater phagocytic and bactericidal activ- ity. Whether or not T-cells are involved as yet remains to be elucidated.

INDUCTION OF LEUKOCYTIC INFILTRATES IN MOUSE SKIN BY A PURIFIED PHO- SPHOLIPID FRACTION. D.S. Walsh, Y. Tsuchiya, L.G. Nutini. St. Thomas 3:30 Institute, 1842 Madison Road, Cincinnati, Ohio 45206

Intradermal inoculation of a purified fraction of bovine lecithin (ABL) induced leukocytic infiltrates in mouse skin. Histologic sections of specimens were made at different times post-inoculation and the extent and kinds of cells uhich had entered the area were determined. Up to 6 hours, the infiltrate consisted primarily of neutrophils uith some lymphocy- tes. At 24 hours, cell infiltrate consisted primarily of mononuclear cells and multinucleated giant cells, along uith some lymphocytes. The infiltrate uas observed to be greatest at 48 hours, uith a marked decline at 72 hours. The results were consistent uith our earlier studies uhich demonstrated PBL to stimulate cell-mediated immunity via mononuclear phagocytes. Dilated blood vessels observed in the infiltrated areas also suggested PBL may increase per- meability of skin vasculature, indicating that perhaps a chemotactic response may be occuring.

ANTITUMOR ACTIVITY OF MORPHOLINYL ANTHRACYCLINES IN A DOXORUBICIN RESISTANT MURINE TUMOR. V. E. Bell, J. A. Filppi, and R. L. Wolgemuth. Adria Laboratories Inc. 3:45 Columbus, Ohio 43216.

Three new intensely potent anthracyclines have been synthesized which dem- onstrate activity in preclinical leukemic and solid tumor models. The current studies were conducted to evaluate their potential against a doxorubicin resistant tumor. The three analogues: 3'-deamino-3'-(4-morpholinyl) doxorubicin hydrochloride (A-456), 3'deamino-31(3- cyano-4-morpholinyl) doxorubicin (A-489) and 3'-deamino-3'-(3-cyano-4-morpholinyl) doxo- rubicinol (A-490), were evaluated by both the intraperitoneal and intravenous routes. All

40 three compounds were active by both routes against the PS/ADR (ADL) model when administered on days 1,5 and 9 after tumor implantation. Differences were found in potency. When eval- uated by the i.p. route, A-489 was 10 times more potent than A-456 and A-490. Following i.v. administration, A-489 was twice as potent as A-456 and 10 times more potent than A- 490. Control studies showed doxorubicin lacked activity in this model regardless of route, schedule or dosage. Thus, these compounds may possess a mechanism of action which differs from that of doxorubicin. To date, the morpholinyl anthracyclines are the only known doxorubicin analogues to show activity against this resistant tumor line. The relationship between these preclinical observations and the potential of these new analogues for use in overcoming doxorubicin resistant tumors in man is as yet undetermined.

ESTIMATION AND PROJECTION OF DOWN'S SYNDROME BIRTHS, AND THE EFFECTS OF AMNIOCEN- TESIS UTILIZATION, IN THE UNITED STATES, 1970-2002. B.A. Goodwin and C.A. Huether h.ng, Dept. of Biological Sciences, University of Cincinnati, 45221

A high correlation of advanced maternal age with the risk of Down's syndrome (DS) has been documented. Between age 30 and 40, a woman's risk of bearing a DS child rises from approximately 1:800 to 1:100 births. Demographic factors of population, age structure and age specific birth rates are expected to substantially effect the number and incidence of future DS births, and the percentage of these born to women ^35. Objectives of this study were: (1) to estimate for 1970-1981, and to project for 1982-2002, U.S. annual DS births by maternal age, and (2) to estimate the effects of amniocentesis on these baseline DS birth projections. Recent U.S. Census Bureau birth projections and single year ma- ternal age DS risk rates, estimated from a 1970-1983 Ohio data set of DS whites, were used. The Census Bureau presents three projection series based on different fertility levels. Data from all three were analyzed; series II was considered the most likely, since it is consistent with recent fertility levels. Total DS births dropped from 5050 in 1970 to 4350 in 1980 and are projected to increase to 5350 by 2002. DS births to women £35 are expected to increase dramatically from 1200 in 1980 to 2100 in 1995. Assuming 1983 Ohio prenatal diagnosis rates for women .^35 (21.5%) are used nationally, an annual reduction of 6.2% of DS births in 1982 and 8.6% in 2002 would result. 100% utilization among women >35 would reduce DS births by 28.9% in 1982 and by 40.0% in 2002.

REVISED SINGLE YEAR MATERNAL AGE RISK RATES FOR DOWN'S SYNDROME IN OHIO WHITES, 1970-1983. K.M. Johnson, C.A. Huether, and B.S. Goodwin, Dept. of Biological h . 1 c; Sciences, Univ. of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH 45221

The objective of this study was to revise single year maternal age risk rates for Down's Syndrome (DS) obtained from Ohio white live births during 1970-1979. Risk rates were recalculated to take into account three new sources of data. Since the rates were estimated from birth certificate data, it was necessary to take into account false positives (individuals coded as DS on the birth certificate who are not DS) . A detailed investigation recently conducted showed that of 726 whites coded as DS on Ohio birth certificates during 1970-1981, 47 were false positives (6.5 per cent). Corrections were made for these false positives. Further adjustments were made for increased amniocentesis utilization, and to take into account four additional years of data. A reduction in risk rates for DS was found for maternal ages <30; this occurred primarily because of an abundance of false positives in younger maternal ages. Rates remained virtually unchanged in maternal ages >30. Extending the data to include 1980-1983 resulted in little change over the previous risk rates (when corrected), indicating no apparent temporal effect between the two time periods. An analysis of clustering of DS births by geographical region was also investigated, particularly in Defiance Co. (NW Ohio), where a cluster of DS was born in 1983-84. The revised risk rates were used to determine expected DS births in Defiance for comparative purposes.

S E C T I 0 N: D. MEDICAL SCIENCES SATURDAY/ APRIL 20, 1985 SECOND AFTERNOON BALDWIN 6*f1 GAYLORD E. SHAW, PRESIDING OFFICER

THE INFLUENCE OF INSULIN ON COLLAGEN SYNTHESIS IN RAT MAMMARY ADENOCARCINOMA. Robert E. Hiltz, Dept. of Chemistry, Xavier University, Cincinnati,OH 45207, 2:00 Linda M. Keefer, Dept. of Physiology, Louisiana State University, New Orleans, LA 70130 and Walter M. Lewko, Dept. of Biochemistry, University of Louisvillle KY 40292 The production of type IV basement membrane collagen is required for the growth of N-nitrosomethylurea-induced rat mammary tumor cells. Vie studied the influence of various concentrations of insulin on the growth of these tunnr cells in primary culture.

41 Collagen synthesis was measured by the incorporation of JH-glycine into collagenase sensitive protein. DNA synthesis was measured by the incorporation of ^H-thymidine into acid precipitable nucleic acids. The addition of insulin to culture medium stimulated cell growth and DNA replication optimally at 10"^ to 10"^ M. Insulin appeared to preferentially increase the production of type IV collagen relative to the synthesis of non-collagen protein. Equilibrium binding studies were performed by incubating cells with insulin which had been specifically labeled with iodine-125. An insulin receptor was detected which exhibited a dissociation constant of approximately 10~9 M. These results were consistent with a model whereby insulin stimulated tumor cell growth by a receptor mediated mechanism involving increased production of basement membrane collagen. (Supported in part by DHHS grant CA 32240)

OBSERVATIONS OF GINGIVAL CREVICULAR FLUID RESPONSE AND COLLAGENASE ACTIVITY IN TOBACCO INDUCED INFLAMMATION. Robert J. Weisenburger, Kathleen L. Schroeder, and 2:15 Leslie M. Metzger, College of Dentistry, Ohio State University, Columbus,Ohio 43210

This study was undertaken to determine some of the oral health and inflammatory changes that may occur with usage of smokeless tobacco(ST). Gingival crevicular fluid was analyzed for the enzyme collagenase as a diagnostic indicator of active inflammation and periodontal disease. Specifically, 10 young adult male S.T. users(18-36) were initially screened with an oral health and lifestyle questionnaire. The clinical examination consisted of taking GCF measurements, oral soft tissue response and scoring for gingival index(G.I.), calculus, stain, pocket depth (P.D.)5 and oral hygiene(OHI). A paired study design for GCF measurement in each individual was used, with the side of the mouth where the tobacco was re- tained, serving as the experimental, and the side not exposed to direct tobacco as the control. The mean quantity of GCF in the experimental side was 4 fold that of the control. When % collagen within the gingival crevice was measured for active degradation before and after pro- phylaxis, the greater benefit appeared to be to the side where the tobacco had been retained. Before prophylaxis, % collagen degraded was greater at the experimental site than the control site. One week, and up to 3 consecutive weeks post prophylaxis, the collagen degradation was essentially the same in both sites. This information indicates that oral hygiene plays a very important part in decreasing active inflammation that may be associated with S.T. at the site of application.

AN OHIO PROGRAM FOR HEMOGLOBINOPATHY DETECTION AT BIRTH. Bruce F. Cameron and Jeffrey S. Lobel, Cincinnati Comprehensive Sickle Cell Center, Elland and Bethesda 2'30 Aves., Cincinnati, Ohio 45229 It has for some time been possible to diagnose sickle cell disease at birth by cord blood electrophoresis. However, general acceptance of neonatal testing pro- grams has been slow in becoming a reality. We have analyzed our 9-year screening programs, and can demonstrate a significant decrease in mortality for septicemia in children who were diagnosed at birth when compared with children followed in the same clinical program who were not detected at birth. The rationale for early detection of sickle cell disease, prevention of mortality has been confirmed. An effective cord blood screening program is not simple to establish, since it requires a coordinated system of sample procurement, electrophoresis (both cellulose acetate and citrate agar), confirmation of disease, and immediate followup. Within Ohio, programs in Cincinnati and in Cleveland have effectively achieved these objectives, although by differing mechanism. In Cincinnati cord blood testing was a normal expansion of medical sickle cell screening in local clinics; in Cleveland the program grew from the grass-roots educational effort directed to at-risk expectant mothers. Based upon the effectiveness of these experiences, a pilot cooperative program between the Ohio Department of Health and the Cincinnati Comprehensive Sickle Cell Center has been set up to develop a model for statewide implementation of neonatal hemoglobinopathy screening. LOW TUBAL OVUM TRANSFER: CNE YEAR'S CLINICAL EXPERIENCE. D. S. McLaughlin, M.D., D.E. Troike*, T.R.Tegenkamp. Miami Valley Reproductive Center and 2;Zf5 St. Elizabeth Medical Center, 1520 South Main Street, Dayton, OH 45409

Low Tubal Ovum Transfer (LTOT) was first proposed as an alternative to In Vitro Fertilization (IVF) in 1980, based on Kreitman and Hodgen's successful study in non-human primates. Clinical trials of LTOT were not conducted because IVF success rates increased dramatically. The main difference between IVF and LTOT is the site of fertilization. LTOT places the recovered oocytes in the lower portion of the oviduct or upper uterus. Fertilization occurs in vivo. This overcomes many of the moral and ethical objections to IVF. Pergonal/hCG was used for ovulation induction. Serum estradiol monitoring and ultrasound were used to determine time of oocyte aspiration. Twenty-seven patients underwent 43 cycles. Ova were recovered from 41 of 43 cycles. In stage one, ova were replaced into the oviduct via hysteroscopic catheterization of the tubal ostium. Stage two called for replacing ova into

42 the tube by laparotomy. In stage three, ova were replaced into the uterus by using an embryo transfer catheter. At the end of one year our program has no ongoing pregnancies; however, evidence of B-hCG production indicates fertilization has occurred in some patients. Our program has received permission to continue for a second year.

REPEATABILITY STUDY OF AUSCULATATION OF THE KNEE C.A. Martin, Div. of Allied Health, Stark Technical College, Canton,Ohio 44720, R.A. Mostardi and I.A. Gradisar, Musculo- -> , Ani skeletal Research Laboratory, Akron City Hospital, Akron, Ohio 44309.

The diagnosis of various forms of the arthritides of the knee and the accompanying degenerative changes has been dependent upon unreliable means of palpation and aus- cultation. Recent research has developed a non-invasive electro-acoustical technique with which to record knee sounds. When tested by this method, damaged knee joints emit a characteristic pat- tern of sound waves differing from normal knees. This improved technique involves a sophisticated and flexible computer software package utilizing Fourier Transform Analysis. This program allows data collection to be adjusted to match the physical capabilities of the patient and produces valid data concerning roughness of the articular surfaces. Our purpose was to demonstrate the re- peatability of this method by comparing quantifiable similarities between patient trials. Patients tested had known degrees of degenerative arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, or were recipients of the total knee arthroplasty. Angular rotation of the knee was measured via a goniometer that ac- tivated a trigger mechanism for recording of knee sounds. Signals were stored on magnetic tape and analyzed. Three dimensional plots of acoustical emission as a function of leg angle were ob- tained from all processed signals and were measured in decibels from 1000 to 5000 Hz frequency range. Data indicates that this technique records sounds emitted within the knee in a repeatable fashion and the recording is unique to the subject. This has been established qualitatively and quantitatively by assessment of the graphical form and statistical analysis, respectively. This standardized technique can be used in-vivo to follow degenerative processes non-invasively.

EVALUATION OF PRESSURE IN THE ANTERIOR COMPARTMENT OF THE LEG. William Zaccardelli and Feisal Brahim. Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine, 10515 Carnegie Ave., Cleve- 3.ir land, OH 44106.

Abnormally elevated pressure within the anterior compartment of the leg leads to anterior tibial compartment syndrome (ATCS), and is commonly detected by invasive techniques. The common treatment of ATCS is decompression by fasciatomy. However, a recent re- port that cushioned heels may prevent pressure elevation upon rearfoot landing led to the pre- sent study to determine^whether significant changes in the anterior tibial compartment following a) running exercises with heel lifts and b) dorsiflexion exercises of a weighted foot, could be detected using an ultrasound, a non-invasive method. Eight males participated in the study which was divided into two parts, 1) a treadmill exercise with and withouj: 13 mm heel lifts, and 2) dorsiflexion of the weighted foot (3-5 kg) 45 times/min. Ultrasound scans, taken at half (point A) and two-thirds (point B) the distances respectively, between the lateral margin of the tibial condyle and the lateral malleolus, showed that in the treadmill exercises no significant changes occurred at either point at rest and following exercises, with and without heel lifts. However, in the dorsiflexion exercises, significant changes were noted at both points between the scans at rest and those following the exercises. This change reflected an increase in muscle activity and thus volume and pressure increases in the anterior tibial compartment, which was detected by a non-invasive technique. (Supported by the Ohio College of Podiatric Medic i ne)

THE EFFECTS OF ACTIVITY STRESS ON HEART RATE IN LONG-EVANS AND BRATTLEBORO RATS. Paul Gibbons, Cyrilla H. Wideman, and Helen M. Murphy. John Carroll University, 3.30 Cleveland, Ohio 44118.

Forty male Long-Evans (LE) and 40 male Brattleboro (Dl) rats between 5-6 weeks of age were subdivided into four groups. The animals werei l) housed in activity wheel cages and fed one hour dally, 2) housed in activity wheel cages and given ad-lib access to food, 3) housed in standard laboratory cages and fed one hour dally, or 4) housed in standard laboratory cages and given ad-lib access to food. All rats were allowed to habituate to their surroundings for 7 days and had ad-lib access to food, water, and the activity >*ieel if housed in an activity wheel cage. The experimental period began on the 8th day and lasted for 9 days, if the animal survived. Heart rates were recorded every second day during the habituation period and every day during the testing period. Food and water intake for each animal were measured daily. During the habituation period, there were no significant differ- ences in heart rates among the four groups. By the second day of the experimental period, SI rats with one hour access to food each day in the activity wheel cage developed significant bradycardla. These same DI rats ran significantly more than LE rats in the activity cage and had a shorter survival time than the other three groups. These DI animals also significantly decreased their food and water intake during the testing period. The pathological bradycardia may lead to or contribute to the eventual demise of the self-starving DI animal.

43 SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPIC AND LIGHT MICROSCOPIC EXAMINATION OF SMOKELESS TOBACCO ASSOCIATED CHANGES OF THE RAT ORAL MUCOSA. Eileen M. Carney, Kathleen L. 2,hc Schroeder and Debbie A. Mendel, College of Dentistry, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210

A rat model was developed to study the progressive inflammatory response on the periodontal tissue due to smokeless tobacco(ST). 30 male Sprague Dawley rats(ll mo;500-550 gms) were divided into 5 treatment groups(I=no tobacco or orabase,II= orabase,III=high sugar snuff, nicotine=l.4mg/gm,ph=5.9,IV=high sugar chewing tobacco,nicotine=2.4mg/gm,ph=6.1,V=unprocessed tobacco,nicotine=l.lmg/gm,ph=6.7. All experimental rats received 2 doses/day, 2 hrs each, up to 29 days in the lower lip pouch. After oral examination, 5 rats were sacrificed at increments of 3,9 and 22 days. Specimens of gingiva and oral mucosa around the mandibular incisors were divided in 2 parts for SEM and light microscopy. Fixation for light microscopy included decal- cification in 50% formic/20% sodium citrate. For SEM, S-C buffered 4% glutaraldehyde and 0.2M sym-collidine buffer(ph=7.42) were used. The greatest changes were observed in groups IV and V. Preliminary results reveal significant morphological and structural changes occurring as early as day 3 of application in older rats. Observations with ST have included increased desquama- tion, appearance of blister-like lesions, localized ulceration and erosion, and particularly noteworthy, petechial hemorrhaging. Petechial hemorrhaging has not been noted in the literature and may be related to the nicotine content of the tobacco. Light microscopy confirmed that the greatest change was in group IV and V.

SECT I ON: F. GEOGRAPHY SATURDAY/ APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY MORNING ZIMMER 310 JEFF GORDON, PRESIDING OFFICER

EARLY ECONOMIC AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT OF TOLEDO, OHIO--THE ROLE OF JESUP W. SCOTT USING NINETEENTH CENTURY GEOGRAPHICAL CONCEPTS. Byron E. Emery. Department of 9:00 Geography and Planning, The University of Toledo, Toledo, OH 43606.

Toledo, Ohio intensified its economic and urban functions during the last three decades of the nineteenth century. An important element in this developmental activity was land speculation. It was fostered by a group who wished to attract manufacturing industries to the city and its environs. Their most eloquent spokesman was Jesup W. Scott who wrote a persuasive tract on the reasons why Toledo should be the future great city of the world. This American phenomenon of a "booster town" argument made by Scott and his contemporaries had its reasoning based on the geographical concepts of the German geographer Karl Ritter and the Swiss geographer Arnold Guyot. With Ritter's legacy, Guyot migrated to the United States and lectured widely on geography as a study embracing the science of man's relations with the environment emphasizing the westward march of (European) civil- ization. Using techniques of historical method, text comparisons of Scott's writing with those of Ritter, Guyot and others show that Jesup W. Scott's view of Toledo's future place in the world was rooted in the geographical and related themes of the times.

THE USE OF SERVICES BY THE ELDERLY IN NORTHWESTERN OHIO. Bruce W. Smith and John Hiltner, Department of Geography, Bowling Green State University, Bowling 9;15 Green, Ohio 43403.

The state of Ohio has developed a strategic plan for the eighties and beyond. Volume Two of the Plan addresses issues relating to human resources. The Plan calls for "... directing public resources to families and informal caregivers for older adults," and "... creating . . . health and supportive services that allow a person to remain in his or her own home ..." Are these realistic strategies? This research indicates that (1) service use by the elderly in two samples in northwest Ohio is low; (2) that rural elderly use the services more frequently than do urban elderly; and (3) that, when given the opportunity, the elderly, particularly in rural areas, utilize the informal services provided by family and friends rather than those provided by agencies. Therefore, the development of a Plan and programs to provide increased support to the families of the elderly and other informal caregivers is appropriate.

MAPLE SYRUP PRODUCTION IN GEAUGA COUNTY. Leonard Peacefull, Department of Geography, Kent State University, and Cathy Pickett, Department of Education, 9.30 Kent State University, Kent, Ohio 44242.

Geauga county is the leading producer of maple syrup in Ohio. The industry is of significance to the county's economy. The actual dollar amount varies from 44 year to year due to fluctuations in production which are associated with climatic variations. Two varieties of maple, the Sugar Maple (Acer Sacchrum) and the Hard Maple (Acer Nigrum) are of commercial significance. This paper analyses the distribution throughout the county of sugar bushes, production points, in relation to topography and cultural patterns. It also describes the methods of production and marketing that are now in operation, together with the changes that have occurred within the industry in recent years.

USING SOCIOECONOMIC DATA IN RECREATION PLANNING Leslie D. Trew O.hr Department of Urban Studies The University of Akron Akron, OH 44325

This presentation will deal with the interrelationships of socioeconomic variables in the planning of recreation facilities. Research on the development of facilities in the Cuyahoga Valley National Recreation Area (CVNRA) is being undertaken through analysis of the 1980 U.S. Census data for a nineteen county study area in Northeast Ohio. Recent research has indicated that socioeconomic groups elicit distinctive recreational behavior. By deter- mining the socioeconomic composition of the perceived attraction area, correlations can be drawn for the types of facilities which would be most advantageous in the CVNRA. Also integral to this research is a distance decay factor for the individual recreational activities. A model will be presented demonstrating these interrelated variables and their use in recreational planning in the CVNRA.

INTERACTION BETWEEN REGIONAL SYSTEMS: THE STARK COUNTY, OHIO, EXAMPLE 10-00 Richard W. Janson Vera K. Pavlakovic The Janson Industries Geography Department 1200 Garfield Avenue S.W. Kent State University Canton, OH 44706 Kent, OH 44242 Stark County Ohio is representative of the industrial counties of northern Ohio and during the last 125 years several innovative firms resident in the county have been singularly successful. Input-output theory argues that interaction among regional firms is instrumental in raising the economic level of the region above the direct benefits of an export order. A mathematical model to track the regional interactions in a quantitative way is a simple input- output analysis. We argue that interindustry interaction with the county is deficient as an explanation. The interaction of Stark County as a region with the rest of the national market introduces reciprocal feedbacks (between the county and the nation) and a dynamic model of regional development is required. The deductive model presented of biregional interaction is operationiized in order to evaluate the theory. The scope of the paper is limited to the effects on all-industry production within the county induced by an original innovation. Matrix equations for regional interaction have been developed.

SECT I ON: F. GEOGRAPHY SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY AFTERNOON & BUSINESS MTG ZIMMER 310 JEFF GORDON, PRESIDING OFFICER

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING

MIGRATION PATTERN IN OHIO FROM 1970 - 1980. Mohan N. Shrestha. Department of Geography, Bowling Green State University, Ohio 43403. 2:00 Migration is not just a movement of surplus labor caused by increased producti- vity or just a symptom of an ailing economy, but it is also an important contri- buting factor to an area's economic decline. It is a highly selective process with respect to age, education and technical skill. A loss of skilled population, particularly the young persons of working age, results in a tremendous drain on the state's human resource pool, and could impose a serious limitation on Ohio's economic advancement. The main objectives of this study are to estimate the net-migration rate for each county and to find the direction and magnitude of out-migration, and its spatial relationship with other key economic and social variables. It is hypothesized that the majority of out-migrants were from highly urbanized areas of Ohio and the net-migration rate is a function of population age structure, industrial mix, unemployment and the quality of life in general. 45 STATISTICAL EVALUATION OF RESPONSE SURFACES IN THE CHARACTERIZATION OF TARIFF-DE- RIVED COSTS TO DESTINATION POINTS IN THE STATE OF MICHIGAN: A CASE STUDY. SMITH, .-> .. c Alan D. , Department of Business Administrations, Eastern Kentucky University, Rich- '-^ mond, Kentucky 40475.

The analysis of transportation and distribution costs includes careful and accurate calculation of costs. These calculations include rate studies and their adjustments within particular locations that a company or carrier operates. On.e approach to this problem is to model physical distribution costs, based on ICC tariffs, for commodity classes from selected origin and destination points. The present study is based on three-dimensional modeling, spatial or geographic analysis, via hypothesis testing and model comparisons of polynomial trend-surfaces, of costs in dollars for 100 pound shipments in commodity classes 77.5 and 100, and the differences between them. The origin or plant location is Richmond, Kentucky, for illustrative purposes, to selected des- tination or warehouse points in the state of Michigan. Statistically significant and predictive trends were established on the geographic coordinates, with explained variances (R s) of spa- tial oriented transportation costs in Michigan over 97 percent. The response surfaces and thier geographic descriptions may aid the decision maker in setting realistic prices that are resonsive to the needs of distributors as well as the carrier, based on the predictive trends derived from the tariffs studied. In addition, these models and the computer-generated viewing surfaces may be established for almost any series of origin and destination points that a particular carrier or user wants to establish.

THE TURKIC PEOPLES OF RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET UNION, 1897-1979. Jordan A. Hodgkins and Clyde I. Smith. Department of Geography, McGilvery Hall, Kent, OH 44242. 2:30 Turks, consisting of more than 24 distinct ethno-linguistic groups, are the largest non-slavic minority in the U.S.S.R. Between 1959 and 1970 they increased from 23 million to nearly 40 million, or from 11 to 15 percent of the Soviet population. In these two decades the total Soviet population increased by 25 percent; tne Russian by 20.4 percent, and the Turkic group by 71.8 percent. Several groups, such as Uzbeks, Turkmens, Uigurs, more than doubled in population. Territory designated as Turkic Republics, autonomous republics and oblasts accounts for 34 percent of the total Soviet area. Within the Turkic Republics, the average natural increase is 22.1 per thousand, while the average for the Slavic Republics is 5.4. Massive Soviet efforts to Russify the country are being thwarted through Turkification from the cradle.

SPATIO-TEMPORAL THEORY OF PERIODIC MARKETS: A REVIEW AND COMMENTARY. Jeffrey J. Gordon. Geography Department, Bowling Green State University, 2:^-5 Bowling Green, Ohio, h3kO3'

Periodic markets have attracted considerable attention in the scholarly literature. After many years of descriptive studies, theory focusing on explanation of the market mechanism and its many socio-cultural facets has emerged. One of the most interesting aspects of periodic market research deals with spatio-temporal theory. These discussions examine the location of these markets in both time and space. Geographers, especially, are interested in the locational spacing of periodic markets, although their research is not limited to this topic. A review and commentary of the theoretical literature highlights the work of Stine, Skinner, Fagerlund and Smith.

S E C T I 0 N: Q. CHEMISTRY SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY MORNING BALDWIN 754 JULIAN A. DAVIES, PRESIDING OFFICER

*** POSTER ABSTRACTS FOR THIS SECTION ARE FOLLOWED BY PODIUM ABSTRACTS ***

PHOTO-KOLBE STUDIES OF ORGANIC ACIDS USING PHOTODIODES INCLUDING PfTiOx. Tangeman j.s. Cantrell, A.E. Stormer, D.K. Phelps and D.W. Tomlin, Chemistry Department, Univ. Ctr. Miami University, Oxford, OH 45056. Board A § 2:00 p.m. Two types of photo-Kolbe reactions have been studied. One series involved "stan- dard" reactions while the catalyst was carefully characterized. The catalyst ranged from light to heavy doping and from light Pt to heavy Pt loading. The catalysts are carefully characterized via powder x-ray diffraction (PXRD), catalytic activity using acetic acid, crystallite size and internal strain (PXRD & SEM). The second series was the careful

46 characterization of photo-Kolbe reactions of selected organic acids with hydroxyl groups, which included lactic, malic, citric, glycolic, and mandelic acids. The kinetics of these reactions was followed using the rate of CO2 produced. The production of volatile aldehydes and ketones was followed using a trap containing 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine. Other traps contained basic Ba(0H>2 to follow the rate of CO2 production. Both types of traps were used to help determine the yields and rates of reactions of the catalyst preparations and the hydroxy acids studied. A positive correlation was found between lattice strain (as measured by PXRD) and catalytic activity for the 1:1 acetic acid-water system at 55°C using a standard Hanovia photochemical reactor. Acetaldehyde and methylethyIketone were found when lactic acid was the substrate. Yields were low, only 1-2% of substrate reacted for most of the reactions studied.

STUDIES OF GLASSY TRANSITION METAL HYDRIDES INCLUDING Z^Rh, Z^Pd, AND OTHER Tangeman INTERMETALLIC HYDRIDES. J.S. Cantrell, T.A. Beiter and R.L. Evans III, Chemistry Univ. Ctr. Department, Miami University, Oxford, OH 45056. R.C. Bowman, Jr., and G.C. Abell, Board B MRC-Mound,* Miamisburg, OH 45342 @ 2:00 p.m. Amorphous/glassy metallic alloys of early and late transition metals have many un- usual properties including toughness, resistance to corrosion, low magnetic hysteresis losses and good hydrogen storage characteristics. For these reasons thermal stability studies have been made on selected representative intermetallic compounds and the corresponding hydrides. Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), isothermal annealing and powder X-ray diffraction (PSRD) have been used to characterize the phases formed during the thermal studies. For Z^Pd the stable Cllb (MoSi2) structure results from ordering the Zr and Pd atoms of the FCC lower temperature phase. Three different preparations of Zr3Rh were studied, two preparations had a single exothermic DSC peak at 733K while the other preparation had two DSC peaks at 710K and 790K. The single DSC peak material gave an E93 structure with a-Zr (second phase) while the two DSC peak glassy alloy gave a structure that appears to be DOe or V2S type that anneals to the C16 (CuAl2~type) Z^Rh phase at 1120K for 48 hours. The apparent DOe structure represents polymorphous crystallization, that is, the crystalline phase is the same chemical composition as the glassy alloy that produced it. Studies of this material should be more closely related to the glassy alloy than when a phase separation has occurred. *0perated by Monsanto Research Corporation for US-DOE under Contract NO. DE-AC04-76-DPOOO53.

Tangeman DETERMINATION OF FLUORIDE ION IN WELL WATERS OF EASTWOOD SCHOOL DISTRICT, WOOD COUNTY, OHIO. Univ. Ctr. tose M> JoneSj Eastwood Local Schools, Pemberville, OH 43450 and Gordon A. Parker, Board c Chemistry Department, University of Toledo, Toledo, OH 43606. 6 2:00 p.m. ^

This investigation determined the amount of fluoride ion present in selected well waters of Eastwood Local School District, Wood County, Ohio. Water samples were gathered from approximately ninety wells in the district and analyzed for fluoride content. Fluoride determination was made with a fluoride ion-selective electrode. pH measurements were also made upon the sarrples. Fluoride levels ranged from 0.6 to 3.8 parts per million and pH measurements varied from 6.91 to 8.30 in the sarrples tested.

DETERMINATION OF ORGANIC PEROXIDES USING AN LCEC REDUCTIVE MODE APPROACH. Mr. Chandrashekhar Gaitonde, Dr. Max 0. Funk, Jr., Department of Chemistry, 9:00 The University of Toledo, 2801 W. Bancroft St., Toledo, OH 43606

A method utilizing reverse-phase liquid chromatography with electrochemical detection (LCEC) was developed for the detection of organic peroxides such as dialkyl, diacyl, ketone, peroxyketal and cyclic peroxides. To achieve separation and detec- tion of these compounds, a mobile phase of 70% methanol and 30% water, containing 0.1M LiCIO, was developed. No prior extraction,preconcentration, or derivatization steps were needed for these determinations which can be accomplished-by a direct injection of the samples and by applying a reduction potential varying from -1.0 to -1.5V. The detector response with respect to variable applied potential and with respect to variable bulk concentration of the analyte will be presented. Detection limits for all compounds of interest are in the picomole range. MULTIELEMENTAL ANALYSIS BY ICP-AES: A SCREENING METHOD FOR ELEMENTS CONTAINED IN DRINKING WATER AND ENVIRONMENTAL MEDIA. Shane S. Que Hee and James R. Boyle, Q 1 r Department of Environmental Health, University of Cincinnati Medical Center, 3223 y: '-> Eden Avenue, Cincinnati, Ohio 45267-0056

A quick screening technique is essential to assess if metal or elemental pollution is present in groundwaters. Inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometry (ICP-AES) is a multielemental method ideal for liquid samples, and to assess if metals contained in waters may have originated from hazardous wastes. The method of performing interelementai and background corrections will be presented along with the techniques necessary to obtain optimum sensitivity on the Jarre!1 Ash ICP-9000, for simultaneous quantisation of 36 elements. The use of ICP-AES as a screening technique will also be discussed.

47 ONE RUN KINETICS - - A COMPUTER PROGRAM Richard T. O'Neill 9.30 Department of Chemistry Xavier University Cincinnati OH 1+5207

The paper describes an easy-to-use computer program that will analyze the concentration-time points from one kinetics experiment, with no special initial concentrations, for 6k different rate laws. For 72 of the cases, explicit integrated rate expressions are used; the remaining cases involve elliptical integrals which are evaluated using Romberg numerical integration. For each law (up to three partial orders) the rate constant, its uncertainty, the correlation coefficient, arid the calculated and experimental values of the integrated rate expression for each point are presented. Provision is made for obtaining the same details for any set of partial orders, not necessarily integer or positive, using the Romberg routine. A weighted least squares procedure is used for all cases.

ISOLATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF ALKALOIDS FROM TAXUS CUSPIDATA. L.A. Goonetilleke and T.H. Kinstle, Dept. of Chemistry, Bowling Green State University, Bowling 9,^ Green, Ohio 43403-0213

Various Taxus species contain constituents which are known to be very toxic, even lethal, to man and other animals, but these same species yield compounds which are potent anti leukemic agents as well. We have extracted an alkaloid fraction from the foliage of Taxus cuspidata using 1% acetic acid, and eventual precipitation with Maeyers reagent. Exten- sive column and layer chromatography of the "alkaloid" fraction resulted in the separation of several pure substances whose structures were investigated by spectral means, primarily NMR. Extensive studies, including 2D-NMR, has demonstrated that these substances possess the taxane ring system J_, with the cinnamyl containing side chain and several acetate groupings. These materials differ from any previously reported substances in their NMR spectra. The structures of these substances as well as their relationships to previously isolated materials will be discussed in detail.

THE MECHANISM OF THE PETERSON REACTION: PART 1. David J. Ager, Department of Chemistry, University of Toledo, 10:00 2801 W. Bancroft Street, Toledo, Ohio 43606.

The Peterson reaction, the silicon equivalent of the Wittig reaction, has found widespread use for the synthesis of substituted alkenes. The major disadvantage of this approach has been that both the E- and Z- isomers of the alkene are produced. To overcome this problem, we have undertaken a systematic study of the reaction between the ester enolates of a-silylesters and carbonyl compounds to form a,3-unsaturated esters. The E; Z- product ratio is dependent upon the substituents in the silyl group, the ester used and the temperature. These findings suggest that the elimination from the intermediate 3-hydroxysilane is a two step mechanism.

THE MECHANISM OF THE PETERSON REACTION: PART 2. Glen Cooke and David J. Ager, Department of Chemistry, University of Toledo, -|0: 15 2801 W. Bancroft Street, Toledo, Ohio 43606. The condensation of anions derived from a-silylsulfides and carbonyl compounds provides a useful means for the synthesis of vjnylsulfides via the Peterson reaction. The l\l_- product ratio has been shown to be dependent upon the nature of the silyl group, reaction temperature and carbonyl compound employed. This suggests that a two step process is involved in the elimination of the silyl group from the initial adduct. An increase in stereoselectivity with a-silylsulfones indicates that a delicate balance may exist as to hich step is rate determining.

48 NMR STUDIES OF SOME CONFORMATIONALLY RIGID ORGANOFLUORINE COMPOUNDS. Andrea F Huff and Thomas H. Kinstle, Department of Chemistry, Bowling Green State University Bowling Green, Ohio 43403-0213

Organic compounds which contain one or more fluorine atoms are becoming increas- ingly important as herbicides, insecticides, medicinals and biochemical probes. F NMR spectroscopy is a useful tool for characterizing these new substances, but questions con- cerning angular dependence of normal and long range H,F and F,F coupling constants, the nature of carbon-fluorine coupling, and bonding factors which determine fluorine chemical shift values remain only partially answered. We have synthesized and studied the NMR spectra of several bicyclopentanes 1 and stereoisomeric tricyclo[4.2.1.0]nonenes 2 and 3 whose rigid structures provide more accurate answers to the questions raised earlier than compounds previously studied. 2-Dimensional NMR, Waltz decoupling, and homonuclear F,F decoupling were employed in these studies. We have detected several 4-bond and 5-bond H,F coupling constants in these systems, as well as several anamolous vicinal F,F couplings. These results will be contrasted and compared with previously available information.

SECTION: G. CHEMISTRY SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY AFTERNOON & BUSINESS MTG. BALDWIN 754 JULIAN A. DAVIES, PRESIDING OFFICER

SECTION BUSINESS MEETING

REDUCTIONS OF SILYLACETYLENES. Susan J. Mole and David J. Ager, Department of Chemistry, University of Toledo, 2801 W. Bancroft Street, Toledo, Ohio 43606. The anion derived from trimethylsilylacetylene has been condensed with a variety of aldehydes to provide protected propargyl alcohols. Reduction of these alcohols with Vitride [NaAlH2(OCH2CH2OCHj ] is stereospecific. The position of hydride attack is controlled by the silyl group and differs markedly from that of the unprotected alcohols. The intermediate anion may be reacted with an electrophile to provide a new synthetic method to a B-unsaturated carbonyl compounds.

PREPARATION AND ANALYSIS OF 1,3-DIALKYL-l,2-DIHYDRO-2-OXOPYRIMIDINIUM SALTS. J. BARRY OSER, M. Cholera, and B. J. Barker, Department of Chemistry, Xavier University, Cincinnati, Ohio 45207.

A series of 1,2-dihydro-l,3-dimethyl- and 1,3-diethyl-l,2-dihydro-2-oxopyrimi- dinium halides, nitrates, perchlorates, bisulfates, and tetraphenylborates has been prepared by means of two synthetic procedures. One procedure consisted of condensation of a dialkylurea and malondialdehyde. After addition of acid the 1,3-dialkyl-l, 2-dihydro- 2-oxopyrimidinium salt resulted. Another preparation method was the use of double displace- ment reactions in which an insoluble inorganic salt formed and was separated from the desired oxopyrimidinium salt. The synthesized salts have been analyzed in terms of their melting point, elemental composition, infrared, ultraviolet, and nuclear magnetic reso- nance spectroscopic behavior.

PREPARATION AND CHEMISTRY OF A SERIES OF DIPHENYLALKYLPHOSPHINE LIGANDS WITH VARYING LENGTH ALKYL CHAINS (PPh2 R, R = CnH , n = 1 - 20), Rashid Syed, Jim Meirzwiak, and Julian A. Davies, Department of Chemistry, University of Toledo, 2801 W. Bancroft St., Toledo, OH 43606.

The ligands of type PPh R, (R = CnH , n = 1-20) were synthesized by reacting alkylchlorides with lithium diphenylphosphide at room temperature in an inert atmosphere. The lithiumdiphenylphosphide was prepared in situ by a reported literature method. The ligands were subsequently complexed by displacement of weak donor ligands from [PtCl2(L2)] [L2 = 1,5-cyclooctadiene, L = NCMe, NCPh] to give a series of[Pt(II) bis(phosphine)] complexes. The ligands and their platinum complexes were characterized by P{1H} and % NMR studies.

49 Currently, we are in the process of expanding these studies to include long chain chiral bidendate phosphine ligands and their [PtCl (bisphosnhine)] complexes. These com- plexes can be used for asymmetric olefin hydrogenation.

REACTIONS OF 7-0XABICYCL0[2.2.1 ]HEPTANES. Michael B. East and David J. Ager, Department of Chemistry, University of Toledo, 2801 W. Bancroft Street, Toledo, 2:^-5 Ohio 43606. In our search for new synthetic methods towards ionophoric antibiotics, we have investigated the Diels-Alder reaction of furan, and substituted furans, with a variety of dienophiles. The resultant substituted 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptenes may be used in a variety of synthetic sequences including the synthesis of cis-2>5-disubstituted tetra- hydrofurans and furanoside derivatives of carbohydrates.

CONTROLLED MODIFICATIONS OF PORPHYRIN MACROCYCLES. Alan R. Morgan and Nanette C. Tertel, Department of Chemistry, University of Toledo, 2801 W. Bancroft St., 3.00 Toledo, OH 43606

Over the past decade, hydroporphyrins have been isolated and identified as prosthetic groups of a number of enzymic systems and as precursors to vitamin R.O. Specific interest has centered about isobacteriochlorins (porphyrins in which adjacent pyrrolic rings have been reduced) , and a number of chemical syntheses have been reported. Many of them, however, suffer from drawbacks that prevent their use as good models for the naturally occur- ing macrocycles. We are investigating the chemistry of meso-substituted porphyrins as inter- mediates in the synthesis of hydroporphyrins. Current studies involve the chemistry of purpurins, in particular, the cyclization of meso-acrylates to an adjacent pyrrole ring. We wish to report our observations on the control we have over the cyclization step and to indicate how biomimetic models can be prepared from such cyclized intermediates.

o,-.r HEMOGLOBIN AND PORPHYRIN DEMONSTRATIONS: RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN VISIBLE COLORS °'' 1P AND VISIBLE SPECTRA. William H. Fuchsman, Chemistry Department, Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio 44074

Because of their intense, structure-sensitive colors, porphyrins and porphyrin- containing substances lend themselves to classroom demonstrations involving color changes. How absorption of different wavelengths of light affects visible color can be demonstrated by the reaction of the synthetic porphyrin tetraphenylporphin with acid (a pink to green change associated with the appearance of an intense absorption band in the red), the reaction of oxygenated hemoglobin with reducing agents to give deoxyhemoglobin (a red to purple change), and the reaction of oxygenated hemoglobin with oxidizing agents to produce oxidized hemoglobin (a red to brown change associated with the appearance of a relatively weak absorption band in the red). Tetraphenylporphin can be purchased or prepared. Oxyhemoglobin can be isolated easily from outdated blood bank blood. Use of an overhead projector is recommended.

SUBSTITUENT EFFECTS ON THE VISIBLE SPECTRA OF PORPHYRINIC MACROCYCLES Alan R. Morgan and Nanette C. Tertel, Department of Chemistry, University of Toledo, 3:30 2801 W. Bancroft St., Toledo, OH 43606

Reactions at the periphery of the porphyrin nucleus are often accompanied by a change in the chromophore of the macrocycle. Thus, by observing the visible spectra of both reactant and product, valuable information can be obtained regarding the structural changes produced. In many cases, the effect of particular substituents on the chromophore can be accurately estimated; however, the reported visible spectroscopic informa- tion for purpurin derivatives (porphyrins with extended conjugation) appears not to follow a general pattern. We have re-examined the synthesis and spectroscopic properties of purpurins, and have obtained data not consistent with reported observations. In addition, we have shown that oxidation of the purpurin macrocycle may occur under the conditions of its synthesis, and that the visible spectrum of the oxidative by product can be used as an aid to structural assignment.

COMPARISONS OF LEGHEMOGLOBINS FROM SOYBEANS (GLYCINE MAX) AND WILD SOYBEANS v,r (GLYCINE SOJA). William H. Fuchsman, Chemistry Department, Oberlin College, :5>^-3 Oberlin, Ohio 44074, and Reid G. Palmer, USDA ARS and Department of Genetics, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011.

Soybean leghemoglobins can be separated cleanly by isolectric focusing in a narrow pH range (4-5), provided all the leghemoglobins are in the same oxidation and ligation state. We

50 have used isoelectric focusing (a) to compare leghemoglobins from a genetically diverse selection of field-grown plants representing 67 Glycine max cultivars and plant introductions and 18 Glycine soja plant introductions and (b) to determine the effects of inoculations with fast- and slow-growing Rhizobium japonicum strains on the leghemoglobins from greenhouse-grown G^_ max and G^_ soja. Identical sets of all four major soybean leghemoglobins (a_, c*, Co, oJ were present in all samples. Therefore, leghemoglobin is not a useful genetic marker for the germplasm sampled, Gj_ max and G^ soja do not differ in their leghemoglobins, and fast- and slow-growing strains of R^ japonicum elicit no differences in host leghemoglobin production. The highly conserved nature of legheraoglobin heterogeneity suggests that the heterogeneity is functional. Because several discrepancies in published amino acid sequences for soybean leghemoglobins involve charged amino acids, our results indicate that problems in sequencing, not cultivar differences, are the sources of at least some discrepancies. (Supported in part by a grant to W.H.F. from the Dreyfus Foundation.)

IDENTIFICATION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF BICARBONATE-STIMULATED ADENOSINE TRIPHOS- PHATASE IN RAT LUNG TISSUE. R. B. Chin, L. Mueller and J. K. Lutton, Department ^:00 of Chemistry, Kenyon College, Gambier, Ohio 43022

A bicarbonate-stimulated Adenosine Triphosphatase (ATPase), was identified in rat lung tissue. Analysis by sucrose gradient centrifugation, in combination with marker enzyme studies, indicated that the ATPase was localized on the plasma membranes of the lung cells. Kinetic analysis of the enzyme revealed a Km for ATP of 0.71 mM, and the enzyme was found to be stimulated by bicarbonate, but partially inhibited by both chloride and thiocyanate. The bicarbonate stimulation was observed to be maximal at pH 5.3, independent of the cation present, and exhibited a K.lct for bicarbonate of 0.36 mM. The ATPase activity was also inhibited by ouabain, indicating the possibility of Na,K-ATPase involvement. The ATPase is suggested to be involved in transporting carbon dioxide across alveolar membranes, and a specific carbon dioxide transport mechanism, coupling Na-H exchange transport and bicarbon- ate-chloride exchange transport, is proposed.

THE ELECTROSYNTHESIS OF HOMOGENEOUS CATALYSTS. C. Eagle, V. Uma, J. Davies, Department of Chemistry, The University of Toledo, 2801 W. Bancroft, Toledo, OH43606

The Pt(II)^Pt(O) reduction of cis-[PtCl?(PPh ) ] yields the coordinatively unsatu- rated, highly reactive, intermediate "[Pt(PPn J ]" (,1) in situ. Equilibration of this intermediate in solution yields [Pt(PPh3) J, (£) and [Pt(PPh ) ], Q) . Addi- tion of molecular oxygen to Q) yields [Pt(PPh ) 0 ] (£) and OPPh (£) reaction of (1) with molecular oxygen, followed by carbon dioxide, yields [Pt(PPh ) CO ] (^). Compounds (2), (3), and (4) are known homogeneous catalysts for a variety of organic transformations. Compound (^_) undergoes facile oxidative addition reactions with small molecules, XY (XY = HC1 CH_I and C H^COCl, etc.) yielding trans-[Pt(X)(Y)(PPh ) ]. This demonstrates the capability of the 14-electron intermediate (1) to achieve H-X or C-X activation (where X = halide) in small substrate molecules.

CATALYSIS BY COMPUTER DESIGNATING METAL, OXIDATION STATE, AND MECHANISM, R. A. Gardner, Department of Chemistry, Cleveland State Univ., Cleveland, Ohio 4:30

Infrared studies of carbon monoxide adsorption produced weakly bonded adsorbates which cannot be considerd physisorbed. From published data of vibrational frequencies of gaseous neutral molecules and ions, equations were derived relating vibrational frequencies to numbers of electrons. The weakly bonded CO adsorbates produced bands at frequencies intermediate to the neutral molecule and its ions, thus these adsorbates were named 'intermedions1. The vibrational frequencies of intermedions correspond to non-integral numbers of electrons, the fractional part of which is a constant, dependent on the par- ticular metal and its oxidation state in the adsorbent. These fractions are directly related to electron energy levels in ions. Using Myers' hypothesis, that a 'matching of vibrational frequencies of reactants facilitates reaction', the equations which characterize intermedions are solved simultaneously determining the fractions of electrons which make the frequencies match. The metals and oxidation states correspond- ing to these fractions can be predicted to catalyze the reaction. These equations can also be used to provide a quantitative description of the electron density in bonds of polyatomic molecules. Catalytic reactions described include the hydrogenations of acetylene and carbon monoxide and the action of the enzyme carbonic anhydrase.

51 S E C T I 0 N: H. SCIENCE EDUCATION SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY MORNING ZIMMER 311 DAVID WHITTINGTON, PRESIDING OFFICER

AN OPPORTUNITY IN SECONDARY SCIENCE FOR STUDENT PROJECT DEVELOPMENT WITH TEACHER/ ADVISOR GUIDANCE—SPACE SHUTTLE STUDENT INVOLVEMENT PROJECT 9:00 Dr. Joy S. Lindfteck, The University of Akron, Akron, Ohio 44325

The Space Shuttle Student Involvement Project sponsored by the National Aeronautics Space Administration and the National Science Teachers Association offers an opportunity for students in grades 9 through 12 to develop a proposal for an experiment to be conducted aboard a space shuttle. Proposals from Ohio and Michigan are judged at The University of Akron Region V Center by science teachers, aerospace engineers, and University of Akron science faculty. Student winners and their teacher/advisors from Region V attend a Symposium at the Lewis Research Center where students confer with mentors to improve their proposals. A national evaluation of all regional winners conducted by NSTA in Washington identifies the top ten winners.

A SCIENCE ENRICHMENT PROGRAM FOR NORTHWEST OHIO - AN NSP PROPOSAL Dr. Evan McPee, Bowling Green State University, Bowling Green, 9:15 Ohio 1^03 This presentation will describe a grant submitted to the National Science Foundation for the implementation of a three phased science enrichment program for elementary and middle school teachers of Northwest Ohio. The first phase of the program includes a summer session to upgrade teacher*s knowledge of science content in the areas of earth science, chemistry, physics, and astronomy. The first phase will also involve developing science teaching kits, demonstrating methodologies using inquiry, and providing information on computer programs in science available for these teachers. A second phase of the program includes a field based setting to implement the philosophy of hands-on materials and student involvement with materials in the classroom. The third phase includes a spin-off design which will involve other teachers to demonstrate these hands-on active learning methods. The goals, rational, and means of implementing this program will be given during this session.

FROM FIZZLERS TO SIZZLERS IN MAINSTREAMED SCIENCE. Morris L. Martin, 157 Griswold Street, P. 0. Box 593, Delaware, Ohio 43015. ^ Unique challenges are posed for the high school science teacher when Special Education students and disciplinary cases are simultaneously mainstreamed into the normally-placid laboratory environment. Bridges of communication must be broadened, the curricular clock must be re-synchronized for varied imbibitions, and emotional tempests and fogs must be anticipated. Previously-adequate safety measures develop leaks, and prized equipment may be pirated. Presentations must be emulsi- fied for the heterogeneous audience.

The author will demonstrate inexpensive, homemade electronic devices that facilitate mainstreaming and offer unusual twists to the teaching of physics, chemistry, biology and other courses. Included are a thermal brachymetry AM broadcaster, a moisture switch (which helped glean an Eastman Kodak award), an electrostatic meter, a multi-purpose audio screamer, an IC timer, a sonic switch, an audible magnetometer, and a slave strobe. This gadgetry and other earthy/marine organoleptic delights command attention, spark learning, and stretch imaginative powers skyward. The author credits them for witnessed surges in research enthu- siasm, motor skill achievements, additional attendance of enrollees and visitors, and student/ community gifts of unsolicited teaching items.

GROUP APPROACH TO SOLVING PROBLEMS (GRASP) IN INTRODUCTORY GEOLOGY. G. D. McKenzie and J. 0. Fuller, Geology and Mineralogy, Ohio State University, Columbus, OH 43210 10:00 One of three course options for non-science majors, this modified guided-design format has generated student enthusiasm for active learning while producing test scores similar to traditional approaches. Students develop skills in problem solving and group dynamics—recognized life assets. The GRASP option has 1 to 2 lectures and 3 to 4 labs per week. Most problems in GRASP have been modified from traditional audiovisual self-paced labs and include minerals, rocks, processes, maps, earth history, and their application to study of North American settings. Sections consist of up to 10 groups of 4 to 6 students each. Problem solving sessions are staffed by a faculty member and assistants who 52 act as guides and motivators. Grading includes examinations, projects and participation. Most problems are completed in one session. Homework includes short problems, programmed instruction, and self-guided field trips. Enthusiastic student responses—"the most valuable learning experience" and "the most stimulating class"—do not mask the fact that it is not for everyone. Some students prefer to 'hide' in large lectures; others do better there if prone to absenteeism and memorization, or if they work very quickly. GRASP takes more effort, by students and instructors. It is not a radical departure from the traditional and content is similar. It provides an exciting alternative to the traditional, and is based on the premise that motivated students can learn efficiently in activites and from their colleagues.

OCCUPATIONAL EDUCATION VERSUS COLLEGE-PARALLEL PROGRAMS OF THE TWO-YEAR COLLEGE: TRANSFER AND ARTICULATION CONTROVERSY. SMITH, Alan D., Department of Business Ad- ministration, College of Business, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky 10: 15 40475.

The problem of education versus occupation has in this century become an over- whelming issue in terms of its significance to higher education. The lack of general studies programs of consistent quality plagues the two-year institutions while the increasing trend of higher quality reverse transfer students endangers the traditional power of articulation policy authority of the four-year colleges. Many feel that the central mission of higher educa- tion is one of intellectual pursuit only, while others feel that education and employment are tightly interrelated and connected. In recent times employers continue to raise the qualifica- tion requirements for jobs and demand vocational training. Should the field of higher education be developed solely for the advancement of the intellect or should it be geared as a prepara- tory period for work or both? Since there is no clear cut evidence for either case, one can not prove one position or the other. There seems to have existed in our society a gap between the purpose for study and the world of work, and this attitude can be detected in the types of attitudes or images of technical education and problems in transfer and articulation policies today. There is no comprehensive and completely fair solution in sight, but with cooperation between the community colleges and the four-year institutions there is hope for a reasonable compromise.

A GRADE CONTRACT FOR STUDENT EVALUATION IN A LABORATORY-BASED JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL SCIENCE PROGRAM 10.30 George R. Courts P.O. Box 205 Hamersville Junior High School Hamersville, Ohio 45130

The author has developed a grade contract for evaluation of student performance in a laboratory-based Junior High School Science Program. Features of the contract include: 1) Measurement of student performance at several levels of Bloom's Taxonomy; 2) Accept- able-Unacceptable grading with opportunity for feedback, correction, and re-evaluation; 3) Specific evaluation criteria at each performance level; 4) Adaptability to any unit of instruction; 5) Simple checklist system for determining unit, term, and semester grades. During each unit of instruction, students complete a variety of investigations as members of small groups. Each individual then submits various individually prepared, open-ended, free- choice instruments to demonstrate their proficiency and comprehension. In addition, all students complete a criterion-referenced examination to test knowledge and comprehension of content and laboratory methodology. All student work is graded acceptable or unacceptable. Unacceptable work may be re-submitted for re-evaluation. Unit grades are determined by a simple checklist, greatly simplifying grade averaging chores. This contract, in various evolving forms, has proven itself accept- able to teacher, parents, students, and administrators for several years. The contract and criteria are readily adaptable to various curricula and methodology. MATHEMATICAL MODELING OF STUDENT FLOWS FOR A LARGE RESIDENTIAL UNIVERSITY. SMITH, Alan D. , Department of Business Administration, Eastern Kentucky University, Rich- mond, Kentucky 40475. 10:45 The research in the literature on the problematic effects of attrition in high edu- cation has been well documented in the past. Obviously, the nature and purpose of the colleges/universities involved have a significant impact on the dropout problem, and there may be many factors that post secondary institutions can control in order to curb atten- tion. The attempt to delineate those factors require models to be generated to provide addi- tional information on the interruption of student flow tov/ard degree completion, in order to produce forecasting tools. Since most the attrition appears to be during the first year of college attendance, the spatial distributions of incoming freshmen students coming to Eastern Kentucky University, a large residential university were inspected to determine if detectable patterns or enrollment trends existed. The University has a regional mission, thus spatial characterization of student flows are important to determine stability of enrollment in its service area and surrounding counties. Student flow models were created and statistically test- ed for enrollment data from 1979 through 1982, inclusively, as well as change in enrollment from 1981 to 1982, based on data obtained from 117 counties in Kentucky. Three-dimensional modeling techniques as well as hypotheses testing and model comparisons of polynomial trend surfaces were utilized in modeling the spatial distributions of incoming freshmen students. 53 S E C T I 0 N: H. SCIENCE EDUCATION SATURDAY, APRIL 20/ 1985 ONLY AFTERNOON & BUSINESS MTG. ZIMMER 311 TONI L. MILLER/ PRESIDING OFFICER

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING

AWARENESS PROJECTS - INSECTS, TREES, AND BIRDS. Marian A. Moeckel Edgewood Junior School, 200 West Ritter Street, Seven Mile, Ohio 45062. 2:00 Three awareness projects used at Edgewood Junior School were created to awaken curiosity and interest in students. Insect, tree, and bird projects provide not only identification, but physiology and ecology. A combination of collecting and labeling of insects along with written assignments provide an appreciation for the often scorned arthropods. The insect collection requires the learning of such skills as pinning and displaying of insects. Collecting and labeling leaves provides an eye-opening experience for many students who previously called a tree, "a tree." They now can tell a sweet gum from a maple with confidence. Written assignments about trees have included acid rain effects, parts of a tree and leaf, and why leaves change color. This project requires skill in drying, pressing, and mounting of leaves. The bird project involves identification of twenty-five local species by sight using slides and texts, as well as, the same twenty-five birds by song or call. There are also questions on bird adaptation, the ''blackbird" problem, migration, evolution, and feathers. Getting students outside to collect the insects and leaves and to see and to hear birds is another goal of the projects, as well as, using the library and reference materials. Materials used for these projects include slides of tree leaves, laminated leaves, a videotape on insect pinning and order names, insect collections, slides of birds, an audiotape of bird songs, a videotape by Allen H. Morgan about birds, and a variety of posters and field guides.

THE NASA - NEWMAST HONORS WORKSHOP RELATING NASA ACTIVITIES TO HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING. William Snyder 3199 Dobbin Road Poland, Ohio 44514 2:15 In the summer of 1984, 20 teachers attended a 2-week honors workshop at the NASA Lewis Research Center in Cleveland, Ohio. The purpose of the workshop was to describe the areas of research being done at this location and the latest research results to the teachers so that we could develop lesson plans which are related to the Space Age. The teachers wrote curriculum materials for usein the classroom and were able to obtain slides, film strips, overlays, and video tapes of the programs described and discussed.

This presentation will include a brief description of the workshop, and focus on a discussion of the current NASA research and how this may be used in high school science classrooms. Slides which illustrate research results, applications, spin off ideas and ways that these findings will be shown.

AZOLIA: EASY LIVE DEMONSTRATION OF FUNDAMENTAL BOTANICAL CONCEPTS. Robert S. Platt Department of Botany, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210

2:30 As a fast growing weed on the surface of an aquarium or on many warm ponds, the water fern, Azolla. is convenient for live plant study any season of the year. Azolla can be grown successfully in jars or aquaria 'by students at home and its (exponential) growth rate measured by increase in frond number, dry weight, or extracted chlorophyll. Fronds lightly crushed between two slides can be examined microscopical- ly. Even medium power (x 100) is sufficient to provide a clear view of the nitrogen-fixing blue-green alga, Anabaena azollae. with more abundant heterocysts than in free-living blue- greens. Side by side to these prokaryotic filaments are the eukaryotic leaf cells of Azolla with many chloroplasts in cytoplasm around a central vacuole. Easily recognizable in the crushed stem are xylem vessels with their annular thickenings, emphasizing that Azolla is a vascular plant. This is, therefore, a most easily accessible example of prokaryote/eukaryote mutualistic symbiosis, one with increasing importance in the far East as a nitrogen-rich green manure for the fertilization of paddy rice. More advanced projects with Azolla include the measurement of the nitrogen-fixing enzyme, nitrogenase, by the reduction of acetylene to ethyl- ene, and analysis of the Azolla sexual cycle that includes heterospory in which one megaspore of a tetrad survives to develop into the female gametophyte.

54 SELF-PRODUCED LABROTORY MANUALS IN BIOLOGY MAINTAIN A HIGH CORRELATION BETWEEN LABORATORY AND CLASSROOM WORK. David E. Lewis and William R. Bingle, 2:^5 Perry High School, 3737 Harsh Ave. , Massillon, Ohio 44646

We have found that the laboratory experience is an integral part of the biology classroom. With the rise in the cost of maintaining laboratories and providing equipment, many biology departments have been forced into austerity programs. The writing of our own laboratory manual has enabled us to maintain a quality program, increase the number of lab experiences and maintain a high correlation between laboratory and classroom work. Many aspects of writing this manual will be discussed including actual writing of the manuscript, art work, printing, copyright, and funding. Potential problems and possible solutions will also be discussed.

MY SQUARE METER : A STUDENT EXPLORATION. James W. Walker 8717 Wales Ave. N.W. North Canton, Ohio 44720 3:00 My Square Meter is a highly flexible outdoor science activity de- signed to motivate students to observe more carefully the natural environment of which they are part. The project involves investiga- ting, cataloging, and photographing one square meter of the Earth's surface. Throughout, emphasis is placed upon observation rather than taxonomy. To begin, each student assembles a collection "kit" at home. Next, the student locates and marks the site, maps its salient features, and writes a general descrip- tion. During subsequent visits, the students study soil samples and determine their pH; catalog, describe, and photograph(or collect) plant specimens; catch for live study, describe, and photograph(or draw) worms, arthropods, and mol- lusks; collect, describe, and scratch test rock/mineral specimens; draw a food web and describe the ecology of the site; and finally, return the area to its pre-study state. My Square Meter was a Kodak/Ohio Ed. Assn. award-winning pro- ject in 1984. The investigation strengthens skills in measurement, critical observation, data organization, and independent study. Many students become somewhat attached to their areas and resent the errant footprint. Perhaps some of them will grow to become adults who are more thoughtful about leaving their own "footprints" for the generations to come.

TEACHING, RESEARCH, AND THE SACRED CALF. Paul Olynyk, Cleveland State University Department of Chemistry, Cleveland, Ohio 44115. 3:15 The objective of this paper is to question the decanal axiom that research pro- ductivity correlates with effective teaching. Academic institutions which expect research of their faculty base their reward system upon research publications. Obvious examples of reward include higher raises, rapid promotion, and early tenure. Other benefits such as appointment to important faculty or professional committees and generous travel support often accrue. But what evidence is there to support the assumption that research productivity is a valid indicator of teaching effectiveness at the undergraduate level? Effectiveness of instruction is often evaluated by student questionnaires, although some doubt exists among educators as to whether student questionnaires accurately evaluate the effectiveness of teaching. The teacher's enthusiasm, interest or knowledge of subject material may not be related to the teacher's research activity. Is research productivity the prime factor influencing a teacher's performance in class? In fact, is it possible to show correlation between research record and teaching performance? The results of a survey conducted to obtain data on this controversial issue will be presented.

T.E.S.A. AND THE SCIENCE CLASSROOM Gerard J. Tankovich - Math, Health and Science, Monroe Traditional Middle 3:30 School, 474 North Monroe Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43203

T.E.S.A. (Teacher Effectiveness and Student Achievement) is an inservice program used in the Columbus School system for supporting and motivating students in order to improve academic achievement. Handouts on the philosophy of T.E.S.A. will be provided and a slide show will be presented during this session to show the effectiveness of T.E.S.A. in today's classroom. Three of 15 Interaction Be- haviors (proximity, frequency and praise) will be role played with the group and I will personally emphasize how T.E.S.A. is used in my science classes.

55 We all work with a diversity of levels of students in our science classrooms. T.E.S.A. is a process that works with my students. This makes teaching science much more rewarding because many students are achieving and finding success in education.

THE DEDICATION AND PRESERVATION OF JACKSON BOG STATE NATURE PRESERVE. Robert E. Rohrbaugh, Jackson Memorial Middle School, 7355 Mudbrook St. NW, Massillon, Ohio.

3:

THE ILLINOIS SCIENCE LECTURE ASSOCIATION "CHRISTMAS LECTURES"

4:00 HOWARD H. SCHUMACHER DAYTON CAREER ACADEMY 441 RIVER CORRIDOR DRIVE DAYTON, OHIO 45402

A truely remarkable opportunity for stimulating interest and for challenging high school science and math students exists in Ohio's back yard in the form of the CHRISTMAS LECTURES sponsored by the Illinois Science Lecture Association and held annually in Chicago. This paper will describe the nature of the CHRISTMAS LECTURES and will outline a model for funding and impli- menting a field trip for your high school students to attend the CHRISTMAS LECTURES.

SECTION: I. ANTHROPOLOGY & SOCIOLOGY SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY AFTERNOON & BUSINESS MTG. BALDWIN 1kb N. JANE MCCANDLESS, PRESIDING OFFICER

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING

TAPA FROM IRIAN JAYA IN THE CINCINNATI MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY Susan L. Meyn, Ethnologist, Cincinnati Museum of Natural History, 2:00 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

During the process of researching and inventorying a museum's ethnographic collections, a treasure is sometimes unearthed. The important collection of tapa (bark fiber) from the Lake Sentani and Humboldt Bay areas of Irian Jaya is such a discovery. The tapa, 41 pieces depicting abstract designs and flora and fauna of the area, were collected by Cincinnati philanthropist, Julius Fleischmann, in 1931, at Humboldt Bay. Oceanic scholars consulted in 1981, were impressed by this hitherto unknown collection. Exhibition and publication of a catalogue have made this collection available.

GRASSROOT PERSPECTIVE OF AGING ISSUES William Laurie, U.S. General Accounting Office, Room 2933, 2.ic 12U0 East Ninth Street, Cleveland, Ohio UUl99

The 50 states have made known their grassroot perspective of aging issues in the 1980s. Over U,000 issues relating to the health, economic, and social dimensions

56 of older people were identified. Through content analysis, we summarized these issues for planning purposes. We determined that most issues are in the economic dimension (2,0U3) , followed by the social dimension (1,3^+6) and then health (639) for a total of U,028 issues. Interestingly, a majority of states (35) "believed improvements in the condition of older people on these dimensions could be made through existing organizations. Many states' recommendations concerning health matters focus on research and development as the primary means of improving the health of older people. In addition, the District of Columbia and 32 states suggested reducing costs of services as the best way to improve the economic dimension of older people. Continuing education and education for learning how to thrive as well as cope in a changing world were important areas to older people. Our paper will describe more outcomes of our analysis.

THE SOCIALIZATION INTO THE AMERICAN MENTAL HEALTH BELIEF SYSTEM Steven L. Epner, Raymond P. Onders, Napoleon Burt, Jeff B.M. Chung 2:30 490-6 Silver Oaks Dr. Kent, Ohio 44240

This research lends empirical support to the idea of socialization into a belief system. As youth become integrated into the adult community, they also tend to acquire common-sense attitudes of social life that increasingly resemble those of adults in the community. The study demonstrates that the belief of college students (N=44) increasingly correspond with those of adults in opinions about mental health/disorders. As a partial replication of a previous study on high school students, our data shows increasing correlation between students and adults as the students progress through school. Results were attained by using thirty-five of Nunnally's opinion statements on mental health. Senior citizens (N=91) were also surveyed with the same opinion statements to ascertain their position on the mental health attitude continuum. An inductive attempt is made to explain why the responses of the senior citizens deviate from the adult population.

BENEFIT PROGRAMS - 50 PERCENT OF THE FEDERAL BUDGET: A COMPLEX MAZE Louise N. Roy, U.S. General Accounting Office, Room 2933, 2:h5 12^° East Ninth Street, Cleveland, Ohio 1+1+199

How many people realize the magnitude and complexity surrounding Federal benefit programs? We compiled an inventory of these programs describing their eligibility requirements. Our analysis covers 2 categories of programs—needs-~based and insurance-~based programs. Needs-based programs provide benefits to claimants who have not contributed to them (Examples: food stamps and aid for dependent children). Insurance-based programs provide benefits to people who have contributed to them (Examples: Social security and federal pensions). Over 130 programs were analyzed, representing 50 percent of the Federal Budget or $38U billion in 1983. The complexity of these programs is immense. Eligibility requirements and methods of verifying data were found to "be inconsistent within and between programs. The potential for simplifying this maze of programs is significant. The definition of income and resources differ among programs as do the elements included in income and resource computations. The differences result in apparently similar items being considered and/or verified in different ways. In addition State and local agencies add their own verification requirements to federal programs, thus adding to the burden of caseworkers. Our paper will describe this portion of the budget. The data presented will be of interest to everyone because all Americans will sometime in their lives be affected by these programs.

ATTITUDE ASSESSMENTS OF FAMILY VIOLENCE 3:00 Kerry L. Gorsuch, Regina M. Pisaneschi, Keith A. Stahl 4863 Dorset Dr., Brooklyn Hts., Ohio, 44131

This study assesses normative standards by which people judge the relative seriousness of different types of family violence: wife abuse, husband abuse, child abuse, and abuse of the elderly. Random respondants judged vignettes depicting different types of violence in a qua_si-experimental design (N=214). Abuse of the elderly was ranked as the most severe form of family violence, while husband abuse was considered the least severe. Throughout all four categories, vignettes describing situations of actual abuse were considered more serious than those implying neglect. Normative patterns and differences were found between the various types of abuse. Differences were also reported between the normative perceptions of males and females. Females consistently ranked overall violence as more severe than did the males. The respondants' perceptions are extremely valuable, as their standards will determine further data on incidence, the development of etiological theories, and the institution of policy on the prevention and treatment of family violence.

57 SEX DIFFERENCES IN JUDGEMENT OF OCCUPATIONAL DEVIANCE. Charles Chen, James Drake, Elizabeth Eaton, Michael Prayson. 323 Humphrey Hall, Box §6, Kent State University, 3. 15 Kent, Ohio U242.

This study was designed to investigate the possible reactions to the movement of of males and females into non-traditional occupations. It was hypothesized that men and women who have moved into job roles previously dominated by members of the opposite sex were more likely to be considered out of place in these roles. The sample consisted of 197 college students, selected from general requirement classes at Kent State University. The respondents were administered vignettes (stimulus characters performing actions in occupational settings) to manipulate the effect of gender and occupation on labeling deviance. Results indicated that women had a wider range of acceptability across traditional and non-traditional occupational roles than their male counterparts. Based on this wider range of acceptance, we believe that the prejudicial barriers which have traditionally been placed before women are in the process of breaking down.

S E C T I 0 N: J. CONSERVATION SATURDAY/ APRIL 20/ 1985 ONLY MORNING BALDWIN ikh GARY W. MULLINS, PRESIDING OFFICER

*** POSTER ABSTRACTS FOR THIS SECTION ARE FOLLOWED BY PODIUM ABSTRACTS ***

COMPARISON OF EXTENDERS WITH GLYCEROL IN CR YOPRESERVATION OF SEMEN 3 1 Tangeman FROM EXOTIC AND DOMESTIC FELIDAE. C.S. Sehlhorst ^, B.L. Dresser ^^ and L. gV* ~tr* Kramer1. Cincinnati Zoo1, 3^00 Vine Street, Cincinnati, OH 45220, Kings Island Wild Animal °Jr^ Habitat^ and the University of Cincinnati, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology3. K 2:00 p.m. Of the 37 species of exotic felidae, approximately one-third are endangered or threatened, while many others are considered critically rare. Current trends of habitat destruction and human encroachment upon these animals in the wild may eventually eliminate existing populations. Inbreeding among remaining captive populations poses an increasing threat to the viability of future generations. To help counteract deleterious effects, current genetic material is collected for long term storage via cryopreservation. Semen was obtained by electroejaculation from the domestic cat (Felis catus) and the following exotic species: Jungle cat (Felis chaus prateri), and Persian leopard (Panthera pardus saxicolor). Semen was evaluated for percentage of motile spermatozoa and rate of forward progression of cells. Efficacy of lactose-yolk, Test-yolk and milk extenders to promote sperm liveability was compared at varying glycerol levels. Samples collected were diluted 1:2 with 1 part semen to 2 parts media and cooled quickly to 4°C. Extended semen was aspirated into 1/4 ml straws and frozen in liquid nitrogen vapor or pelleted by dropping .2 ml aliquots onto dry ice for comparison. After 10 minutes, straws and pellets were plunged directly into liquid nitrogen for storage. Straws were thawed in a 35°C waterbath for 30 seconds before emptying whereas pellets were placed into equal volumes of Tyrode's solution and thawed quickly in a 37°C waterbath. Thawed specimens were then evaluated for percent motality and forward progression. The acquisition and transportation of adult animals is not only cost prohibitive, but often very risky and stressful. Transportation and storage of genetic material, such as sperm in small straws or pellets, may greatly reduce these factors for rare and valuable animals.

ACID PRECIPITATION IN SOUTHWESTERN OHIO. Dr. Judith M. Schultz, University of Cincinnati, 9555 Plainfield Road, Cincinnati, Ohio 45236. 9:00 Acid precipitation has been designated recently as the key contemporary environ- mental issue facing the United States. Concern has centered upon damage to flora and fauna in the northeastern United States. Major emphasis of both concern and attempts for legislative resolutions have centered upon sulfur oxide emissions. While it is clear that such emissions are able to form precursors of acid precipitation, it is equally clear that other sources of precursors, particularly nitrogen dioxides, play an increasingly important role in urban areas. This research has centered around the ringing of the Greater Cincinnati Area with continuous monitors for pH and nitrate to determine the load entering Southwestern Ohio, that which is added an attempt was thereby made to assess the significance of precursors from the urban automobiles leaving the area and moving toward Northeastern mountains in the prevailing wind from southwest to northeast. In addition, two stands of approximately fifteen year old coniferous trees located in a northeasterly direction were examined and compared to a control group to determine possible long-term effects of localized precipitation. It is hypothesized from results of this research project, that nitrogen oxides play a more important role in contributing to acid precipitation in southwestern Ohio than was formerly recognized. 58 EARLY AMERICAN NATURALISTS AND THEIR CONTRIBUTIONS TO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Patricia L. Kaufman, Institute of Environmental Sciences, Miami University, 9.30 Oxford, Ohio 45056 Early American naturalists have contributed much to environmentalscience and eco- logical awareness. During the Early National Period, 1785-1840, natural science was accomplished primarily by amateurs. The early naturalist collected observations and was concerned primarily with descriptions and classification. Motivated by curiosity and possess- ing a good mind and eye for observation, they contributed to an increased understanding of the natural world. These talented individuals reflected the social and intellectual climate of the new republic; they believed that science would be the means by which mankind could under- stand the laws of nature. Despite physical hardships and the lack of financial support, nat- uralists like Andre Michaux and his son Francois, Alexander Wilson, Thomas Nuttal1, and Con- stantine Rafinesque accomplished much in the realm of natural science. They prepared the way for the acceptance of a system of classification based on morphological and physiological characteristics, challenged biblical assumptions concerning the ideas of fixed species, and questioned the catastrophic explanation of the formation of the earth's physical features. Rational management, rather than ruthless exploitation, was the wish of these men who sincere- ly appreciated nature's gifts and mysteries. They called for forest management and wildlife conservation. George Perkins Marsh's Man and Nature, published in 1864, recognized man's im- pact upon nature and warned about the exhuastibility of the earth's resources.

PLANT SPECIES DISTRIBUTION IN W00DL0TS AND ADJACENT FENCEROWS. Lutz, Barbara J. and James R. Runkle. Department of Biological Sciences. Wright 9:^5 State University, Dayton, Ohio 45435. Two woodlots and adjacent fencerows in west central Ohio were examined to determine the extent to which vegetation varies between the edge and interior of woodlots, and whether fencerows may act as habitat corridors for both woody and herbaceous species. Sample sites were randomly established at the edge and interior of the woodlots. Sample sites were established at regular intervals along the fencerows. Results indicate that the frequency of some species (such as Oxalis stricta L.) is greater at the woods edge sites than the interior sites. The frequency of these species in the fencerow also increases as the distance from the woodlot increases. The distribution of other species (such as Glechoma hederacea L. and Asarum canadense L.), although not con- fined strictly to the woods interior, is clearly limited by the distance of the sample site from the woodlot.

CANOE DISPLACEMENT ON THE LITTLE MIAMI RIVER. Andrew Baechle and John L. Heywood, The Ohio State University, School of Natural Resources, 2021 Coffey Rd., 10:00 Columbus, Ohio 43210. The purpose of this study is to determine if any change in recreation behavior is occurring in response to changes in the Little Miami River recreation environ- ment. Simply, the study will attempt to detect any changes in use patterns (behavior) of canoers on the Little Miami River and then determine why. If changes in recreation behavior are found and they are due to a negative reactive movement to something in the environment, then displacement may be occurring. The changes in the environment may be biological, physical or social psychological. The studies findings are of interest to The Ohio Department of Natural Resources, who is intrusted with managing this National and Federal Scenic River. The concept of displacement, and the studies methodology will be discussed.

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT EDUCATION: A MODEL FOR INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT. Robert E. Roth, Ph.D., School of Natural Resources, The Ohio State University 10.1: 2021 Coffey Road, Columbus, Ohio 43210

While the natural resources of most developing countries are being rapidly depleted by general deforestation, habitat destruction, desertification, soil erosion, and the pressures of rapid population growth, government agency and non-government organization ability to educate and inform the people about the effective management of natural resources may be the most important prerequisite to the erradication of poverty, the fulfillment of basic human needs, and achieving a quality life. A model for the strengthening of developing countries' Environmental Education and Information abilities for building an appropriate institutional framework to deal with conser- vation problems and sustainable renewable resource and energy development is presented utili- zing examples from the Dominican Republic and Barbados. Public environmental management edu- cation and training programs are discussed in relation to the establishment of sound renew- able resource management plans, developmental goals, and the establishment of an environ- mental ethic. Evaluative data is discussed in relation to program and workshop effectiveness and knowledge gain and attitude shift in relation to selected environmental issues.

59 S E C T I 0 N: J. CONSERVATION SATURDAY/ APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY AFTERNOON & BUSINESS MTG. BALDWIN Ihh GARY W. MULL INS, PRESIDING OFFICER

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING

THREE ADVERTISING CAMPAIGNS USED TO PROMOTE OHIO'S FIRST TAX CHECKOFF Timothy M. Smith and Rosanne W. Fortner, The Ohio State University, 2021 Coffey Rd. 2:00 Columbus, Ohio 43210

Over 31 states use tax refund donations to increase revenues for programs in natur- al resources. In 1983, Ohio's first checkoff presented taxpayers with two similar choices, the Division of Wildlife and the Division of Natural Areas and Preserves. To promote the state's new program, three publicity campaigns were produced. Both divisions individually conducted promotional strategies and the Ohio Department of Natural Resources added to their efforts with a neutral campaign of its own. Over- all, the program was successful with $1.2 million collected from the more than 2.7 million refunded taxpayers. Almost 64 percent of the contributors gave to both divisions. Single donators split the remaining 36 percent, 27 percent to the Division of Natural Areas and Preserves and 9 percent to the Division of Wildlife. Contribution rates were found to be higher in urban areas and people receiving minor refunds were not the major supporters of the program in contrast to the initial expectations of the divisions.

ASSESSMENT OF THE IMPACT OF A TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM ON STUDENTS' AOUATIC KNOWLEDGE AND ATTITUDES 2:15 Rosanne W. Fortner, The Ohio State University School of Natural Resources, 2021 Coffey Road, Columbus, Ohio 43210 In 1979 a statewide survey of knowledge and attitudes about the oceans and Great Lakes was conducted among Ohio 5th and 9th graders. That study served as a baseline for eval- uating a three-year teacher education project in the Ohio Sea Grant Education Program. The sur- vey was repeated in 1983 to measure changes that had occurred in the population. Results in- dicated that the teacher education program had reached 8% of the state's teachers. Knowledge and attitude levels were not signigicantly different from those in the 1979 sample, but the re- lationships between higher knowledge and more positive attitudes were confirmed. Contrary to the 1979 sample, more students in 1983 selected classroom activities as the source of their knowledge about the subject matter. New items added to the 1983 survey will provide additional information about Lake Erie awareness when the study is repeated in 1987.

CURRICULUM MATERIALS FOR TEACHING ABOUT LAKE ERIE'S RECREATIONAL RESOURCES. Marylin Lisowski and Rosanne W. Fortner, Ohio Sea Grant Education Program, 2 • i}-3 059 Ramseyer Hall, 29 W. Woodruff Ave., Columbus, OH 43210.

The Lake Erie region affords a diversity of recreational opportunities. With the general trend toward increased leisure time, awareness and development of recreation resources are vital for both public benefit and Ohio's economy. Since education of youth is a viable catalytic medium for supplying and diffusing information, a module of activities has been developed by the Ohio Sea Grant Education Program to address this need. The module on Lake Erie's Recreational Resources was designed for use with junior high students. Its intent is to initially acquaint the students with the availability of such resources. The skills and knowledge developed through this familiarization are then applied and expanded in a problem-solving and decision-making activity. Teams of "recreational consultants" assess specific group and personal requests for guidance in locating recreational outlets. The teams analyze the needs suggested in different scenarios and confer to determine geographic sites that support the desired recreational preferences. Identification, analysis, planning and cooperative skills are developed along with knowledge of Lake Erie's resources and their impact on Ohio's economy.

60 S E C T I 0 N: K. GENETICS AND CELL BIOLOGY SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY MORNING BALDWIN 746 JONG S. YOON, PRESIDING OFFICER

*** POSTER ABSTRACTS FOR THIS SECTION ARE FOLLOWED BY PODIUM ABSTRACTS ***

EFFECTS OF FIBRONECTIN ON HYALURONIC ACID-CULTURED MYOBLASTS. A.C. Cotleur, and ., . „, K. Tepperman Department of Biological Sciences, University of Cincinnati, univ. ^tr' Cincinnati, Ohio 45221 Board E p.m. Hyaluronic acid (HA), a glycosaminoglycan (GAG) associated with growth and proliferation, has been shown to inhibit differentiation of embryonic chick myoblasts. Myoblasts cultured on HA exhibited a great deal of variability in adherence to the substrate compared to cells cultured on gelatin-coated plates (controls). Cells on hyaluronic acid failed to develop typical myoblast morphologies. Fibronectins (FN), proteins found in plasma and on cell surfaces, have been shown to promote attachment of myoblasts to gelatin or collagen-coated substrates. Fibronectin was bound to HA-treated tissue culture dishes, and the effects of FN on the developing muscle cells were examined. The cultures were observed daily for changes in cell morphology, and the degree of differentiation was analyzed by quantifying the percent of myoblasts that had proceeded through differentiation on each of the different substrates. Myoblasts cultivated on HA plus FN exhibited attachment and different- iation comparable to those grown on gelatin controls; 80-90% of the cells fused and formed myotubes by the fourth day of culture. When cultured on hyaluronic acid, less than 30% of the myoblasts were observed to fuse. Thus, added fibronectin overcomes hyaluronic acid inhibition of myogenesis.

Tangeman PROTEIN-PROTEIN INTERACTIONS OF THE SINGLE-STRANDED DNA-BINDING PROTEIN OF Univ. Ctr. ESCHERICHIA COLI, Fred W. Perrino, Diane C. Rein, and Ralph R. Meyer, University Board F °^ Cincinnati, Department of Biological Sciences, Cincinnati, Ohio 45221 @ 2:00 p.m. The single-stranded DNA-binding protein (SSB) of Escherichia coli plays a vital role in DNA replication, recombination, and repair in this organism. SSB must, therefore, interact with many other proteins required for these processes, and we have identi- fied several proteins which interact directly with SSB by protein affinity chromatography. Purified SSB has been covalently linked to agarose beads. After passing an extract over the beads, at least four proteins that bind specifically to the SSB matrix can be eluted by increasing the ionic strength of the buffer. In addition, SSB itself binds extremely tightly to the column and can only be removed after SDS treatment of the beads. Three of these proteins, Mr 25,000, 32,000, and 36,000, as determined by SDS polyacrylamide gel electro- phoresis, correspond very closely to the known molecular weights of the e, 6, and 3 subunits of Ej_ coli DNA polymerase III holoenzyme. These proteins have been subjected to two dimen- sional polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis in the presence of purified DNA polymerase III holoenzyme to test for comigration with this enzyme. The possible altered protein-protein interactions resulting from the ssb-1 and ssb-113 mutations are also being examined by affinity chromatography. Supported by grant GM31196 from the National Institutes of Health.

CHARACTERIZATION OF A POLYCLONAL ANTIBODY AGAINST SSB-48, A SINGLE-STRANDED U "ct DNA BINDING PR0TEIN FROM THE NOVIKOFF HEPATOMA. P.L. Sawaya, R.R. Meyer and

R HP* D.C. Rein Department of Biological Sciences, University of Cincinnati, 62:00 p.m. Cincinnati' Ohio «221 SSB-48 is a novel single-stranded DNA binding protein that stimulates the DNA polymerase 3 from Novikoff Hepatoma. This stimulation is a non-enzymatic template mediated effect. SSB-48 binds single-stranded DNA cooperatively and may, in conjunction with another hepatoma protein ATPase III, effect gap formation thus providing a favorable substrate for the polymerase to act upon. A polyclonal antibody against SSB-48 has been produced in fe- male New Zealand White rabbits. The antibody has initially been characterized by ELISA. Monospecificity is currently being tested using Western blot techniques. Immunoprecipitation using the antibody and [35S]methionine labeled cell extracts followed by polyacrylamide gel analysis of precipitated labeled proteins will show if SSB-48 interacts with other hepatoma proteins. Since SSB-48 stimulates the polymerase $ these proteins may interact either directly or indirectly in a protein complex. Evidence has been shown to support the theory that DNA polymerases function as part of enzyme complexes. The function of SSB-48 and polymerase (3 in the cell is thought to be in repair of damaged DNA. Use of an antibody to SSB-48 will be beneficial in analyzing protein-protein interactions in the cell thus increas- ing our knowledge of DNA repair mechanisms. Supported by grant NP277D from the American Cancer Society.

61 PROTEIN INTERACTIONS OF SINGLE-STRAND DNA BINDING PROTEIN DETERMINED BY Tangeman SECOND-SITE REVERTANT ANALYSIS S.M. Ruben, S.E. VanDenBrink, D.C. Rein and Univ. Ctr. R.R. Meyer Department of Biological Sciences, University of Cincinnati, Board A Cincinnati, Ohio 45221 g 3:30 p.m. The single-strand DNA binding protein (SSB) encoded by the s_sb_ gene of E_. coli is required for the DNA metabolic processes of repair, recombination, and replication. This involvement strongly suggests interactions with other proteins. The method of second-site revertant analysis has been utilized to attempt to identify some of these proteins. A number of suppressor mutants of an ssb-1 strain have been generated and characterized. Preliminary mapping by Pi transduction has indicated that one group of suppressor genes is linked to the ssb gene, another group is not linked, and a third group cannot be mapped by PI since they may interfere with production of transducing phage. Concurrently, we are "shot-gun" cloning EcoRI digests of the revertant genomes into plasmid pBR325. Selection for recombinant molecules in which the revertant genes are inserted is based on complementing the ssb-1 phenotype. Several constructed clones have been isolated which suppress the temperature sensitivity of the ssb-1 phenotype. Further analysis of the protein products of these recombinant molecules by the maxi-cell procedure is aimed at identifying these suppressor genes and elucidating those proteins which interact with SSB. Supported by grant GM1196 from the National Institutes of Health.

Tanqeman SEPARATION AND PURIFICATION OF URACIL-DNA GLYCOSYLASE AND EXONUCLEASE ACTIVITIES Univ. Ctr. FR0M THE EXTREME THERMOPHILE, THERMUS AQUATICUS. Jerilyn Verhoeven, Jessica Shaw, Board B John Sullivan, and John Trela. University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio 45221. 6 3:30 p.m. The uracil-DNA glycosylase was purified and separated from other contaminating nuclease activities by the use of DEAE-Sephacel, hydroxylapatite, and Sephacryl S-300 gel filtration. The enzyme specifically excises uracil from DNA containing it as shown by Dowex filtration and thin layer chromatography. The enzyme exhibited a broad temperature range with an optimum of 75 C. The pH optimum was 7.2 in Tris-HCl and 6.5 in phosphate buffer. The best activity was seen in the Tris-HCl system. Molecular weight determination by Sephacryl S-300 gel filtration gave a value of approximately 25,000. The enzyme appears to be similar to other uracil-DNA glycosylases studied in bacteria such as Escherichia coli except for its high temperature optimum.

IDENTIFICATION OF HOST CELL ACTIN WITHIN VACCINIA VIRUS CORE PARTICLES BY USE OF M0- Tangeman NOCLONAL ANTIBODIES. R.M. Alvarez and S.J. Keller. University of Cincinnati, Dept. Univ. Ctr. of Biological Sciences, ML #6, Cincinnati, Ohio 45221. Board C 3:30 p.m. Vaccinia virus purified from human HeLa cells was solubilized with the non-ionic de- tergent Nonidet P-40 (NP-40) and separated into detergent-soluble COAT and insolu- ble CORE fractions by centrifugation. Silver-stained profiles of CORE polypeptides separated by non-equilibrium pH gradient electrophoresis (NEPHGE) in the first dimension and SDS-polyacryla- mide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) in the second dimension (2D-PAGE) revealed the presence of a 43kD protein with a pi of 5.5 characteristic of actin. This protein was present in autoradio- graphs of the 2D-PAGE only if the 35s_methionine label was added to infected cells prior to vir- al shut-down of host protein synthesis indicating its cellular origin. Electrophoretic transfer of the 2D-PAGE proteins onto nitrocellulose membranes and subsequent immunostaining with mouse anti-actin monoclonal antibodies followed by goat anti-mouse conjugated to horse radish peroxi- dase conclusively identified the protein as actin. Neither treatment of whole virus under con- ditions which cause depolymerization of F-actin to the monomeric G-actin nor extensive trypsini- zation removed actin from the CORE fraction as evidenced by its persistence on immunoblots. These criteria established that actin is not a fortuitous contaminant resulting from large actin polymers co-pelleting with the virus or clinging to its outer surface. Electron microscopy had shown close association of the virus with the host cytoskeleton while more recent work has led to the identification of a virally-encoded llkD protein which specifically binds to host micro- filaments. These results suggest possible involvement of host cytoskeleton in viral infection.

THE FATE OF MENDEL'S PAPER: A REEXAMINATION. Alain F. Corcos and Floyd V. Monaghanr Department of Natural Science. Michigan State University. East 9:00 Lansing, Michigan 48824.

The usual account is that when Mendel nave his paper, no one understood what he said and there were no questions and no discussion. Examination of available evidence indicates that this is not true. Also it is usually said that Mendel's paper was lost or ignored from 1866 to 1900. This is not true. However, none of those citinq the paper showed any interest or understanding of Mendel's explanations of his results. Those who listened to Mendel labored under a double handicap, trying to understand an unfamiliar approach to a familiar topic and listening without the help of a printed copy of the talk. Those who read the paper before 1900 examined it for its bearing on topics of

62 vital concern to them, such as the stability and fertility of hybrids and their tendency to revert to parental types. As a consequence they did not penetrate beyond Mendel's results to examine the laws or the explanations he proposed. We regard these as his fundamental and creative contributions.

A METAPHASE CHROMOSOME ANALYSIS OP" THE DROSOPHILA VIRILIS SPECIES GROUP Edward J. Durbin and Jong Sik Yoon, Department of Biological Sciences, Bowling 9'30 Green State University, Bowling Green, OH 43403

A study of the metaphase chromosomes of the species of the Drosophila virilis species group was undertaken to determine the amount of intraspecific as well as interspecific variation in this group. This species group is divided into two phylads, "virilis" and "montana". The metaphase chromosomes of 30 strains belonging to 14 species were analyzed using standard lacto-aceto-orcein staining of brain ganglion cells. The primitive arrangement of five pairs of rods and one pair of dots (5R,1D) was observed in three species of the "virilis" phylad. One other species of this phylad had three pairs of rods, one pair of dots, and one pair of metacentric chromosomes (3R,1D,1V) which resulted from the fusion of chromosomes 2 and 3. The remaining member of this phylad had two pairs of rods, one pair of dots, one metacentric pair, and one metacentric chromosome which resulted from the fusion of the X and 4th chromosomes in the male. Little intraspecific variation was observed in this phylad. The "montana" phylad contained more variability both within and among species. Five species have a karyotype consisting of four pairs of rods, one pair of dots, and one metacentric from a pericentric inversion on chromosome 2 (4R,1V,1D). The dot chromosomes are variable within species; they are lacking in some strains and are double in other strains and species. The Y chromosome is rod-shaped in some species and metacentric in others. These karyotypes contribute significantly to the chromosomal phylogeny of this species group.

DROSOPHILA COLLECTION AND GENETIC RESEARCH IN CHINA: A CURRENT STATUS REPORT. Jong S. Yoon, Department of Biological Sciences, Bowling Green State University,

9:if5 Bowling Green, Ohio 43403.

Little has been reported concerning the distribution of Drostphila species in China since the publications of Kikawa and Peng (1933) and Tan, et al. (1949). My recent visit to China made it possible to update the current status of Drosophila collec- tions and research in China. There are at least 51 species in the various parts of China, from China's coastline to Sinkiang, west China. Of the thirteen established subgenera of the genus Drosophila, five are represented among these 51 Chinese species; The subgenera Dorsilopha and Hirtodrosophila are each represented by a single species, and four species belong to the subgenus Scaptodrosophila. The subgenus Drosophila is represented by 25 species and the subgenus Sophophora by 20 species. The list of 51 Chinese species and the current status of genetic research on Drosophila wil1 be presented.

ZINC DEFICIENCY IN LETHAL-MILK Qm) MICE: ROLE OF METALLOTHIONEIN (MT). Arthur Grider, Jr. Univ. of Cinti. Dept. Biol. Sci. Cinti., Oh., 45221

The _lE genotype (_lm/_lm) is characterized by three pleiotropic effects: inner ear defects, reduced zinc concentration in milk which is lethal to sucklings, and a systemic zinc deficiency with clinical signs appearing 8 to 12 months of age. Preliminary data suggest that the impaired zinc absorption in older _lm mice may be due to an excess amount of MT in the intestinal mucosa. All mice used were >12 months old. The _lni mice exhibited varying degrees of zinc deficiency whereas the C57BL/6J controls showed no clinical signs of zinc deficiency. All mice had free access to tap water and Purina lab chow containing ~60 ppm zinc. Mice were induced with 150 ppm cadmium in their drinking water for three days. The small intestines were dissected, and the mucosa was isolated. Cadmium (6.7 umoles) was added _in vitro to the mucosa of uninduced mice. The tissue was homogenized, centrifuged, and loaded on a Sephadex G-75 column. Fractions were assayed for 250 nm absorbance. Those fractions with a Ve/Vo ratio of 1.8 to 2.0 were pooled, dialyzed, lyophilized, and assayed for sulfhydryl content at 420 nm with 2 mM dithiobis-nitrobenzoic acid in 8 M guanidine HC1 and 0.01 M EDTA. Serial dilutions of cysteine were used for the standard curve. The amount of the isolated, cysteine-rich protein (putative MT) was estimated in nmol sulfhydryl/mg total protein at 280 nm. The results were: a) for uninduced mice, 0.35+0.13 (B6, N=3) and 0.92+0.36 (lm, N=4), and b) for cadmium-induced mice, 0.52+0.16 (B6, N=5) and 2.1+1.1 (_lm, N=4). These preliminary results indicate that both uninduced and cadmium-induced Jjn mice y\2 months old contained more MT in their intestinal mucosa than control mice.

INDEPENDANT SEGREGATION OF HUMAN T CELL SURFACE ANTIGENS: David B. Weiner and Stephen J. Keller, Biology #6, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH, 45221. 10:15 Fusion of normal human male peripheral blood mononuclear cells with BW5147, a murine thymoma cell line of AKR/j (H-2 ) origin, resulted in the production of of stable T cell hybridomas when fusion was undertaken in the presence of human red blood cells to prevent interspecific cell killing. Hybridomas were considered positive 63 for expression of human T cell phenotypes by testing the ability of the hybridomas to bind the human specific T cell surface markers (Mab) 0KT3, 0KT4, 0KT8 and the general human immune cell marker HLA-DR. Hybridomas were further characterized for their ability to produce T cell specific growth factors (Interleukins) in the presence and absence of lectin stimulation. Six of the hybridomas were found to express 11-2 and 2 of the hybridomas were found to ex- press II — 1 in the absence of lectin stimulation. Hybridomas who were documented to contain human DNA sequences by either Dot blots or Southern blots of hybridoma genomie DNA probed with a human specific Alu probe were subjected to further analysis of human T cell surface antigens. Analysis of screened hybridomas expressing more than one T cell surface antigen demonstrated that the human T cell markers appear to segregate independantly in these hybrids. Although overlapping populations expressing multiple markers were found the markers appear to be unlinked and are most likely encoded by loci on separate human chromosomes.

IMMUNOFLUORESCENT LOCALIZATION OF ACTIN ISOFORMS IN DEVELOPING SKELETAL MUSCLE. S. Scheffter, J. Lessard, K. Tepperman Department of Biological Sciences, 1 f' 30 University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio 45221

Using primary cultures of chicken myoblasts as a model for skeletal muscle development, we examine the distribution of actin isoforms expressed during early sarcogenesis by staining with selectively reactive antibodies. One antibody, generated against skeletal actin, reacts on immunoblots of purified skeletal but not smooth or cyto- plasmic actin. It also reacts with a single band migrating in isoelectric focusing gels of cultured cell extracts in the position of an a type actin. Another antibody, generated against gizzard actin reacts on immunoblots of purified smooth, cytoplasmic and arterial, but not skeletal actin. It also reacts with two bands in isoelectric focusing gels of cultured cell extracts in the positions gf a and y type actins. We report evidence that non-skeletal isoforms can be incorporated into the actin polymers of early forming sarcomeres. Thus, the capacity to form contractile apparatus is not unique to skeletal and cardiac actins.

S E C T I 0 N: K. GENETICS AND CELL BIOLOGY SATURDAY/ APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY AFTERNOON & BUSINESS MTG. BALDWIN 746 JONG S. YOON, PRESIDING OFFICER

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING

SEPARATION AND PARTIAL CHARACTERIZATION OF HUMAN POLYMORPHONUCLEAR NEUTROPHIL PLASMA MEMBRANE COMPONENTS. Irene Tschismadia. Ohio University, Dept. of Zoological and o , r%n Biomedical Sciences, Athens, Ohio 45701.

Plasma membrane preparations of PMNs, separated on 9% SDS-polyacrylamide gels, showed the presence of 24 protein bands, after Coomassie blue staining, with appar- ent molecular weights ranging from 32,000-260,000 daltons. Lactoperoxidase-catalyzed cell surface radioiodination showed that 16 of these bands represented cell surface proteins con- taining tyrosine residues. PMNs were labeled with 3H-wheat germ agglutinin (WGA) and 3H~Con- canavalin A (Con A), in separate experiments, and plasma membrane components were separated on 9% SDS-PAGE gels. Fluorography revealed three radioactive bands in H-WGA-labeled and two in 3H-Con A- labeled gels with apparent MWs of 90,000, 55,000 and 40,000 and 70,000 and 34,000 respectively. The WGA/Con A labeling ratio was approximately 2:1. The 3H~WGA labeled bands represented surface glycoprotein WGA receptors- containing terminal N-acetyl-D-glucosamine, N-acetyl-D-galactosamine and/or N-acetyl-neuraminic acid residues. The H-Con A labeled bands represented surface glycoprotein Con A receptors containing terminal, non-reducing a-D-gluco- pyranisol, mannopyranisol and/or Ot-D-fructopyranisol residues. Spectrophotometric comparison of 3H~WGA- and 3H-Con A- labeled bands indicated separate and distinct labeling of surface glycoproteins by WGA and Con A. These substantially different binding patterns indicate major differences in membrane carbohydrate residues that are sterically available for WGA and Con A binding.

INDUCTION OF DIFFERENTIATION IN ACANTHAMOEBA BY INHIBITORS OF POLYAMINE SYNTHESIS OR FUNCTION. B.G. Kim and T.J. Byers, Department of Microbiology, The Ohio State 2:30 University, Columbus, OH 43210.

The vegetative trophozoite of Acanthamoeba castellanii, a free-living soil ameba, can be induced to encyst by inhibition of polyamine(PA) synthesis or function. Three major PAs, putrescine(PUT), spermine(SPM) and spermidine(SPD), in order of increasing abundance, were found by TLC and HPLC. Growth rates were decreased 55% by 20mM DFMO (difluoromethyl ornithine) or 30mM DFMA (difluoromethyl arginine), two inhibitors of PUT synthesis, and 0.5 mM MGBG (methylglyoxal bis guanylhydrazone), an inhibitor of SPD & SPM 64 syntheses. Growth inhibition was fully reversed for DFMO & MGBG and partially reversed for DFMA by 0.8mM PUT or SPD. 50mM DFMA induced encystment; neither DFMO nor MGBG did. Either the PUT synthetic pathway blocked by DFMA is important in control of encystment, or DFMA affects another process involved in differentiation. Rapid decreases in PA levels occur during starvation-induced encystment. Inhibitors of PA function (e.g. amicarbalide, antricide, pentamidine, hydroxystilbamidine, berenil & ethidium bromide) also induce encystment. PUT and SPD block encystment induced by berenil or hydroxystilbamidine. A possible role for PA in encystment will be discussed. Sponsored by NSF grant #PCM-8011696.

PRELIMINARY DATA SUGGESTING SOME UNTARGETED MUTAGENESIS WITH CIS-DIAMMINEDICHLORO- PLATINUM(II) . J.M. FERNANDEZ and D.J. BECK. Department of Biological Sciences, _ Bowling Green State University, Bowling Green, Ohio 43403. c. ! 4-5 Cis-diamminedichloroplatinum(II) (cis-DDP) is an effective antitumor agent that binds with strong affinity to guanines in DNA. The biologically significant lesion produced by cis-DDP has not yet been identified. The drug has been reported to be mutagenic and repairable in _E. coli, as well as capable of inducing the SOS regulon. Data from the lad system developed by Miller and coworkers (J. Mol. Biol. 109, 275-301) shows that induc- tion of the SOS regulon can cause mutations at cryptic sites, such as apurine sites in DNA. Therefore, a more specific mutagenic assay is necessary to understand whether lesions produced by reacting DNA with cis-DDP are mutagenic per se or induce error prone DNA systems which result in mutagenesis at cryptic sites. We isolated a portion of the tetracycline (tet) resistant gene (185 bp) from the plasmid pXF3 after its digestion with Bam HI and Sph 1. The fragment was treated _in vitro with the platinum drug and then ligated back into the remaining J:e_t^ gene. This results in a relaxed plasmid with platinum damage only at the specific region of the tet gene. Transformants were selected for their ability to grow on ampicillin and screened for tet sensi- tivity. The Bam HI and Sph 1 fragments of the tet sensitive transformants were sequenced to determine if the mutations were directed to cis-DDP adducts. Preliminary data suggests that some untargeted mutagenesis occurs, since there appeared to be no altered DNA sequences in the 185 bp treated fragments. This would imply that some mutations produced by cis-DDP are due to the induction of the SOS system.

DNA EXCISION REPAIR USING PURIFIED ENZYMES FROM THE NOVIKOFF HEPATOMA P.K. Small, R.R. Meyer, and D.C. Rein Department of Biological Sciences, 3 ' 00 University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio 45221

The excision repair of damaged DNA requires the interaction of at least four enzymatic activities: an incising activity to nick the damaged substrate, an excising activity to hydrolyze the damaged bases, a synthesizing enzyme to incorporate the proper nucleotides, and a ligase. We have been examining the repair of UV-damaged DNA in vitro using purified proteins. Calf thymus or phage PM2 DNA is irradiated with ultraviolet light to provide a damaged substrate. The DNA is then treated with the denV UV-specific endonuclease from phage T4 which produces 3'deoxyribose and 5'dangling dimer termini. The Novikoff hepatomal DNase V, a bidirectional exonuclease, complexes specifically in a 1:1 stoichiometry with polymerase-g. Mammalian DNase V rapidly excises the 5' thymine dimers as a trinucleotide. The 3' damaged site is also excised by DNase V to provide a competent primer as a site for synthesis by mammalian DNA polymerase-$. We are currently evaluating the mechanism and kinetics of the 3' terminus excision. In addition, we are presently purifying a repair endonuclease from the Novikoff hepatoma to substitute for the denV enzyme in order to demonstrate complete excision repair in vitro with purified mammalian enzymes. Supported by grant NP277D from the American Cancer Society.

RECOMBINANT DNA PROBES DEMONSTRATE DIFFERENCES AMONG BACTERIA OF THE GENUS RICKETTSIA. K. Poetter*, D. Ralph"1", J. Clark*, P. Fuerst*+ and P. Perlman*+, 3: 15 * Department of Genetics, and + Molecular, Cellular and Developmental Biology Program, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210. Bacteria of the genus Rickettsia are obligate intracellular parasites which infest a broad range of arthropod hosts. These, in turn, act as vectors transmitting the bacteria to mammals including man. Using serological and etiological methods, three major divisions within the genus have been delineated; one of these, the Rocky Mountain Spotted Fever Group (RMSF) is the subject of our study. Our goal is to develop recombinant DNA probes capable of providing increased discrimination among RMSF type isolates. We have obtained pure cultures of various isolates in infected cultured monkey cells. A new method of purifying the rickettsia from extracts of monkey cells was developed. This provides a source of purified bacterial DNA, and portions of the genome of R_. H* ckettsii have been cloned. These clones have strong homology with DNA from pathogenic and non-pathogenic rickettsial isolates, and when used in genomic Southern blots using various restriction endonucleases provided clear distinctions among the four RMSF species tested. Isolates of R. rickettsii having different tick hosts or geographic origins are being tested to see whether they can be distinguished in terms of their restriction fragment patterns. We are in the process of expanding the survey to include additional probes and isolates from other locations in order to obtain further insight to the structure of the genus. 65 SOME ECOLOGICAL PARAMETERS OF SEVEN SPECIES OF Drosophila COMMON TO SOUTHWESTERN OHIO. Thomas Gregg, Ann Rypstra, and Bogdan Toplak 3:30 Zoology Department, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, 45056 We report a latin square design testing preferences of seven species of Drosophila for four baits and four sites, and for temporal changes in abundance in four trapping periods in July-August 1984. Over 85% of the flies belonged to one of seven species; D. buskii, D. immigrans, D. melanogaster, D. naragansett, D. putrida, D_. robusta, and D. tripunctata. The baits were tomato, watermelon, banana, and mushroom. The sites were approximately 200m apart and were judged to differ ecologically. Flies were collected every other day for 8 days in each trapping period. The results show several significant bait preferences, site preferences, and seasonal trends. For instance, putrida shows a significant preference for mushrooms, dense woods, and is more common in the later trapping periods; robusta prefers watermelon; immigrans prefers bananas; tripunctata increased in numbers in the last trapping period. Other differences will be reported in detail. We suggest that differences in food preferences, site preferences, and seasonal abundances are coevolved with longevity, fecundity, and egg laying patterns (to be reported elsewhere). These features may reflect an overall life history strategy that permits these species to succeed in overlaping habitats.

SECT I ON: L. MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTERS SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY MORNING BALDWIN 755 HILDA M. STANDLEY, PRESIDING OFFICER

CROSS-VALIDATION TECHNIQUES APPLIED TO HYPOTHESES TESTING AMONG GEOTECHNICAL PARA- METERS TO MEASURE EXTENT OF CONCURRENT VALIDITY. SMITH, Alan D., Coal Mining Admin- p._ istration, College of Business, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky y:\0\o 40475.

The utility of regression equations and models derived from them in predicting and describing relationships among geological and engineering parameters should be cross-validated in order to establish some degree of concurrent validity. Concurrent validity is an important component in determining criterion related validity for rock-testing results. Many of the earth-science disciplines, such as mining engineering, engineering geology, and geophysics, derive much data from sample location and validity measures of this research are needed to correctly infer for the present and future mechanical behavior of rock masses. Cross-validation techniques were applied to a recent rock-durability and strength study, using the unaxial and diametric point-load tests, to measure the degree of validity the test results could descrimin- ate among gross lithologies of overburden derived from the Eastern Kentucky Coal Field. Multiple linear regression (MLR) techniques were employed to complete hypothesis-testing procedures among gross lithology and engineering tests on: 1. the total sample. 2. two separate randomized subsamples, and 3. cross-validation through the regression equation determined in the first subsample applied to members of the second subsample. The R terms were compared to determine ability of regression coefficients in predicting or discriminating gross lithology. The results of the cross-validation procedure allowed the author to conclude a general lack of concurrent validity based on the instability of the regression weights,

RATIOS OF GENERALIZED FIBONACCI SEQUENCES. Thomas P. Dence, Ashland College, Ashland, Ohio. 44805

It is well known that the ratio of the standard Fibonacci sequence F(n) to its closely defined counterpart the Lucas sequence L(n) tends to V5/5. Knowing this, one can determine the limiting value of the ratio of two sequences that begin with two arbitrary values and the rest of the terms satisfy the standard Fibonacci recurrence relation. Proceeding to the general case where F,(n) has its first k terms arbitrarily defined, the ratio of two such sequences is dependent upon the roots to the k k—1 k—2 polynomial p(x)=x -x -x - ... - x - 1. All such roots r. are complex, and located in the unit circle, except one real root whose value tends to 2 as k ->». Newton's method can be used to find these roots. Computer runs give an interesting geometric relationship between the initial complex seed and the located root. Finally, ratios F, (n+l)/F, (n) of consecutive terms in F, alternate monotonicity in a haphazard fashion, although the length of the longest such monotone string is at most k. And for each k, a sequence F exists which has such a string of length k. xC 66 THE EFFECTS OF TEACHER EDUCATION COURSES ON ATTITUDES TOWARD MICROCOMPUTERS AND MATHEMATICS 9:30 Dr. Joy S. Lindbeck and Faye Dambrot The University of Akron, Akron, Ohio 44325

This study explored the effect of hands-on experience with microcomputers on attitudes toward mathematics and computers. A sematic differential scale consisting of 15 bipolar adjectives to be rated on a 7-point scale was developed to assess attitudes towards course assignment on a computer and solving mathematics problems. Students separately rated their level of confidence in these two areas.

The semantic differential was found to be positively related to math aptitude, math anxiety as measured by the MARS Anxiety Test, and high school math course experience.

An analysis of pre and post measures will determine if classroom experiences improve attitudes towards computers and mathematics.

THE OPTIMAL CONTROL ALGORITHM FOR STOCHASTIC, NONLINEAR, SAMPLED-DATA SYSTEMS WITH NON-OUADRATIC PERFORMANCE CRITERION. Moufid El-Hazzouri and James B. Farison, Department of Electrical Engineering, The University of Toledo, Toledo, OH 43606. 9:*f5 The quadratic-criterion optimal control of linear systems, either noise-free or stochastic, has been studied extensively and the solution is well developed for both continuous-time (differential equation) and sampled-data (difference equation) systems. Various extensions to nonlinear systems or non-quadratic criteria have also been investigated. Recently, Yoshida reported results for stochastic, nonlinear, continuous-time systems with non-quadratic criterion. The corresponding sampled-data problem is considered in this paper.

The formulation of the problem involves the description of the (state-space) nonlinear system dynamics, the white noise, and the non-quadratic performance criterion. The algorithm for the optimal control is derived by the "principle of optimality" from dynamic programming, using a vector-matrix Taylor-series expansion of the minimized criterion. An expression for the optimal control is then developed by the technique of statistical linearization.

With the growing use of digital computer control, sampled-data systems are of greater impor- tance than ever before. The results of this paper make available an optimal control algorithm for sampled-data control system designers for applications involving nonlinear dynamic systems with non-quadratic performance criterion.

HELLO, ADA*! Hilda M. Standley, Ph.D., The University of Toledo, Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Toledo, Ohio 43606 10.00 A brief introduction is given to Ada, the high-level programming language resulting from a language design project initiated by the U.S. Department of Defense. Designed to be applied to embedded systems, Ada may become the standard for these systems, by offering language constructs that are widely available and well supported. The novel features of the language include the generic template facility, the package for encap- sulating data and the operations defined on thedata, and the task for specifying concurrency. The current status of the Ada project is discussed. *Ada is a registered trademark of the U.S. Government - Ada Joint Program Office.

INTERACTIVE PROGRAMMING ENVIRONMENT FOR A DATA FLOW STRUCTURE. M. M. Jamali, G. A. Jullien*, W. C. Miller*, S. I. Ahmad*, The University of Toledo, Toledo, Ohio 43606.

\YJ\ \O A data flow signal processor (DFSP)(using a binary tree structure has been developed. This architecture utilizes parallel, pipeline and distributed processing approaches to achieve maximum throughput rates required for real time digital signal processing applications. With the advent of data flow computers for fast parallel computation, there is a need to change the style of programming in order to accommodate parallel computing. Data flow graphs (DFG) are used to program the DFSP. The DFG's describe the number of processors and their interconnection topologies in a data flow computer. They also specify functions of the nodes, input output data .queues and provide a command program which monitors the execution of a particular algorithm. The DFG's are incorporated into an interactive program which will be run- ning on the host computer. The interactive program will only require input information of a particular application program and will allocate various processes on the tree structure, which will also avoid communication bottlenecks. This approach is transparent to the programmer and does not require any knowledge of the internal architecture of the data flow signal processor. An image processing application example will be used to demonstrate the interactive programming environment of the DFSP.

*The authors are with the University of Windsor, Windsor, Ontario Canada.

67 S E C T I 0 N: M. PSYCHOLOGY SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY MORNING ZIMMER 309 BRUCE HOLLERING, PRESIDING OFFICER

THE PSYCHOMETRIC PREDICTABILITY OF SIX-YEAR B.S./M.D. MEDICAL SCHOOL STUDENTS: THE FUNCTIONAL RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MCAT SCORES AND COURSE ACHIEVEMENT. Corinna y'• 3x) Gmeinder, Isadore Newman, Ph.D., and William Rogers, Ph.D. Department of Educational Foundations, College of Education, The University of Akron, Akron, Ohio, 44325.

The purpose of this study was to examine the functional relationships between specifically MCAT scores, ACT scores, College Board scores (SAT), and the scores in 14 courses in Phase II of a six-year B.S./M.D. program of 87 University of Akron students attending or having attended the Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine. As expected, the MCAT scores are curvilinearly related to many of the course achievement scores as well as ACT and SAT composite scores. This non-linear relationship should become an important consideration when using these scores as part of the criteria for medical school entry. Also, it is possible that this functional relationship as identified can be used diagnostically to potentially identify high-risk students for intervention programming.

PREDICTING ELDERLY PARTICIPATION IN COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY PROGRAMS. n,|,c David House and Isadore Newman, Ph.D. Department of Educational Foundations, College of Education, The University of Akron, Akron, Ohio, 44325.

The following variables were examined to predict elderly participation in psychotherapy or counseling programs: race, sex, age, socioeconomic status, illness, use of psychotropic drugs and activities of daily living. Additionally, mental health variables such as sleep habits, feelings of suspicion, depression, loneliness, and mental and emotional health ratings of both subjects and interviewers were considered. It is hoped this analysis will facilitate preparing therapy or counseling programs to maximize their attraction for the elderly. This analysis was based on an N of 1026 of elderly surveyed in Summit County, Ohio, through a grant to the Pisces Project from the Johnson Wood Foundation.

INVOLVING STUDENTS IN THE DATA COLLECTION PHASE OF RESEARCH. Tina Joyner and Mary Jo MacCracken. The University of Akron, Department of Health and Physical Education, Akron, Ohio 44325. 10:00 This paper will discuss use of videotape to involve graduate and undergraduate students in the data collection phase of research. Often scientists complain about the difficulty of data collection in laboratory and field research. A prime resource of help (graduate and undergraduate students) may be overlooked. For several years, researchers at The University of Akron have solicited student aid in data collection for both laboratory (exercise physiology) and field (sport psychology) studies. Sometimes entire classes have been involved—some students become evaluators, some just assist as facilitators. Research must be precisely accomplished; high interrater reliability or objectivity is extremely important. Thus, students should be required to qualify for the position of evaluator. Candidates for the position learn what is required to become an evaluator and then must be judged competent to score subjects on the criteria required by the study. This paper will discuss details of the training and selection of evaluators using videotaped trials.

IS THERE A SIGNIFICANT CURVILINEAR RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ABILITY LEVEL AND ACHIEVEMENT? Dennis Koenig and Isadore Newman, Ph.D. Department of Educational 10:15 Foundations, College of Education, The University of Akron, Akron, Ohio, 44325.

The purpose of this paper was to examine the statistical relationship between ability level and GPA as identified in the 1982 Coleman Data (58,000 cases). Learning Disability is frequently defined as the descrepancy between ability estimates and achievement estimates. This definition has an underlying assumption that there is a constant linear relationship between the two measures. If, however, the relationship is not linear but is curvilinear, then the appropriateness of this definition is no longer logically accurate. Multiple Linear Regression was used on males, females, whites, and blacks to determine if the ability-achievement relationship is constant across these four groups.

68 PREDICTING STUDENT PERFORMANCE IN A GRADUATE EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY CLASS. Ralph F. Darr, Jr. and Harold L. Wine, Room 301 Zook Hall, The University of Akron, 10-30 Akron, Ohio 44325.

This study assesses the ability of a ten-item demographic survey, a 27-item pre- test, and a 30-item student end-of-course evaluation instrument to predict graduate students' performances on five, 25-item multiple choice quizzes. Five research questions are being investigated: (1) How consistent are students' performances across the five quizzes? (2) Which demographic items are significant predictors of quiz performances? (3) Can pretest scores predict quiz performances? (4) Which of the 26 formative end-of-course items are significantly related to students' quiz performances? (5) Which of the four summative end-of-course items are significantly related to students' quiz scores? Students were administered the demographic survey and the pretest on the first day of class. Every three weeks students will take a 25-item multiple choice quiz based on the study questions provided. The student end-of-course evaluation will be administered during the final exam period. Pearson-product coefficients computed to date indicate that the correlation between tests one and two only approaches significance (r=.4192, 20df, p>.05 but<.06); but the pretest performance is significantly related to test one (r=.5468, 20df, p<.05) and test two (r=.6892, 20df, p<.001) and the combined scores of unit quizzes one and two (r=.6892, 20df, p<.005). As additional quizzes are taken, further correlations will be computed and a predictor s«t developed.

CAMPUS VALUES IN MATE SELECTION Ifi A c; Tonv Blueter '^•^ 2051 Mattingly Road Hinckley, Ohio 44233

This study was designed as the latest replication (1983) of a series of projects begun in 1939 and continued in 1957, 1967 and 1977 to examine campus values in mate selection. We are thus able to study changes in these values over a fourty-four year period which includes a number of social changes which theoretically affect marital selection. In each study subjects completed a questionnaire which included a list of eighteen personal characteristics which were evaluated according to degree of importance in choosing a mate. The 1983 study added an item dealing with sex role flex- ability and used cluster sampling to insure a more representative sample. From 1939 through 1967 there was a great deal of consistency in values in mate selection. The 1977 study showed that college students appeared to be less concerned with the home and child aspects of the family and more concern- ed with the social aspects; for example, more intelligent and better educated mates. The current study tests the hypothesis that this trend away from traditional values will continue.

SECT I ON: M, PSYCHOLOGY SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY AFTERNOON & BUSINESS MTG. ZIMMER 309 ISADORE NEWMAN, PRESIDING OFFICER

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING

COLLABORATING AND PROGRAMMING: FIRST ANNUAL NORTHEAST OHIO WHEELCHAIR GAMES. B. Hollering, R. Gandee, R. Deitchman, G. Gipson and M. Meadows. Department of 2:00 Health and Physical Education and Nursing Home Training Center, The University of Akron, Akron, Ohio 44325. The University of Akron's Department of Health and Physical Education and Nursing Home Training Center coordinated the First Annual Northeast Ohio Wheelchair Games on June 6, 1984 at The University of Akron. This one day wheelchair competition and recognition ceremony was one part of a three day conference collaborating the Nursing Home Training Center, Department of Health and Physical Education, Department of Continuing Education and Public Service, the Department of Biomedical Engineering, and the Institute for Life-Span Development and Gerontology. This event brought together professionals, direct caregivers, families, clients and suppliers to address issues of wellness, increasing independence, continuity of services, and collaborating relationships. The wheelchair games provided separate competition for men and women in six age categories (20 and under to 70 and over) with participation in the following events: checkers, rifle shooting, basketball shooting, 30-yard agility course, wheel- chair power push, and a five-minute wheelchair endurance push. Winners received medals, with second and third place finishers receiving ribbons. Competitors included paraplegics and 69 quadraplegics. The oldest competitor was a 70-year old female from the Portage County Nursing Home. The major emphasis of the wheelchair games was on participation for this population with competition as the culminating experience. The premise was that "wellness" should be for everyone regardless of disability.

HUMOR AS IT RELATES TO PREDICTOR OF SELF-CONCEPT, DEPRESSION AND CREATIVITY I. Newman, and J. Fiordalis, The University of Akron, Akron, OH 44325 Maslow has indicated that creative people tend to have a well-developed sense of humor. This relationship makes logical sense since both creativity and humor require the ability to see relationships between concepts. Frequently, individuals may be expressing their creativity through their humor, and this creativity, if unchanged, can go unchanneled. Depression is considered a passive state. Laughing and being humorous are considered an active state. Therefore, laughing and depression are incompatible. It is expected that there will be a significant negative relationship between humor and depression. Therefore, this study will investigate the interrelationship between humor, self-concept and depression, and creativity.

A PHYSICAL FITNESS PROFILE OF FIREFIGHTERS. Bruce L. Hollering, Robert Gandee, and J. Thomas Masaryk. Department of Health and Physical Education, College of 3:00 Education, The University of Akron, Akron, Ohio 44325.

A group of 18 city firefighters were self-selected for a battery of physical fitness assessments. These tests were administered to provide a fitness profile, to increase the efficiency of the firemen in their work by identifying potential health problems and to evaluate aspects of fitness which could be ameliorated. The firemen were medically screened by a physician before beginning the tests. Data obtained included personal history, age, sex, height, weight, resting heart rate, blood pressure, and training history. Body composition was determined from skinfold measurements and underwater weighing. Grip strength and flexibility were also measured for each individual. Information regarding respiratory function was obtained by measurement of vital capacity and forced expiratory volume. The Bruce multi-stage treadmill test protocol was used to assess cardiorespiratory fitness. Data and indices used to evaluate the firemen as a group included heart rate, mean blood pressure, double product, VE BTPS, VE ratio, peak Vo2, RER, 02 pulse, and METS. Selected data were compared to normal populations and other groups of firemen.

SECTION: N. JUNIOR ACADEMY SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY MORNING ZIMMER 312 KLMBERLY WILSON/ PRESIDING OFFICER

*** POSTER ABSTRACTS FOR THIS SECTION ARE FOLLOWED BY PODIUM ABSTRACTS ***

THE BUBBLE THEORY Robert West 3128 Rowmont Rd. S.W. Massillon, Ohio 44646 Zimmer 313122 Board A The name Bubble Theory has very little to do with the actual idea behind thee @ 9:00 a.m. theory. It is more or less the permanent nickname for the project. The Bubble Theory deals with a multitude of universes gathered into a megaverse. These universes are all connected by way of black/white wormholes. Matter is pulled into the black hole, accellerated and thrown out of the white hole into 1) an already existing universe, or 2) a universe created with the developement of the wormhole. Where the matter that falls into such a wormhole is not nearly as important as proving that such wormholes exist in the first place. My research began first with finding all available characteristics of a white hole, the radiating of all forms of radiation, gamma, x-ray, ultraviolet, whitelight and infared, all the way down to radio waves. Another extremely important part of the white hole is the incomparable red shift. The red shift is so great that it would place it at the edge of the known universe and still would appear to be receeding at an incred- ible rate. In searching for the object that fit the characteristics, I came upon PKS-2OOO-33O, presently considered a quasar. It is the farthest known object in the universe at l6o billion light years away. Through calculations using an approximate mass of our universe, and its age, the intake of a black hole of a given size, I calculated how big it would have to be to fill our universe in that given time. With other known data on PKS-2000- 330 I will proceed to prove or disprove it's actual existance as a white hole. 70 Zirnmer 312 MUSICAL TONES - WHAT MAKES THE DIFFERENCE? Meghan Stephan Board B 501 Broadway, Piqua, Ohio 45356 @ 9:00 a.m. Music, although it is not usually associated with science, is based on scientific principles. In my experiment I tested several variables to determine how they affect musical tones. In order to do this I constructed a sonometer, an instrument used in the testing of diameters, lengths, and tensions of strings. With this instrument, I tested the effects of the string's length, diameter; and tension on the tone produced by plucking the string. After testing the variables at several values, I reached these conclusions: 1. the diameter was inversely proportional to the frequency; 2. the frequency increased proportionally with the tension; 3. the length was inversely proportional to the frequency. These conclusions can also be proven in the laws of diameter, length, and tension. I would like to conclude by saying that the results I came to are very important in the making of stringed instruments.

INTRIGUING 10 Sean P. O'Brien 3801 Lujon Dr. Beavercreek, Ohio 45431 Zimmer 312 The Jovian satellite, Io, is named after one of the many maidens ravished: by Board C the Greek god Zeus. Io, discovered in 1610 by Galileo Galilei and Simon Marius, 9:00 a.m. is 3,640 km in diameter. This moon-sized body circles Jupiter once every 1.77 days, at a distance of 421,600 km. Io's mass is 891 x 10 g, with a rock-like density of 3.5g/cm3. The albedo is 63%. Data returned by the Voyager probes indicated Io is the most volcanically active body in the Solar System. These observations confirmed a theory predicting violent surface activity caused by tidal flexing, formulated by Stanton Peale and his colleagues. The chemicals involved in the volcanism are sulfur and sulfur dioxide; other lighter compounds escaped or dissociated long ago. Differences occurring in the eight volcanic plumes observed, and the areas surrounding them, suggests a crustal assymetry. The eruptions exit from calhedras or volcanic trenches. The plume material, along with lava flows, deposit 1 km of new surface every million years, obliterating all craters larger than 1 km across. Three theories are forwarded to explain ionian volcanism silicate volcanism sulfur volcanism and sulfur iioxide venting; by Harold Masursky, Bradford A. Smith, and Laurence A. Soderblom, respectively. The theoretical Ionian structure contains: a porous outer crust; silicate subcrust and mantle-solid above, molten below;and silicate core. Io owns a rarefied sulfur dioxide atmosphere. This atmospheric gas, ionized by the Jovian magnetosphere, escapes to form the Io plasma torus. Prom this region, matter and energy flow to affect the Jovian system.

Zirnmer 312 DOES IT SINK OR FLOAT? Jean Ok Nam. 7735 Peters Pike, Dayton, Ohio Board D The purpose of my project Is to find out if water can float on itself, and if so, what the best conditions are. I found out that water can float on itself because it traps some air during its fall towards the bulk water and floats on that air. My experiments show that a big drop made of water and Ivory liquid detergent on a ratio of 8:1, floating on the same substance which is being viorated, gets the best results. My best drop floated for about 13 minutes.

EFFICIENT PROGRAMMING by Priya Rastogi 169 Victoria Drive, Newark, Ohio 43055 Zimmer 312 Board A Many people built machines leading to our modern computer, but Boole's theory, @ 10:30 a.m. which shows how to operate on only "zero and one", is what modern computing is based on. We write programs in a high-level language, and a translator changes this high-level language into assembly language. The translator can be a compiler or an interpreter. Then, an assembler changes the assembly language into machine language. We write in a high-level language instead of assembly language because computers have different assembly languages. This procedure is necessary for us to communicate with the computer.

I wrote three algorithms in the language Basic, which is the most popular micro- computer high-level language and is also an interpreter language. My experiment involved computing the sums of a given number of digits by three different methods: "A" - uses the GOTO loop; "B" - uses FOR NEXT loop; and "C" - uses a mathematical formula with no looping. When these programs were run, "A" took twice as long in giving the answers as "B", and "C" was faster than both "A" and "B" methods. Method "B" is faster than "A" because in "A" the address has to be computed every time the computer comes to the GOTO statement, but in "B", it 71 is computed only once for the program to be executed. Method "C" is faster than both because there is no looping, but it is replaced by a mathematical formula. This is important because computing time is expensive; therefore, more efficient programs need to be designed.

COMPARISON STUDY OF SAP FLOW. Suzanne Heidelberg. Zimmer 312 5995 Horseshoe Bend Road, Troy, OH 45373 Board B % 10:30 a.m. A sugar maple tree and box elder tree were tapped and data was collected for a thirty day period. Measurements of total sap flow, percent sugar, temperature, barometric pressure and weather conditions were made. The sap was then boiled to syrup. It was noted that the sugar maple tree produced more sap than the box elder, and the sap had a higher sugar content. Weather conditions effected the flow from both trees.

GRAPHICS TABLET FOR THE APPLE II Rob Allenbach Zimmer 312 i0^ Ormsbee Ave. Westerville, OKio 43081

Board C n . @ 10:30 a.m. Hypothesis: The computer plots points on the monitor from data received from the potentiometers mounted on a wood and metal upright support. This data is sent to the computer in integer form through a software package which uses the joystick output port. Type: Research and Development Measures: Linearity Test Procedure: I experimented with Hi-Re solution graphics. I read many articles on graphics tablets and packages. I then talked to people in the industry. After drawing construction plans and schematics for building the graphics tablet, I wrote a drawing program, a printing program, a linearity testing program, plus a program to put text onto the Hi-Resolution graphics screen. I typed in the programs and constructed the tablet. I tested the apparatus and found some errors which I corrected. Results: I constructed a workable home made graphics tablet for under $35. 00 Strengths: It is capable of quickly producing pictures on the screen without having to plot each point. It is also able to trace material. The cost is 1/3 that of a Koala Pad. Weaknesses: Although this is a fast way of producing pictures, the linear accuracy declines as you move the stylus away from the middle of the screen. Current Project: Voice Synthesizer for the Apple II for under $50. 00 .

SIDS: WHY HAS THE NUMBER OF DEATHS DECREASED, A LITERATURE RESEARCH PROJECT. Zimmer 31- Katie A. Titus, 4752 Plattsburg Rd., Springfield, Ohio 45505.

@ 10:30 a.m. SIDS, sudden infant death syndrome, is the largest single cause of deaths in children under the age of one. It occurs most often at night during the late winter months in infants between the ages of two weeks and nine months. SIDS isn't contagious nor due to parental neglect. Low birth weight, a low Apgar score or being a sibling to a prior SIDS victim are all indications of high risk children. "Maturational lag" could be the problem. Tiny spines along nerve fibers indicates the brain stem may not be fully mature at birth. Although many babies still die, the number of SIDS deaths seem to have decreased over the last 2 years due possibly to new developments in the medical world, such as using monitors and earlier recognition of potential problems. ^ research includes a literature search of bio-medical periodicals over a four year period, interviews with local officials and correspondence with medical and SIDS's organiza- tions on the state and national level.

MEMORY TRANSFER IN PLANARIA Zimmer 312 Roberta Smith Route #5 Marietta, Ohio 45750 Board A @ 2:00 p.m. Memory transfer in planaria can be obtained by two processes: regeneration and the feeding of conditioned planaria to unconditioned planaria. Planaria can be conditioned because they have a ganglia or simple brain in their cephalic region. They can be conditioned for a certain response while going through a T-maze. This is accomplished by consistently placing a piece of liver on one side of the T. The planaria then learn that by going to this side of the T they will be fed. In the first experiments the knowledge of conditioned planaria to unconditioned planaria was transferred by regeneration. This was done by splitting the conditioned planaria in half horizontally. Both parts of the planaria would then regenerate. From the results the conclusion was made that the planaria formed from the anterior pieces had more knowledge of how to go through the T-maze than did the planaria formed from the post- erior pieces. 72 In later experiments the knowledge was transferred by feeding conditioned planaria to unconditioned planaria. The unconditioned planaria gained knowledge by eating the nerve cells of the conditioned planaria. The live planaria were then able to go through the maze faster. From the results came the conclusion that the planaria that were fed conditioned planaria and the planaria regenerated from anterior pieces of conditioned planaria had a high- success ra,te than those planaria regenerated from posterior pieces of conditioned planaria.

ROTATING OPTICAL ILLUSIONS Zimmer 312 Marian Izev Board B 287 Winkler Drive § 2:00 p.m. Rittman, Ohio 44270

This project begins with a discussion of the background of illusions. The project deals with the testing of various hypotheses relating to color, waves, and speed. A small battery operated motor rotates preprinted disks of special designs and color combinations. The speed of rotation can be controlled. Volunteer subjects, shown still (non-rotating) disks, offer hypotheses concerning the effects rotation would leave on the design of color of the disk. Hypotheses based on fact shown when the disk is placed in motion. Large red and blue dots placed close together are predicted to look purple. However, they actually appear brown when the disk is rotated. Thus the eye is shown to play tricks on the subject which are impossible to explain, so the trick is called an illusion or deception.

THE AFFECT OF ACIDITY ON GROWTH AND ANTIBIOTIC PRODUCTION OF SOIL FUNGI FROM Zimmer 312 DIFFERENT GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATIONS KYLE VON THOMPSON, 11596 GETTYSBURG DARKE COUNTY Board C % 2:00 p.m. ROAD, NEW PARIS, OHIO 453^7

Soil samples which might contain fungi with certain antibiotic characteristics were collected from random geographical locations of the world. The samples will be properly prepared and introduced to agar plates with growths of Rhodoturula ruba, Fusarium oxysporum, Sclerotium rolfsii, Escherichia coli, and Bacillus subtillis. Samples exhibiting inhibition zones will be isolated and used as controls. The soil fungi samples exhibiting antibiotic characteristics will be tested for growth on agar plates in which the pH has been adjusted to pH values of 4,6,8, and 10. Those samples which exhibit antibiotic characteristics will be cultured on fresh agar plates with .the same adjusted pH values. A series of 6 discs will be cut from each plate of agar and introduced to a plate of agar seeded with Bacillus subtilis or Escherichia coli. The discs will be arranged in a circle and the inhibition zone of each will be measured and recorded. The pH of the original soil samples will be determined and an analysis of the resulting experimental data made.

d THE USE OF POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE REINFORCEMENTS ON RATS IN A MAZE TEST Zimmer 312 •RTcYy Heinz, 286 Ritter Drive, Rittman, Ohio 44270 Board D § 2:00 p.m. The main purpose of this project was to determine which of the two most commonly used methods of conditioning rats is the most successful when used in a maze test. In my experimentation, I used a maze as the means of testing the rats. With this maze I used two methods of conditioning. The purpose of these two methods was to condition the rats so that they could find the quickest way out of the maze without making any mistakes. The two methods of conditioning that were used, and compared were postive reinforcements and negative reinforcements. In this experiment I used two rats. Rat A. was conditioned by using positive reinforcements; the positive reinforcement being a reward of food when he got to the end of the maze. Rat B. was conditioned by the use of negative reinforcements; the negative reinforcement being an electrical shock when he would go through a wrong entrance. The estimated time it took Rat A. to successfully learn the maze was 190 minutes. And the estimated time it took Rat B. to successfully learn the maze was 60 minutes. As you can see from my results, the rat that was conditioned by the use of negative reinforcements learned the maze the quickest. Thus by performing this experiment I can better understand how positive and negative reinforcements can be used to condition animals. 73 THE ANALYSIS OF DNA REPAIR AFTER GAMMA RADIATION EXPOSURE Audi, Steven A., Brunswick, OH 44212; Zimmer 312 85 vineyard Dr. Board A 6 3:30 p.m. The purpose of this project is to determine whether or not DNA can repair after having become cross-linked with the protein in the cell. This DNA protein cross-linkage is caused by gamma radiation exposure. First, two strains of mouse lymphoma cells were cultured. One strain is sensi- tive to gamma radiation. The other is slightly more resistant to gamma radiation. After cul- turing, all the cells, except the control group, were irradiated with a gamma radiation dose of 60 Gray. After irradiation, the cells were allowed to incubate for various periods of time. Thus, allowing for possible DNA repair to occur. Any repair which might have occured would then be measured. Results have shown that in fact DNA can repair from protein cross-links which were caused by gamma radiation exposure, if the cells are allowed incubation time for recovery.

ST3AM: EFFICIENCY, ECONOMY AND VERSATILITY FOR AGRICULTURE? Zimmer 312 Stockwell, Todd Er. , 3ig Walnut H. S. , Sunbury, OH 43074 Board B 12 532 Vans Valley Road, Galena, Ohio 43021 @ 3:30 p.m. Many farmers are currently seeking ways to lower their production expenses, especially fuel costs. Realizing that the farm offers a vast quantity of virtually untapped energy sources, manufacturers are now offering units in which waste materials such as crop residues may be burned to provide heat for drying grain, heating buildings, etc. This project deals with the development of an extended use of this waste material utilization to provide energy for the tractors used in the farming operation. In order to develop the most economical system, it was decided that the use of some type of steam powered tractor would best adapt to the commercial waste burning units available. Through this project, two designs for a steam storage tractor were developed, along with a self-contained steam tractor. The efficiency and economical advantages of these units for corn and wheat residue systems were calculated. Several model steam engines and boiler systems were tested for efficiency and these findings were combined with data from corn and wheat enterprises to analyze the costs and benefits of the proposed system. The advantages and limitations of steam tractors were compared to current diesel tractors, and the ability of the steam tractor to meet the need for smaller, more efficient tractors was explored.

INVESTIGATION OF SOAP BUBBLES. Sae Woo Nam. 7735 Peters Pike, Dayton Zimmer 312 Qhio ^^ Board C @ 3:30 p.m. After formulating a soap bubble solution containing gelatin that makes longer lasting bcucles than toy soap bubble solution, I experimented with It to calculate Its surface tension: 31-53 dynes/centimeter; the viscosity of CO2 ;1.48 10 poise; and demonstrate differences in pressure, surface tension, andgeometric shapes of soap bubbles.

THE EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE ON THE EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT OF FeSCN+2 O. an Terry Dunlap, 209 Birchwood Dr., Sandusky, Oh 44870 (Perkins High School)

This experimentation deals with the effect of temperature on the equilibrium of FeSCN+2. The system was studied between 10°-60°C. A spectrophotometric determination was conducted to determine equilibrium constants of the ion in this temperature range. The equilibrium concentrations were calculated. It' was found that the equilibrium constant increases with a decrease in temperature indicating that the production of FeSCN+2 is an exothermic process.

THE GASIFICATION OF BITUMINOUS COAL BY DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION David H. Mangold 1197 State Route UU Bax 67 Randolph, Ohio UU265 9'15 Bituminous coal is gasified by destructive distillation. The coal is pulverized, weighed, and then placed into a heating chamber. The pulverized coal is then heated in the air tight chamber. The gas from the coal is collected through a water bath into a graduated glass container. The volume of gas produced is then determined. The gas produced can also be oxidized when ignited by a flame. The coal with the best gas 74 production and best oxidation rate could then be used for producing coal gas and coke. The coal gas would be refined by roethanation. The coke would be used to manufacture steel or used to fuel electric power generating plants. The calorific value of the coal is determined by the use of a calorimeter. The coal is ignited in the calorimeter. The quantity of heat per amount of coal oxidized is calculated. The specific heat from the calorimeter is also calculated and is used to determine the calorific value of the coal. A molecule of bituminous coal contains mostly carbon and hydrogen, and the impurities sulfur and nitrogen. The carbon atoms are usually bonded together into six-sided carbon rings. The impurities bond onto the ring structures at random locations. When a molecule of bituminous coal is oxidized, it produces carbon dioxide (CO2), sulfur dioxide (SO2), and oxides of nitrogen. Other trace elements present form various oxides also. Sulfur dioxide (sO2)and the oxides of nitrogen are believed to cause acid rain.

THE Ksp OF Ag CrO : IS EQUILIBRIUM SHIFTED IN THE PRESENCE OF AN ACID OR 9.30 A BASE? Mary Mederski (Perkins High School) 3017 Columbus Ave., Sandusky, Oh 44870

A solubility-product constant is an equilibrium constant for a slightly soluble salt. It is dependent on temperature and is used to predict whether or not a precipitate will form. The K for silver chromate was determined spectrophotometrically at 23°C to be 5.5 x 10-11. The effect of an acid and a base both increased the amount of chromate ions in solution resulting in a shift to the left in the original equation: 2 Ag + CrO, Ag2CrO4(s). This is due to the interionic forces resulting from the addition of extraneous ions to the solution even though no chemical reaction occurs.

UREA HYDROLYSIS: THE EFFECT OF EDTA ON AMMONIA SYNTHESIS 9:45 Stacey P. Lowery, 203 Birchwood Drive, Sandusky, Oh 44870 (Perkins High School)

Urease, an enzyme derived from the jack bean, catalyzes the decomposition of urea into CO2 (g) and NH-^g). The presence of metal ions significantly reduces the catalytic activity of this enzyme. The addition of increasing concentrations of EDTA to ureaurease solutions directly increases catalytic activity as expressed by ammonia production rates. Reactions with 0.1 M EDTA concentrations produced approximately three times the ammonia of controls without EDTA. Reaction solutions with lower EDTA concentrations had commensurately reduced ammonia production rates, with the lowest in the absence of EDTA. These data suggest the presence of free metal ions in the jack bean meal from which the urease is derived. These ions are apparently sequestered by the EDTA and rendered ineffective in their disruption of the tertiary structure of the urease protein.

INVESTIGATING EFFICIENT SHIP HULL DESIGN CONDITIONS. 10:00 David A. Roberts. 8990 Robinhood Circle, Westerville, Ohio 43081

This investigation measures the efficiencies of model ship hulls in a thirty two foot towing basin. The boat is pulled through the tank using pulleys. Two twelve inch pulleys are mounted on sepate axles located at either end of the tank. The model is attached to a continuous string passing over both wheels. At one end of the tank, a one and a half inch pulley is attached to one of the twelve inch wheels so that they spin on the same axle, with the same angular velocity. A fourth pulley is placed about six feet off the ground and is connected to the one and a half inch pulley via a separate string. When a weight is hung from the fourth pulley, it will fall due to gravity. As the weight descends, the pulleys turn thus moving the boat through the water. Data is achieved by measuring the velocity and the force

75 THE HOMEMADE DOSIMETER AND LOW-LEVEL RADIATION Daniel J. Martin 1719 Highland Ave. Springfield,Ohio 45503

The topic of my presentation will "be dealing with a homemade dosimeter, as well as a description of the subject of low-level radiation and practical applications for the dosimeter. The homemade dosimeter I constructed, although not precisely accurate, is intended to demonstrate a rough measurement of radiation. The device consists of two foil discs suspended from a metal lid, which is housed in a glass jar. The foil discs act as a type of electroscope. The principle that I am using is the idea that radioactivity causes static electricity to discharge at an accelerated rate. A subject tests the radiation level by swiftly brushing a comb through his hair, and then holds the comb close to the discs ; this charges the discs and the time it takes the discs to discharge the electricity is measured. In a normal environment the process takes 15 minutes. I will apply the concept and analyze the results by using the device to measure sources of low-level radiation, i.e. microwaves, tele- visions, etc..., then compiling the results and noting measurements of unhealthy radiation levels.

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF AN INEXPENSIVE SPECTROMETER. E. John Jumper. 1700 Radcliffe Road, Dayton, Ohio 45406. The purpose of my project was to find an inexpensive method of constructing a functional and fairly accurate spectrometer. First I studied a number of both spectrometer and monochromator designs and, after analyzing these, I found that the least number of parts needed was three: a grating, an optical slit, and some type of focusing device. An adaptation of a monochromator design seemed to be the most promising. I obtained some free optical pieces from Oriel Corporation; these were a reflecting grating and a concave spherical mirror. Using these and an optical slit constructed with two razor blades, I built a cardboard full-scale model of my preliminary spectrometer design. Then, working from this model, I finalized the optical part locations and built a fully-functional wooden proto- type. All of the wooden parts were then painted flat black to minimize reflected light. Finally, a film holder was built to complete the construction of the spectrometer. After constructing the spectrometer, I went to the Air Force Institute of Technology to calibrate it. I used the -1st order to record some data on film; it worked very well. I found my data was very similar to published spectra. In later uses I was able to identify the contents of many street lamps. Using my spectrometer, I as also able to see the wider Fraunhofer lines on a solar spectrum.

INTELLIGENT MACHINES Erik Augis 13416 Hardwick Ct. Pickerington, OH 43147

One contemporary definition of intelligence is "the ability to act rightly in a given situation." Artificial Intelligence (AI> research is involved with defining and imitating intelligence with machines. A hypothesis was made, defining any intelligence as a method of changing one's behavior in order to accomplish a task more efficiently. This changing is done according to results gained from experience, and thus, learning could simply be an algorithm to make changes in behavior. The hypothesis was tested using computer generated mazes solved independently by computers and people. The percentage of correct moves made by people (97%) was significantly higher than that of the computer (54%). The fact that people could see ahead to avoid wrong turns clearly supports the hypothesis in that the accuracy is significantly greater with past experience. Thus it is concluded that intelligence can be defined as an algorithm for selective change in behavior for a given situation .

SECTION: N. JUNIOR ACADEMY SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY AFTERNOON & BUSINESS MTG. ZIMMER 312 KIMBERLY WILSON, PRESIDING OFFICER

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING

76 THE EFFECTS OF AGROBACTERIUM ON THE GROWTH RATE OF SOYBEANS. Renee Drury, Perry High School, Massillon, Ohio 44646. 2:00 Historically, it has been known that bacteria of the genus Rhizobium increase the rate of nitrogen fixation in legumes. However, most green plants are unable to use free nitrogen. It must be converted to soluable compounds of nitrogen, such as nitrate, nitrite, and ammonia, before it can be taken up by their roots. Rhizobium live in nodules on the roots of legumes, where they use the sugars produced by the legumes and supply the legume with ammonia. Plant breeders and microbiologists have attempted to produce such symbiotic relationships between Rhizobium and other plants. Major crops, such as corn, wheat, and rice, are dependent upon expensive fertilizers. The genes controlling nitrogen fixation in Rhizobium, (nif genes) have been isolated and analyzed. In many laboratories, researchers are trying to discover exactly what regulates these genes. The next advance may come from attempts to improve the efficiency of nitrogen fixation in legumes. Rhizobia mutants that outperform the wild strains have been discovered. This has not been tested yet in field trials, where the improved strains must compete against the wild Rhizobium. Several cloned callus cultures were exposed to Rhizobium during callus induction. Portions of these calluses were cultrured and plants were formed. The resulting plants were examined for any observable differences.

THE GROWTH RESPONSE OF SEEDLINGS TO ALCOHOL AND WATER EXTRACTS OF THE HULLS „ „,_ OF JUGLANS NIGRA. Lisa A. Midcap, 2621 Oakview St. N.W., Massillon, Ohio 44646. 2:15 Observation of limited plant growth beneath walnut trees may be explained by the presence of a natural herbicide produced by the tree. This chemical may be found in the hulls of Juglans nigra. Experimental procedures were performed using alcohol and water extracts in which thistle seeds, bean seeds, and grass seeds were exposed. These extracts caused a noticeable growth spurt in seedlings during the first three days, followed by an immediate growth reduction. The growth rate then very gradually increased over the next 12 days. In the control, the growth rate increased steadily. Attachment of root hairs to filter paper was noted, but this did not occur with those seedlings exposed to the experimental extracts. From the observations and research work done, this chemical was determined to be an auxin (growth spurt) and a root growth in- hibitor (attachment of root hairs to filter paper). As an inhibitor, the chemical prevents plant growth near the tree, providing Juglans nigra with a chemical defense mechanism by eliminating competition for nutrients and water.

Continuing research is being done to determine the potency of the extract, the general plant types affected, and the necessary concentrations.

THE INSECTICIDAL EFFECTS OF CITRUS PEELS ON MEMBERS OF THE GENERA MUSCA AND DROSOPHILIA. Steve Carrelli, Perry High School, Massillon, Ohio. 44646 2:30

It is a well-known fact that many species of plants have developed defenses which protect them from predators. The investigation summarized below may prove useful in discovering a chemical plant defense which, once isolated, may be used by man as an inseciticide which is harmless to vertebrates and to plants. These experiments were based on the premise that the oils found in the middle layers of citrus peels are insecticidal. A series of experiments was performed using common houseflies (Musca domestica) and Drosophila melanogaster which were exposed to the outer, inner, and middle layers of various citrus peels. Observations of these experiments showed that the flies exposed to the middle layers of the citurs peels were usually killed within 45 minutes, while the flies exposed to other parts of the peels had a much lower mortality rate. Further research is being conducted to isolate the insecticidal chemical or chemicals in the peels.

PARASITES EFFECT UPON GOLDENROD GROWTH. A. Kay Knight, Western Reserve Academy, Hudson, Ohio 44236

An effort was made to study the effects of different parasites on the resource allocation of Solidago canadensis ^Canada goldenrod). Twenty plants each of five groups were collected: normal plants; plants with round galls caused by Eurosta solidaginis; plants with elliptical galls caused by Gnorismoschema gallaesolidaginus; and plants with rosette galls caused by Khopalomyia solidaginis. Weights and linear measurements of vegetative and reproductive plant parts were recorded. Preliminary work in Northeast Ohio indicates that plants parasitized by Eurosta solidoginis show little variation from normal plants, while those parasitized by Gnorismaschema

77 gallaesolidaginus showed a great deal of change in resource allocation. Those parasitized by Rhopalomyia solidaginis also showed an intermediate change in resource allocations. This paper will present results of attempts to verify the preliminary results.

MECHANISM OF LEAF MOVEMENT IN THE SENSITIVE PLANT MIMOSA PUDICA. Daniel Gruenstein 3518 Cornell Place, Cincinnati, Ohio 45220 3:00 The Mimosa pudica or sensitive plant has the ability to close and droop its leaves when they are stroked. The purpose of these experiments was to see if there were any similarities between the mechanism of Mimosa leaf movements and movement in animal muscles. The first tests were done to see if repeated leaf closings caused the system to fatigue. The same set of leaves was repeatedly stimulated by stroking and the openong and closing times were recorded. No difference in closing times was observed, but the rate of reopening increased greatly with time. In the next experiments, individual leaves were treated with the following chemicals which are known to affect muscle movement: CN and F which inhibit ATP production; tetrodotoxin, gramicidin, or ouabain which interfere with the Na and K transport required for muscle membrane excitation; and EDTA or lanthanum which interfere with the calcium transport which regulates muscle contraction. Individual leaflet pairs were removed from the plant and placed in culture dishes containing solutions of these chemicals for up to several days. EDTA, lanthanum, ouabain, and gramicidin were all effective in slowing the rates of leaflet opening or closing. From these experiments I conclude that the movements of Mimosa pudica are similar to animal muscle movements in two ways: they experience fatigue and Na, K , and Ca play a part in the mechanism of movement.

HUMORAL IMMUNE RESPONSES IN ACHETA DOMESTICUS Roelof A. Melzer, Box 115, Rushsylvania, OH 43347 3:15 Acheta domesticus is known to possess cellular immunities to defend itself against bacteria, but little is known if or if not Acheta domesticus possess humoral immunities. This research had been undertaken to determine if Acheta domesticus possessed humoral immunities. Thus far, it has been determined that the minimum LD100 for Acheta domesticus injected with Serratia marcescens and Pseudomonas aeruginosa are, 3.38 X 108 and 5.58 X 106 cells per milliliter, respectively. So far the minimum LD100 has not been totally established for Bacillus thuringiensis, but it appears that Bacillus thuringiensis is not nearly as virulent as Pseudomonas aeruginosa. The preliminary immunity studies which have been conducted indicates that Acheta domesticus does produce a humoral immunity.

THE HEMOCYTE COMPLEX IN TRICHOPLUSIA NI. Rae Jean Roberts P.O. Box 92 Rushsylvania, Ohio 43347 3:30 Hemocytes comprise a complex of several types of mesodermal cells which circu- late with the hemolymph of insects and sometimes attach loosely to other tissues or institute themselves within them. Hemocytes are the main defense mechanisms of in- sects. A better understanding of the hemocyte complex in insects could lead to a understanding of the effects of pesticides on insects. A study was carried out on the hemocytes complex in Trichoplusia ni. The following types of hemocytes were observed: plasmatocytes, prohemocytes, spheroidocytes, spherule cells, and oenocytoids. Differential counts of cell populations were done at the larva, prepupa, and pupa stages of life. Plasmatocytes composed 30.5% of the hemocyte population in larva, 50.3% in prepupa; and 64.5% in pupa. Plasmatocytes were seen to phagocytize Bacillus megaterium and India ink particles. They were the only cells observed in tissue culture. Prohemocytes were .15% of the population in larva, and where not present in the pupa and prepupa stages. Spheroidocytes composed 60%. of the population in larva, 45.5% in prepupa, and 34% in pupa. Spheroidocytes were observed with phagocytized india ink and Bacillus megaterium particles in them. By staining with sudan black it was observed that spheroidocytes contained many vacuoles filled with lipids. Spherule cells were observed to be 2.85% of the population in larva, 2.3% in prepupa, and 1.5% in pupa. Polymuccosaccarides were observed in the spherules of spherule cells with alcian-blue stain. Oenocytoids composed 5.95% of the hemocytes population in larva, 2,Z5%~ In prepupa, and 0% in pupa.

THE EFFECTS OF PENTACHLOROPHENOL ON THE EMBRYONIC DEVELOPMENT OF FRESHWATER SNAILS (PHYSA). Mary Yacko, Perry High School, 3737 Harsh Ave., Massillon, Ohio. 44646

Pentachlorophenol (CgCl^OH), also known by such synonyms as penta and Dowicide 7, is a chemical preservative often used during the formulation of some pesticides and fungicides. It is also an ingredient in wood preservatives, paints, oils, and adhesives. In recent years it has been learned that pentachlorophenol is capable of causing liver and kidney damage as well as mutations resulting in birth defects. Pentacholorphenol enters the body through the respiratory system as a vapor or carried by dust particles. Pentachlorophenol may also be absorbed through the skin. Once in the body, pentacholorphenol is stored for long periods of time. Repeated contact with pentachlorophenol may cause damage even though exposure is slight. Embryonic snails (Physa) were exposed to varying concentrations of pentachlorolphenol using a new testing method simulating exposures in the natural environment. The effects of varying doses of pentachlorophenol on the reproductive cycle of egg laying, freshwater snails will be presented.

THE EFFECTS OF MICROWAVE RADIATION ON THE SALIVARY GLAND CHROMOSOMES OF DROSOPHILA MELANOGASTER. Patrick T. Prisco, 8294 West Ohio State Ln., N.W., Zf ; 00 Lancaster, Ohio 43130.

My previous research proved that microwaves cause genetic damage in living organisms. In this project the effects of microwave radiation on the salivary- gland chromosomes of Drosophila melanogaster were studied. Adult wild type fruit flies were divided into many groups and exposed to microwave radiation using various intensities and exposure times. The groups were exposed using a General Electric Microwave oven. A Control group was not exposed to microwaves at all. The F]_ generation was divided into visible muta- tions and no visible mutations, and new cultures were started. Many salivary gland chromosome extracts were made from the larval offspring of these flies. The chromosomes were then checked for possible inversions, translocations, deletions, or gross abnormalities, that may have been induced by the microwaves. The chromosome extracts were observed using a light microscope and an oil immersion lens. Alterations were observed in the chromosomes of a small number of exposed flies; therefore microwave radiation does have an effect on the overall chromosome structure of Drosophila melanogaster. Further research is needed to determine the frequency with which these alterations occur and to determine the exact location of each change on the chromosome.

RABBIT KIDNEY PRESERVATION USING A NEW FLUOROCARBON EMULSION PERFUSATE. Brian K. Fry, 3424 Meadowwood N.W., Massillon, Ohio 44646. k: 15 Preservation of organs, particularly kidneys, has been extensively studied in the past 20 years. Hypothermia, hyperbaric oxygen, and perfusion (alone and in combination) have been used with some survivals after 72-hours. Kamada et al. (1980) added a fluorocarbon emulsion (Fluosol-43) to their base perfusate, which resulted in extended and enhanced preservation of rat livers. Fluorocarbon is an inert liquid with an oxygen-carrying capacity exceeding that of whole blood.

It is the purpose of the present experiment to utilize a fluorocarbon emulsion perfusate, resembling that of Kamada et al. (1980), in extending the preservation of kidneys, to a period exceeding that of Belzer et al. (1967).

Kidneys from the New Zealand white rabbit (Oryctolagus cuniculus) were immediately placed into a hypothermic perfusion circuit after excision. The kidneys were continuously perfused for varying periods of time, with varying perfusates, and then histologically examined and compared for cellular and tissue breakdown.

FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF AN IMPLANTABLE ARTIFICIAL HEART Michael Yeager, 6209 Waterloo Road, Atwater, Ohio 44201 ^•3" In the development of an implantable artificial heart, there are several problems which must be overcome. The first of which is to find a substance that can be molded and is highly durable, but is compat- ible with the human body. Another of the' major difficulties is constructing a valve that will last and operates smoothly and easily. The final problem being in developing a drive-unit that is intergradable with the heart unit. The first problem was solved by conducting experiments and reading the literature and research of others. These experiments consisted of performing several series of stress tests, and testing their compatibility with blood and tissue samples. The second difficulty was worked out by consulting specialists in this field. After that many different designs were considered before the one to be used was chosen. The final problem took many steps of trial and error. To solve this problem a drive-unit was built and tested, taking into account the pressure that could be maintained. All back-up systems were also considered. 79 Then all unsatisfactory elements were replaced and the procedure repeated until a drive-unit v/as found that was suitable for the needed use. In summary all problems must be taken into consideration and resolved before an implantable artificial heart can be produced.

TRAFFIC FLOW PATTERNS IN SCHOOLS: ARE WE HEADING IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION? • Z4.5 Daniel W. Elwell 5336 Stock Rd. Columbus, Ohio 43229

The purpose of this project was to analyze patterns of traffic flow in school buildings, with the goal of developing an optimum design for a normal high school. Heuristics from operations research and mathematical modelling ^ere used to define and simulate the processes and problems involved in sch ool traffic flow. Floor plans from actual schools were converted into networks, with each node representing a room or intersection and each arc a hallway. Formulae vrera developed to express the manner in which the traffic flow changes at each node. The Poisson distribution was used to simulate the cluster phenomenon. Eventually the models Indicated that the best design in terms;.of traffic-flow is the unidirectional circuit with no intersections. Further research is being conducted to verify this.

S E C T I 0 N: 0. ENGINEERING SATURDAY/ APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY MORNING BALDWIN 862 R. FRED ROLSTEN, PRESIDING OFFICER

FATIGUE IN METALS - A TUNNELING APPROACH. B.W. Stewart, Dept. of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio 45221.

s.~£) ^ new phenomenological theory describing fatigue in solids has been developed. In its current form, it describes fatigue due to uniaxial loading in either the elastic or non-elastic strain ranges. The theory, probabilistic in nature, attempts to "explain" fatigue from a macroscopic point of view as a type of tunneling phenomena, much as Gamow first explained radioactive alpha decay fifty years ago. Modifications to include multi- axial loading and non-zero mean stress will be suggested. Comparison with experimental data is made.

POSSIBLE IMPLICATIONS OF UNIVERSE CURVATURE ON APPARENT SUPERLUMINAL MOTION AND VICE VERSA. E.J. Jumper and W.E. Wiesel. Department of Aeronautics and g.-ir Astronautics, Air Force Institute of Technology. Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio XJ 45433.

As pointed out by many authors, curvature of the universe effects both deter- mination of distance and luminosity. Under the assumption of positive curvature, distance measures should be magnified at large red shift. The work of Sandage and others have attempted to detect such curvature effects via Einstein's triangle experiment cast in terms of relativ- istic geometrical dynamics. Such attempts appear to show no distinguishable curvature effects out to a z of about 0.3, the present instrument limit. Such studies, however, suffer from a lack of certainty in fiducial measures, i.e., the validity of the conclusions concerning cur- vature depends on the validity of a chain of intermediate assumptions/conclusions. Although somewhat hampered by a lack of precise understanding of the mechanisms involved in relatively near-in examples, apparent superluminal motion may offer a new avenue for obtaining the fidu- cial measure needed for determination of curvature. At a minimum, geometrical dynamics and curvature considerations offer some relief to the stringent requirements placed on relativistic jets in order to explain apparent superluminal motion under the present, most-favored mechanism forwarded by Blandford, Scheuer and Redhead.

AUTOMATED MANUFACTURING AS IT'S BEING APPLIED. Laura M. Caldwell, U. C. College of Applied Science, 100 E. Central Parkway o _ onj Cincinnati, Ohio 45210

Automated Manufacturing is being applied to varying degrees in industry. Its application is being hendered by obsolete equipment which is difficult or impossible to retrofit and by economics which can not reflect abstract implications. Applications are being aided by more powerful microprocessors, controllers with communication links, and 80 management/personnel acceptance. Applications extend from the totally automated factory to a single robot. Critical to any serious automation attempt is management of manufacturing data. This is best accomplished using Group Technology, Computer-Aided Design (CAD), and Materials Resource Planning (MRP) software. Industry may be encouraged to automate as automation equipment becomes "shelf items" with standard language processors, data management techniques, and communication ports.

ENHANCED BATCH ACTIVATED SLUDGE TREATMENT OF POTATO JUICE AND STARCH WASTEWATERS WITH MIXED CULTURE BACTERIAL PRODUCT. Yung-Tse Hung, Department of Civil Engineer- 10:00 in9> Cleveland State University, Cleveland, Ohio 44115, and Frank L. Horsfall, III, General Environmental Science Corp., Cleveland, Ohio 44122.

This laboratory bench scale reactor study was conducted to evaluate the feasibility of using LLMO, a mixed culture bacterial product, to enhance the treatment efficiency of potato waste- waters containing particulate substrate such as potato starch using batch activated sludge treatment process. The hydrolysis and solubilization of particulate substrate to soluble subs- trate in the potato wastewaters was also investigated. Operating parameters ^or batch reactor study included initial soluble substrate levels, LLMO dosages, and the duration of aeration. Results indicated that there was an initial increases in TSS (total suspended solids) and VSS (volatile suspended solids) followed by decreases in these parameters. For the LLMO reactors, solubilization of particulate substrate started at the sixth day when the soluble TOC(total organic carbon) dropped below 20 mg/1. The pH also showed significant drop to below 6, indica- ting nitrate formation in the batch reactor with LLMO addition. The control reactor without LLMD addition and with only particulate substrate present in the reactor did not have any sig- nificant solubilization of particulate substrate and did not experience significant pH drop and nitrification during the entire batch reactor study. It can be concluded that LLMD would enhance the hydrolysis reaction and also nitrification in potato wastewater treatment.

APPLICATION OF INCLINED PLATE AND INCLINED TUBE SETTLER IN WASTEWATER TREATMENT. Yung-Tse Hung and Yong-Sheng Dong, Department of Civil Engineering, Cleveland State IL: IP University, Cleveland, Ohio 44115.

Inclined plate and inclined tube settler are relatively new treatment unit to improve settling tank performance and are based on the shallow basin sedimentation theory. This paper describes the results of plant operation and testing of the inclined plate/tube settler in the sedimentation tanks for both municipal sewage and industrial wastewater treat- ment in the People's Republic of China. Design curves and design tables are also developed in this paper. A new calculation method for the inclined plate and inclined tube settler was developed based on the theory that solids would have agglomerating characteristics and settle by gravity with an acceleration. The results of the calculation method was compared to the convention method. Several design examples of inclined plate and inclined tube settler design are also discussed in this paper with application in the enhanced settling of wastewater and sludges. SLUDGE COMPOSTING FOR MUNICIPAL WASTEWATER SLUDGE, MILK, OIL REFINERY AND POTATO WASTEWATER SLUDGE TREATMENT. Yung-Tse Hung and Stylianos A. Zachopoulos, Depart- 10:30 ment of Civil Engineering, Cleveland State University, Cleveland, Ohio 44115

The objective of this laboratory study is to determine the effectiveness of compos- ting in treating several common-type industrial waste sludges and municipal waste sludges. Factors affecting the performance of composting process were investigated. These included type of bulking material used, bulking material to sludge ratio, temperature of reaction, initial total solids levels, initial sludge pH, and the duration of composting process. Results indi- cated that the best treatment efficiencies were over 90 % reductions in total solids, total suspended solids, volatile suspended solids and chemical oxygen demand in the composted sludges. Potato and milk sludges showed the best reduction in all pollution parameters investigated, while the oil refinery sludge had a poor performance due to its low organic contents. Sawdust used as a bulking material at a bulking material to sludge ratio of 2 : 1, and increases in reaction temperatures are found to improve the composting efficiencies. SLUDGE HEATING STUDY FOR ANAEROBIC DIGESTION OF MUNICIPAL WASTEWATER SLUDGE. Yung-Tse Hung and Zhong-Ming Yu, Department of Civil Engineering, Cleveland State 10:^5 University, Cleveland, Ohio 44115.

Various heating methods have been used in the municipal wastewater treatment plants for anaerobic sludge digestion. This paper presents the mathematical equation of heat transfer applicable in the anaerobic sludge digestion, bench-scale and pilot-scale plant experimental 81 results of anaerobic sludge digestion with heat exchanger to maintain proper temperature for the thermophilic sludge digestion. Design parameters such as effect of temperature on heat transfer was determined and the temperature variation curves were developed. Problem encoun- tered in the design and operation of heat exchanger systems for the anaerobic digestion were discussed in this paper. The heat transfer efficiency of jacket-type external heat exchanger is higher than that of tube-coil type heat exchanger and is easier to maintain. Jacket type heat exchanger should be made of corrosion-resistant materials.

S E C T I 0 N: 0. ENGINEERING SATURDAY,APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY AFTERNOON & BUSINESS MTG. BALDWIN 862 R. FRED ROLSTEN, PRESIDING OFFICER

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING

A NUMERICAL COMPARISON OF THE FINITE DIFFERENCE AND FINITE ELEMENT METHODS by E. A. Rinker, R. A. Springraan and R. R. Little, Department of Mechanical Engineering, 2:00 The University of Toledo; Toledo, Ohio 43606

Several theoretical and numerical comparisons have been made of the finite differ- ence and finite element methods. These have incorporated many specific finite difference and finite element algorithms and have been applied to various problems. Most have been a comparison of accuracy. The results have been contradictory, depending on the specific algorithms used or the problem that was solved. Previous studies have compared the techniques on their use of computer resources and several of them have resulted in contradictory conclusions.

In this comparison, the implementation of the methods was kept as similar as possible. An automatic finite difference grid generation program was developed to meet this objective, as well as several other programs necessary to obtain a finite difference solution. The finite difference and finite element techniques were applied to a two-dimensional steady-state heat transfer problem, specifically to the solution of Laplace's equation. This problem had a simple geometry, an analytical solution and was well-suited for a comparison of the methods' accuracies without addressing discretization at the boundaries. The results of the two solution techniques were then compared with regard to accuracy, computer storage requirements and the ability to generate a grid.

DEVELOPMENT OF A VISION BASED ROBOTIC SYSTEM FOR MATERIAL HANDLING APPLICATIONS by Rohit Bhargava (Research Asst.) and Steven Kramer (Assoc. Professor), Mechanical o, -I r Engineering, University of Toledo, Toledo, Ohio 43606

This work involves the design of a vision based robotic system to handle part trans- fer operations involved in the loading arid unloading of trays used in the heat treatment process. Heat treatment plants handle a considerable variety of workpieces, but current gripper technology restricts the variety of parts that a robot is capable of grasping. Parts are classified into groups to facilitate the design and development of a versatile grip- per. The configuration of parts on the loading trays entering the furnace is an important aspect of the heat treatment process and represents a major constraint from the robotic point of view. Workpieces arrive at the loading station spatially organized in layers within bins, generally rectangular containers of volume one meter cubed. A vision subsystem determines the position and orientation of the parts. The robot then has to transfer them to a predetermined position on the tray with a specific orientation as dictated by the loading configuration. Com- pounding the problem of loading workpieces on the tray is the requirement of concurrently han- dling fixtures and/or separators which are specific to the class of parts being handled. The layout of robot, vision system and gripper is determined to carefully integrate these with the tray conveyor, bins, furnace and other accessories. Final considerations involve programming the robot to adapt to the change in the class of workpieces from one tray to the next. Attitudes in industry are favorable to automation in view of rising labor costs and a trend of decreasing costs of robotic and machine vision technology.

82 SOLUTION OF THE "INVERSE PROBLEM" IN ROBOT CONTROL Ronald L. Huston 2:30 Department of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering University of Cincinnati Cincinnati, Ohio 45221-0072 513/475-3642

A major problem in robot control is the determination of joint motion, when the desired motion of the end-effector is known. This is commonly called the "inverse problem" in robot control.

This paper presents a new, computer-oriented approach to solving this problem. Specifi- cally, the joint motions are determined by solving "reduced" governing equations of motion. These reduced equations are developed through a contraction of the dynamics equations with the orthogonal complement matrix of the constraining equations. Efficient procedures for determining the orthogonal complement matrix are also presented. Example motions and solutions are presented. Applications in other areas including biodynamics, sports mechanics, and cable dynamics are also discussed.

"MECHANICAL STRENGTH CHANGES OF WHITE PINE DURING KRAFT PULPING" J. W. Lacksonen and M. Veeravalli. Chem. Engr. Dept. U. of Toledo, Toledo, OH 43606 2:^5 A novel method for following the kinetics of pulping has been developed by fol- lowing the change in the compressive strength of wood with time during pulping. White pine blocks 2.54 cmX 1.8 cmX 3.5 cm were put into a stainless steel reactor. The reactor jacket was steam heated to three temperature levels: 126 C, 146 C, and 167 C. Two different concentration levels of Kraft pulping liquor were studied: 50 gm. Na.O/liter with 25% sulfidity and 25 gm. Na 0/liter with 25% sulfidity. Three liters of pulping liquor were used with five blocks of wood per run. Statistically, it was found that five samples per data point gave less than 5% error with a 95% confidence interval. Runs were made at 1, 2, 4, and 6 hours. An Instron testing machine was used to compress the pulped blocks in a direction parallel to the fiber orientation. Klason lignin measurements were done for each run to correlate the change in the volume-averaged lignin content vs. strength. The elastic modulus was found to vary non-linearly with the lignin content of the wood. The lignin content of the wood varied as a function of position in the wood block. This has re- sulted in the development of a shrinking-core type model to describe the combined diffusion- reaction processes occurring during pulping. It was also found experimentally that the white light transmission of the spent pulping liquor correlated linearly with the average lignin con- tent of the wood during pulping.

"THE DIFFUSION-SORPTION OF SULFUR DIOXIDE THROUGH LAYERS OF PAPER" J. W. Lacksonen and M. Dimitroff. Chem. Engr. Dept. U. of Toledo, Toledo, OH 43606 3:00 The diffusion-sorption of 1% S0« in air through layer& of 100% cotton fiber bond paper 1.5 inches thick has been studied at room temperature and one atm. pressure. This research is of interest to paper conservators, particularly in library science. SO- from air pollution can cause acidification and destruction of paper. A diffusion cell with S0« and air on one side and air on the other side provided a concentration gradient driving force for diffusion. Separate rates of sorption and equilibrium studies were made in individual flasks containing paper, air and injected S0~. A gas chromatograph provided the chemical analy- sis of the gas phase. Results of this work have shown a very rapid, physical surface adsorption of S0~ on the sur- face of the fibers, followed by a slower absorption into the fibers. For thick layers of paper, the sorption times were of the same order of magnitude as the diffusion times. Thus, the sorp- tion phenomena greatly affects the diffusion rate of S0_. The diffusion of helium in air through the layers of paper was also studied as a comparison using a non-sorbing gas. A mathematical model describing the combined diffusion-sorption process was developed.

IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS IN THE DESIGN OF A SOLAR SIMULATOR. B. W. Fintel and G. S. Jakubowski. Department of Mechanical Engineering, University of Toledo, 3.-|c Toledo, Ohio, 43606. Conducting solar energy research outdoors is not always conducive nor practical for obvious disadvantages such as limited daylight and inclement weather. Many of these problems can be circumvented by testing collectors under controlled conditions using a solar simulator. A properly designed simulator is essential in achieving the desired spectral quality and intensity which are characteristic of sunlight in the area (Air Mass 2). In an attempt to reproduce this spectral quality, two prevalent factors are considered when se- lecting the simulator light source: 1) spectral accuracy; and 2) construction and operating costs. Generally, low-priced incandescent filaments lack the ability to generate the tempema- tures essential for the ultraviolet (UV) radiation (AS(i < 0.38 um) of AM(2). Consequently,

83 these filaments produce an abundance of infrared radiation. Alternatively, the higher priced lamps produce a more proportional energy to wave-length response (especially in the UV region), but at the expense of a higher color temperature which usually results in a shorter filament life. In addition, the more expensive simulators employ a series of quartz filters to screen out excessive IR radiation. The required arrangement of the lamps, which is directly related to the cone half angle, is based on investigations dealing with beam uniformity and edge losses. The lamp spacing is found to be a function of the desired intensity. This presentation also discusses how the design criteria were implemented in the construction of a solar simulator at the University of Toledo.

APPLICATION OF A BOX MODEL TO COMPUTE BACKGROUND ATMOSPHERIC NITROGEN OXIDE CONCENTRATIONS IN OHIO by THOMAS, S. T. and KUMAR, A., Civil Engineering D.30 Department, The University of Toledo, Toledo, Ohio 43606.

A simple box model is applied to estimate background levels of nitrogen oxides in the State of Ohio. Unlike other atmospheric compounds, the circulation of nitrogen compounds has not been studied extensively. Along with current acid rain research, it is necessary to estimate the contribution of these compounds using estimates of natural and anthropogenic NOx sources. The nitrogen balance in the box model is evaluated using ranges of parameters used in the model.

ON THE USE OF CONVECTIVE VELOCITY SCALE AS A STABILITY PARAMETER by KUMAR, A. and FALLAH, N., Department of Civil Engineering, The University of Toledo, Toledo, Ohio 3;Z).5 43606.

The use of convective velocity scale/wind speed (w*/u) is gaining popularity as an atmospheric stability parameter for air quality modeling work. This paper compares w*/u method, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission AT method and sigma theta method. The study uses over 100 hours of data obtained at a distance of about 2 km from the shoreline near a lakeshore power plant.

HUMAN ELEMENTS IN COAL-MINE PRODUCTION AND STRATA CONTROL: A CONCEPTUAL ANALYSIS. FIGLER, Robert A. and SMITH, Alan D. , Coal Mining Administration, College of Busi- L , 0jTt ness. Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky 40475.

Coal-mine failure results in major loss of lives and large amounts of downtime as- sociated with coal excavation at the face. This disruption of the work flow affect the social as well as the technical elements of strata control and coal production. Ground control and overall stability, coupled with the encumbered space and its requirements on the work force, can be conceptually analyzed from the sociotechnical-systems standpoint. Unfor- tunately, many designs of coal-mining systems optimize the technical portions at the expense of the social components, or human factors. The optimization of the technical system, namely the analysis of rock behavior, in-situ stress state, geological conditions, and stress state, in structuring solutions to strata control will not necessarily improve roof stability. A recent study of coal-mine roof failure in Pike, Martin, and Floyd Counties of eastern Kentucky illustrated a number of factors associated with the occurrence of failure areas that are difficult to explain from the engineering or technical perspective. A conceptual analysis of the possible influence of human elements may aid in determining the causes of failure occur- rences during night shifc^ and on particular days of the week. Only by combining concepts of intergroup dynamics, social interaction, competition, and workflow interruptions with the physi- cal causes of roof failure can proper and feasible solutions be found for coping with the com- plexities of the mining environment.

SECT I ON: P. ADMIN. SCIENCES & PLANNING SATURDAY/ APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY MORNING BALDWIN 757 DOUGLAS V. SHAW, PRESIDING OFFICER

A TEST OF THE EQUITABILITY OF PUBLIC SCHOOL FINANCING BY THE STATE OF OHIO, Nancy K. Grant, Department of Urban Studies, The University of Akron, Akron, 9:00 Ohio 44325 The principle of "wealth neutrality" that-finances for education should be distributed in inverse proportion to the wealth of school districts-is accepted

84 as the princS.pT.tf- -:or public school finance in many states, Including Ohio.

Given this, two important issues need to be examined: (1) Are local revenues in public schools equitably distributed on a basis of wealth neutrality (2) Is the annuax state subsidy to Duolic schools equitably distributed on a basis of wealth neutrality?

Specifically, this study will try to test whether the goal of "wealth neutrality'' has been achieved in Ohio by investigating revenues of each school district from local and state and their impact on "wealth neutrality" during the period 1980-82. The quality of education in each school district and associated distribution of funds will be measured using the Gini-Index and the Coefficient of Correlation.

NEIGHBORHOOD DETERIORATION AND HOUSING ABANDONMENT: AKRON, OHIO, A CASE STUDY, Nirmal Goswami, Department of Urban Studies, The University of Akron, Akron, 9:15 Ohio 44325

The paper identifies the reasons that lead to widespread housing abandonment/ housing demolition. It also examines the phenomenon of declining neighborhoods and the roles that a city can play in checking such trends.

MANPOWER POLICY TRANSFORMATION IN THE 80's FROM CETA TO JTPA, Alan H. Sommers 177 North Portage Path #3, Akron, Ohio 44303 9 • 3£* There are always employment opportunities available even during recessions. Unfortunately the reason the job openings are there is because they require trained candidates that are not available. Training the unemployed and dis- advantaged in our society for those jobs can benefit both the private and the public sectors. It can provide business and industry with trained employees at no cost to the private sector and it can reduce the costs of unemployment and welfare. It makes the disadvantaged tax providers instead of tax consumers. This training effort has been the thrust of public manpower from the 1960's to the present. This presentation will briefly review the history of manpower policy and then concentrate on the two most recent efforts, the Comprehensive Employment and Training Act (CETA) and its successor the Job Training Partnership Act (JTPA). It will try to answer the question: has congress succeeded in enacting a new and more effective manpower policy or have they just recreated the wheel?

THE CHARACTERISTICS OF OFFENDERS IN A DWI INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAM Neil M- Casey, Akron Department of Public Health, Akron, Ohio, 44308; Peter

10:00 j_ Leahy, Department of Urban Studies, The University of Akron, Akron, Ohio 44325

This paper examines the characteristics of first offenders convicted of driving while intoxicated (DWI) who were assigned to an instructional treatment program in Akron, Ohio in the years 1983 and 1984. Program participants are compared to the general Akron population and to the general U.S. population. Implications for Public Health Departments which run DWI instructional programs are discussed.'

THE FEASABILITY OF ADAPTING QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEMS TO THE PUBLIC SECTOR, Matthew W. Dare, Department of Urban Studies, The University of Akron, Akron, 10. 15 Ohio 44325

Most of the efforts undertaken by the public sector, in this country-, have centered around the protection of public sector jobs through the formation of bargining units, or public relations compaigns to convince the "public" that they (the public sector employees and agencies) are superior in performance. Both of these efforts have shown mixed results. Some jobs have been retained, but opinion of public sector. employees and programs remains low.

The essential questions that should be asked by all public sector elements are: "What has the private company done to increase its efficiency and overall organizational performance that we have not done?" and "Can, and should, we adapt it for our own use?". (These are precisely the questions that the private sector was forced to ask itself when faced with foreign competition from Japan.) The answer to the first question in large measure is Quality Assurance. Private companies found that the adoption and continued use of Quality Assurance systems increased quality, productivity, and overall organizational performance. 85 The second question remains to be answered. Can, and should, the public sector adopt Quality Assurance programs and systems?

RADICAL ADMINISTRATORS: OHIO'S SOCIALIST MAYORS, Douglas Shaw, Department of Urban Studies, The University of Akron, Akron, Ohio 44325

Between 1910 and 1915 a dozen Ohio cities elected Socialist mayors or entire Socialist administrations. This paper examines the goals and accomplishments of these administrators, the political environment in which they worked, and the demise of the party. The paper argues that internal party divisions were instrumental in preventing these administrators from succeeding in their programs and in causing the downfall of the party as a viable political force.

S E C T I 0 N: P. ADMIN. SCIENCES & PLANNING SATURDAY,APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY AFTERNOON & BUSINESS MTG. BALDWIN 757 DOUGLAS V. SHAW, PRESIDING OFFICER

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING S E C T I 0 N: Q. ECONOMICS SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY MORNING ZIMMER 302 JOHN WEILER, PRESIDING OFFICER

OHIO: A STATE IN TRANSITION. Ann P. Nolan and Samuel S. Nemer. Office of Budget and Management, State of Ohio, 30 East Broad Street, Columbus, Ohio 43215, 9:00 (614) 466-4034.

Ohio has made a dramatic transition over the last decade. In just five years (1978 to 1983) Ohio lost 26 percent of its manufacturing jobs, and experienced an unemployment rate that climbed above the national average. How the state has evolved and what economic sectors have been influenced during the last decade will be addressed in this paper.

FORECASTING MANUFACTURING ACTIVITY IN THE STATE OF OHIO by Rajindar K. KOSHJsL, q,op< Manjulika KOSHAL, Nandita JAIN, Ohio University, Copeland Hall, Athens, OH J'-->~ 45701-2979

Since the beginning of this century, manufacturing activities have been an impor- tant part of Ohio's economy. Since 1973, the beginning of the energy crisis, this sector has been hit hard and a number of people have cast doubt in the future growth of this sector in this state. The purpose of this paper is two-fold. First, to examine the relationship of manufacturing sector in Ohio with the manu- facturing sector in the United Statesr

This examination would reveal the changing structures of this sector in relation to high energy pricesc Second, this paper developes forecasting models using both econometric as well as time series techniques. With the help of these models this paper predicts the future of the manufacturing sector. THE ROLE OF THE SERVICE SECTOR IN THE TOLEDO METROPOLITAN AREA

irx.rxni V. N. Krishnan and Charles Chittle Department of Economics Bowling Green State University, Bowling Green, Ohio 43403

This paper examines structural changes in employment in the Toledo matropolitan area with particular reference to the growth of the service sector. As is often noted the distinction between manufacturing and service activities is blurred. We will deal with this distinction as it applies to Toledo and attempt a classification of the latter. The paper would analyze the growth of the service sector during the last several years to evaluate its performance in the context of the overall changes in employment and unemployment in the area. We will identify the source of potential job opportunities and prospects for the growth of future service activities. A time series analysis will be presented using the least square regression method for analyzing past trends and making future projection.

86 TARGET INDUSTRY MARKETING FOR INDUSTRIAL REVITALIZATION - Edward J. Bardi and Paul J. Kozlowski, The University of Toledo, 2801 W. Bancroft St., Toledo, OH 43606 10:30 The prospects for success in revitalization efforts depend upon how well the state fares in the intense interstate competition for jobs. Communities in Ohio will be more competitive in attracting new businesses if industrial development programs are directed toward industries with a relatively high probability of locating in this part of the country.

This paper outlines steps necessary to develop an efficient, effective community marketing plan for retaining and attracting business. A target industry marketing plan focuses on industrial growth prospects and locational needs which can then be matched to the resource characteristics of a local community. The marketing plan enables local economic development organizations to target more directly industrial retention and attraction efforts to those industries most likely to locate in a particular economic environment. The matching of locational preferences and the local resource base improves the chances of success.

This paper demonstrates the appropriateness of target industry marketing by illustrating its successful application in Ohio. Overall, target industry marketing can be regarded as a foundation for addressing problems and examining the future prospects for revitalization in Ohio's local communities.

S E C T I 0 N: Q. ECONOMICS SATURDAY, APRIL 20/ 1985 ONLY AFTERNOON & BUSINESS MTG. ZIMMER 302 JOHN WEILER, PRESIDING OFFICER

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING

FIRST INNOVATIONS MANAGEMENT SURVEY IN NORTHEAST OHIO Gerhard 0. Mensch and Vasudevan Ramanujam, The Weatherhead School of Management, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio 44106.

Innovative activity is the backbone of economic growth. Supported by a grant from the Cleveland Foundation, the Innovations Research Group at Case Western Reserve University has developed a survey and, in a first round, administered it to 46 firms. Eighteen of these companies participated with several managers, some representing one, some several strategic business units. The majority of participating firms were small innovating companies with one or two plants. We will report a number of our findings.

UPDATING COEFFICIENT MATRICES FOR A 2:30 COUNTY REGIONAL SYSTEM Richard W. Janson Vera K. Pavlakovic The Janson Industries Geography Department 1200 Garfield Avenue S.w. Kent State University Canton, OH 44706 Kent, OH 44242 The 1982 census data has been analyzed for employment implications and output trends that are occurring in Stark County, Ohio. All sectors have been subjected to location quotient analysis in order to estimate the changes that are occurring in the A-matrix of Stark County. An output vector for the county has been estimated and used in conjunction with the revised A-matrix to calculate the final demand product produced by Stark County industry.

CROSS-VALIDATION TECHNIQUES TO ESTABLISH EXTENT OF CONCURRENT VALIDITY FOR DISCRIM- INANT MARKETING - RESEARCH SURVEYS. SMITH, Alan D., College of Business, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky 40475. 3:00 The utility of regression equations and models derived from them in marketing-re- search surveys should be cross-validated in order to establish some degree of con- current validity. Concurrent validity is an important component in determining criterion-re- lated validity for surveys. Kany disciplines, such as geography and other social sciences, 87 derive much data from survey research, and validity measures of this research are needed in order to correctly infer from the survey results. A common problem in most marketing surveys is missing or incomplete items on questionnaires and the initial and resultant selection bias in the distribution of the questionnaires. Cross-validation techniques, in this study, were applied to respondents and nonrespondents. Sixteen demographic and product related independent variables were initially used to determine the sampling frame for the marketing-research survey. Multiple linear regression (MLR) techniques were employed to complete hypothesis-testing proce- dures between survey nonrespondents and respondents on: 1. the total sample, 2. two separate randomized subsamples, and 3. cross-validation through the regression equation determined in the first subsample applied to members of the second subsample. The R 2 terms were compared, once some effort for shrinkage correction of the R terms were made. The results of the cross- validation allowed the author to conclude a general lack of concurrent validity based on the instability of the regression weights, as indicated by the discrepancy in R values among the models.

S E C T I 0 N: R. ECOLOGY SATURDAY/ APRIL 20/ 1985 FIRST MORNING BALDWIN 738 DAVID J, HICKS, PRESIDING OFFICER

*** POSTER ABSTRACTS FOR THIS SECTION ARE FOLLOWED BY PODIUM ABSTRACTS

Tangeman WHITE OAK (QUERCUS ALBA) SEEDLING GROWTH IN RELATION TO EARTHWORM (LUMBRICUS Univ. Ctr. TERRESTRIS) ACTIVITY IN OHIO SURFACE MINESOIL. Melanie Strohecker Abe11 and John Board D P- Vimmerstedt, 4596 Redbank Road, Galena, Ohio 43021. § 3:30 p.m. A four month greenhouse study was used to test the effects of earthworms (Lumbricus terrestris) on soil compaction and the growth of white oak (Quercus alba) seedlings in Ohio surface minesoil. A silt loam subsoil and loam topsoil were placed in polyvinyl chloride pipe columns and arranged in a random 2X2 factorial of earthworm presence and absence and high and low soil compaction. White oak seedling growth and earthworm activities were noted.

Growth measurements showed that seedlings grown with earthworms had greater root lengths, root diameters and leaf dry weights than seedlings grown without earthworms. Greater leaf dry- weights, lower leaf nitrogen percent and smaller root diameters were seen in seedlings grown in compacted soil compared to seedlings grown in uncompacted soil. Bulk densities of the compacted soil were not affected by the earthworms, but compacted soil with earthworms had more surface castings and more surface litter than uncompacted soil with earthworms.

OHIO EPA FISH SAMPLING PROGRAM. David J. Altfater, Paul Albeit, Raymond A. Tangeman Beaumier, Edward T. Rankin, and Marc A. Smith, Ohio EPA, Division of Water Quality Univ. Ctr. Monitoring and Assessment, Evaluation and Standards Section, P.O. Box 1049, Board E Columbus, Ohio 43216-1049. @ 3:30 p.m. The Ohio Environmental Protection Agency (Ohio EPA), from 1978 to the present, has developed and implemented an intensive biological and water quality sampling program to evaluate the condition of Ohio's rivers and streams. One part of this program includes the sampling of the fish community using state-of-the-art electrofishing techniques. From 1978 to 1984, the fish communities from more than 1000 locations in 221 small to large size streams have been evaluated, covering over 5609 stream kilometers. The Ohio EPA uses evaluations of fish community condition to establish water quality standards, assess poilutional impacts, and determine whether or not surface waters of Ohio meet Clean Water Act goals. This poster will be a presentation of the Ohio EPA sampling gear, the techniques employed with each gear type, and the streams in which they have been used. ECOLOGY AND LIFE HISTORY OF AN UNUSUAL MIDWESTERN HARVESTMAN, Tangeman HADROBUNUS MACULOSUS (Wood) . Dr. George E. Klee, Dept. of Biol- Univ. Ctr. ogical Sciences, Kent State University-Stark Sampus, 6000 Frank Board F Ave., NW, Canton, OH W20 @ 3:30 p.m. Large collections were made of Hadrobunus maculosus during an extensive study of Michigan harvestmen and other Great Lakes area species. This large species had been reported previously in only a few states and in a half dozen Michi- gan localities as a part of a comprehensive state study involving collections in all Michigan counties. Our study utilized k season-long sampling tech- niques in 9 different habitats, from northern, southern and central lower Michigan. Sampling method was a critical variable; pitfall trap samples yielded over 90% of the over 1000 specimens of H. maculosus collected. The life history of this species is described, based on the season-long sampling, and the rather atypical ecological tolerances of this species of this species are reviewed. Comparisons of the sampling methods are described, to illustrate how an apparently rare species can actually prove to be quite abundant, if the right sampling methods are used to collect it.

THE EFFECTS OF SOLIDAGO ALTISSIMA ON VAM FUNGAL ASSOCIATIONS IN A RECONSTRUCTED Tangeman TALLGRASS PRAIRIE IN SOUTHWEST OHIO. Paul Lattimore and Lawrence A. Kapustka. Univ. Ctr. Department of Botany, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio 45056. Board G 3:30 p.m. Pure stands of Solidago altissima exist in several of the unburned sites in the reconstructed tallgrass prairie at the Ecology Research Center of Miami University, Oxford, Ohio. Solidago altissima has been observed replacing the tallgrass species in these sites. Solidago altissima has been demonstrated to change the morphology of grass roots and to inhibit germination of grass seeds (Hielbert, M.S. Thesis, Kansas State University, 1974). Bioassays of soil from pure stands of S. altissima are being conducted on Andropogon gerardi, Panicum virgatum, Schizachyrium scoparium and Sorghastrum nutans to determine the effect S. altissima has on the VAM inoculum potential in these sites. Aqueous extracts of S. altissima are being added to soil from sites without S. altissima to determine their effect on VAM development in the grasses. Preliminary field data have indicated that there is an apparent trend for higher percentage VAM fungal infection in S. nutans in areas dominated by S. altissima than in areas dominated by the tallgrasses. Analysis of variance (ANOVA) will be performed on the results obtained for the percentage VAM infection to determine if there is any relationship between VAM infection levels in the grasses and the presence of S. altissima.

THE EFFECTS OF SEWAGE SLUDGE AND FERTILIZER ON PLANT SPECIES DIVERSITY AND PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY IN A SIXTH-YEAR OLD-FIELD COMMUNITY. M. Beth Hyder and Gary W. 9:! Barrett. Department of Zoology, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, 45056 Vegetation was sampled from eight 0.1-ha plots comprising a sixth-year old-field community at the Miami University Ecology Research Center. Three plots were treated five times annually (May-September) with sludge (8960 kg. ha"'y r"') , three plots were treated with an equivalent nutrient subsidy of urea-phosphate fertilizer (1600 kg- ha"'yr*') > and two plots were left as untreated controls. Species diversity, live plant biomass, and primary productivity were determined. Nutrient-enriched plots were characterized by the annuals Ambrosia trifida, Ambrosia artemisiifolia, and Lactuca scariola whereas the controls were dominated by the perennials Solidago canadensis and Rubus sp. These subsidized plots also exhibited lower species richness and evenness values than the controls. Primary productivity values (g- nr*y r"'±S. D.) for the sludge, fertilizer, and control plots were 1384 ± 222, 1737 ± 304, and 1009 ± 56, respectively; the fertilizer-treated plots had significantly greater (P 0.05) productivity than the controls. Although the nutrient-enriched plots shared similar productivity values, differences in species composition and diversity suggest that the type of nutrient subsidy may help to determine community structure.

PATTERNS OF EMERGENCE AND TEMPERATURE EFFECTS ON GERMINATION IN TWO PANICUM SPECIES. Alison Achbach Smith and Katherirre L. Gross 9:15 The Ohio State University, Department of Botany and Environmental Biology Program, 1735 Neil Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43210.

Panicum dichotomiflorum and P. capillare are annual grasses that exhibit a fugitive life cycle. Their emergence in the field has been shown to vary temporally and may be related to their temperature requirements for germination. In the laboratory, P. capillare seeds exhibited both a higher rate and total percent germination than P. dichotomiflorumi under simulated May temperatures (14°-24°C). However, no significant difference in species re- sponse was observed under July temperature conditions (20°-30°C). In an out- door garden experiment, germination patterns differed for the two species. P. dichotomiflorum seeds germinated sporadically and emergence was spread over several weeks while P. capillare seeds germinated more synchronously. P. dichotomiflorum seeds are larger than those of P. capillare and are more variable in weight. Seed weight may be a factor in the observed germination patterns.

89 COMPARISONS OF THE VEGETATIVE AND FLOWERING CHARACTERISTICS OF FOUR TEN-YEAR INTRODUCED PRAIRIES IN BUTLER COUNTY. Mary R. Huffman and Lawrence A. Kapustka. 9 ' 30 Department of Botany, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio 45056.

Four sites in Butler County, Ohio were planted into prairie grasses under the direction of Roger E. Wilson in 1974. Little or no management has been employed on most of these sites since the time of planting. An experimental burning program has been imposed on one of the sites (the Ecology Research Center). Currently, the areas differ widely in vegetation and flowering characteristics, but few quantitative data had been recorded prior to this study. Throughout the 1984 growing season, field data including aerial phytomass, height, phenology, and flowering stem density were collected in each prairie. In addition, bulk density, field capacity, and organic matter content of the soils were measured. Pre- liminary analysis of the data suggests that two of the sites, which are dominated by C3 grass species, have soils of significantly higher field capacity. These sites showed low phytomass, low species diversity, and low flowering stem density. The other two areas, including the burned site, are dominated by C4 grasses, have greater aerial phytomass, greater species diversity, higher flowering stem density, and significantly lower field capacity.

RESPONSES OF WOODY UNDERSTORY PLANTS TO CANOPY OPENINGS IN DECIDUOUS FORESTS. DAVID J. HICKS, Biology Department, Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio, 44074. 9:45 Species composition, size distribution, extension growth rates and canopy structu- ral characteristics were compared for woody plants in treefall gaps and under intact canopy in two mesic beech-maple-oak forests in Ohio (Lorain and Belmont Counties), a mesic northern hardwoods-spruce forest in West Virginia, and a subxeric oak forest in Pennsylvania. Short-term responses of understory plants to canopy opening included: 1. A smaller proportion of shade-tolerant seedlings in gaps. 2. Increased extension growth rate for gap saplings in mesic forests. Relatively high growth rates tended to occur in shade- intolerant species, in larger individuals (in some species), and in saplings in large gaps. 3. Hamamelis virginiana in the subxeric forest produced greater numbers of ramets per genet in gaps, although genet density did not change. Some understory attributes did not differ signi- cantly between gap and intact-canopy populations, including: 1. Diameter distributions. 2. Species composition for saplings. 3. Canopy structure (terminal branch angle, bifurcation ratio; Lorain County site only was studied) of Acer saccharum saplings. Responses of plants in the subxeric forest were weaker than at the other sites, probably because of greater light intensity under intact canopy at that site. At all study sites, the composition of the sapling stratum was markedly different from that of the canopy (percent similarity K 40%), suggesting that gap formation will lead to changes in canopy composition.

DICTYOSTELID CELLULAR SLIME MOLDS IN AGRICULTURAL SOILS OF S.E. OHIO. Charles A. Hammer. Botany Department, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio 45701-2979. 10-00 The distribution and density of eleven cellular slime mold species isolated from agricultural and forest soils in a survey (S.E. Ohio), and in an extensive seasonal s^udy of four agricultural fields ^nd a forest site located en a single small floodplain were found to differ with respect to treatment. Survey data indicate a positive response of Dictyostelium sphaerocephalum and JD. mucoroides to the grazing regime, a trend also seen in seasonal study. The density of Polysphondilium violaceum was highest in the woodland soils in both survey and seasonal study. Dictyostel ium minutum, D_. lacteum and D_. discoideum were isolated only from old field or forest soils, while a preference for forest soil was indicated for _D. poiycephalurn. Other species showed little or no response to agricultural treatment. Polysphondilium pallidum had highest densities in survey old fields and pastures, though in the seasonal study, highest densities for this species were encountered in old field and forest soils. The density of cellular slime molds was found to follow the pattern of soil % HpO in the seasonal study. Seasonal peaks for dictyostelid density were noted in July and August, with peaks most apparent in the old field and woods. Cellular slime mold diversity was highest for forest and old field soils, and lowest in hay field soils. RATES AND PATTERNS OF LEAF LITTER REDISTRIBUTION WITHIN AN UNGLACIATED OHIO WATERSHED. James G. Kooser and R.E.J. Boerner. Department of Botany and Graduate .. _ Program in Environmental Biology, The Ohio State University, 1735 Neil Ave. '^: I-3 Columbus, Ohio 43210.

Traditional studies of leaf litter dynamics have assumed leaves decay where they fall. For steeply sloping valleys this may not be the case. To help validate a model of detrital dynamics for Neotoma, a small unglaciated Ohio watershed, litterfall and litter redistribution were measured on a southwest-facing slope (mixed oak forest) and a northeast- facing slope (mixed mesophytic). Net litter inputs (vertical litterfall + net downslope redistribution) exceeded vertical litterfall by 90-175% on the southwest-facing slope and by 45-70% on the northeast-facing slope. Little of the redistributed litter appeared to reach the valley bottem; net inputs to the valley bottom exceeded litterfall by only 25%. Traps at the

90 edges of ridgetops indicate slight (17%) redistribution across broad ridges. Preliminary analysis indicates different rates of movement for different species of leaves and at diff- erent times of the year. The relation between net inputs, slope position and soil nutrient availability will be discussed.

CARBON METABOLISM IN THE CRYPTOENDOLITHIC MICROBIOTA FROM THE ANT- ARCTIC DRY VALLEYS. J. Robie Vestal.Biological Sciences, Univ. of 10'30 Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH 45221. In the dry valleys of Antarctica, the landscape is often covered with pieces of Beacon sandstone. Within the pore spaces of this rock, a complete community of microbes lives with a lichen phycobiont and green algae as the primary producers for metabolic carbon. The carbon metabolism of this community was studied to determine the metabolic potential of this rare micro- biota. Under certain conditions of temperature, moisture (melted snow), light, and wind velocity, this microbiota was capable of photosynthetic and hetero- troohic metabolism, even though the ambient air temperature never exceeded -5 C. Photosynthetic CO fixation could only occur in the presence of water, with atmospheric C0~ being presented to the cells as dissolved C0~ or bicarbon- ate. In controlled laboratory experiments, ohotosynthetic carbon metabolism occurred at -2 C, but not -3 or -5 C, with maximum activity at +5 C. Measure- able photosynthesis occurred at 5 uEi/m /sec, an intensity comparable to that inside the rock matrix. The results indicate that this unique microbiota can be metabolically active under well defined environmental conditions, which occur rarely in nature.

ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS GOVERNING MICROBIAL ACTIVITY AND BIOMASS IN CAVE SOILS. David J. Feldhake and J. Robie Vestal. Dept. Biol. Sci., Univ. of Cincinnati, 10'^5 Cincinnati, Ohio 45221.

Soil microbial communities are an essential component of the cave ecosystem, yet the interaction of these microbes with their environment has not been thoroughly investi- gated. Jr. a survey conducted on 5 dates during 1983-84, the soil microbiota at 12 diverse sites in 5 Kentucky caves were studied to determine the roles of soil water content, soil organic content, soil type, and pH. These parameters could regulate the activity and biomass of cave microbial communities. The survey data suggested that organic matter limited both microbial activity (measured as ^4C-acetate incorporation into lipids) and microbial biomass (measured as total lipid phosphate content of soil) in caves. A site lov; in water content, organic content, and physical disturbance, was chosen to experimentally test the effects of 3 treatments: physical disturbance, single pulse water addition, and glucose + water enrichment. This experiment showed that disturbance had a short-term effect in stimulating microbial activity, but not biomass. Water amended plots were analogous to those in the disturbed treatment. Water + glucose enrichment resulted in a significant increase in microbial biomass after 7 days, but activity per unit biomass was similar for all treatments after 7 days. The cave microbial communities studied were limited by organic carbon, and may be adapted to using infrequent inputs of carbon for cell maintenance and growth.

S E C T I 0 N: R. ECOLOGY SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 SECOND MORNING BALDWIN 739 ANN L. RYPSTRA, PRESIDING OFFICER

PARENTAL CARE, JUVENILE DEVELOPMENT, AND NESTMATE RECOGNITION IN MALLOS GREGALIS DEBBIE FRITZ 9!00 Universtiy of Cincinnati Dept. of Biological Sciences Cincinnati, Ohio 45221 Spiderlings of Mallos gregalis, the Mexican social spider, were reared in colonies with and without adults present, and observed throughout pre- and post-embryonic development. These studies have revealed that although there is apparently no parental care of the egg sacs, fewer egg sacs hatched in the colonies where the adults were absent. Desiccation of the unhatched egg sacs is the main cause of hatching failure, and the presence of adults probably contributes to improved hatching success through maintenance of the humidity of the interior of the nest. Juveniles emerging from the egg sacs participate

91 immediately in communal prey capture and feeding, and survie equally well in the presence or absence of adults. Experiments have shown that spiders reared separately will join together in web-building and prey capture with no evidence of nestmate (or kin?) recognition. These findings suggest that Mallos has evolved along the parasocial route to sociality, instead of through prolonged parent/juvenile association, as in other spiders.

THE EFFECT OF JUVENILE EXPERIENCE ON THE SOCIAL STRUCTURE OF METEPEIRA SPINIPES Karen Cangialosi Department of Biological Sciences University of Cincinnati Cincinnati, OH 45221

Metepeira spinipes, a communal orb-weaving spider found in central Mexico, shows varying degrees of social behavior in different geographical regions. Group size and spacing vary geographically, primarily in response to prey availability and environmental conditions. However, behavioral mechanisms affecting tolerance of conspecifics may also con- tribute to differences in spacing patterns and social organization. For example, in large colonies in moist tropical forests, spiderlings hatch out onto webs with other spiders of vary- ing ages already present, whereas in desert areas, where spiders live solitarily or in small groups, spiderlings are more likely to hatch out alone. To test for the effect of experience on tolerance, experiments were conducted rearing tropical and desert spiderlings in isolation and in communal groups. Tropical spiders put together after isolation, show spacing patterns and nearest neighbor distances similar to those seen in the communally reared groups. Desert spiders show an initial effect of isolation on tolerance of conspecifics that is eventually modified by communal adult experience. These results suggest that within populations of different geographical regions, there may be different behavioral mechanisms involved in shaping the social structure of Metepeira spinipes.

GENETIC DIFFERENCES IN SOCIAL SPACING IN METEPEIRA SPINIPES, A COMMUNAL TERRITORIAL ORB WEAVER George Uetz, Ph.D. n,ont Dept. of Biological -Sciences, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH 45221

Metepeira spinipes, a communal/territorial orb-weaver from Mexico, shows consider- able geographic variation and temporal flexibility in group size and social spacing. A series of laboratory studies was conducted to test whether the variation observed in the field is the result of behavioral plasticity, or the result of genetic mechanisms inherent in different populations. Spiders from source populations in desert and moist tropical habitats were collected as eggs and raised in the laboratory under identical controlled conditions. Measurements of three-dimensional spacing parameters in laboratory colonies (nearest neighbor distance, within-colony density) have shown significant differences in spatial organization between populations that can only be attributable to differences in genetic makeup. Behavioral observations confirm that there are several behavioral ecotypes within this species, with levels of sociality adapted to the regions in which they occur.

FACTORS DETERMINING THE SPATIAL DISTRIBUTION OF A PERUVIAN POPULATION OF THE SPIDER NEPHILA CLAVIPES (ARANEAE; ARANEIDAE). 9;if5 Ann L» Rypstra, Miami University-Hamilton, 1601 Peck Blvd. Hamilton, OH 45011

Individuals of the spider species, Nephila clavipes (Araneae; Araneidae), in the tropical forest of SE Peru relocate their webs if prey capture during their daytime foraging period falls below a theashold of 3 prey/hr. Individuals remained in webs with higher prey capture rates. In a few areas aggregations of several intertwined webs were observed. The hypothesis was tested that the presence of aggregations is determined by prey availability. Prey consumption rates of aggregated spiders were higher than they were for solitary individuals. Aggregated spiders dispersed from groups if prey capture was reduced by removing insects from their webs. Web groups were created and maintained in low prey areas when insects were provided to the resident spiders. These results imply that the distribution and abundance of food can impact the allowable distance between individuals and consequently be a critical factor in allowing the evolution of sociality in this group of organisms.

REINTRODUCTION OF ALLEGHENY W00DRATS TO HOCKING COUNTY, OHIO. Walter J. Schlie and Theodore A. Bookhout, Ohio Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit, The Ohio State in rtr. University, Columbus, Ohio 43210. 10:00 Allegheny woodrats (Neotoma floridana magister), an endangered mammal in Ohio, occur only in Adams County. Several were live-trapped in Adams County and in Kentucky, fitted with radiotransmitters, and reintroduced to a formerly occupied site, Neotoma Valley, Hocking County, in 1983 (7 M, 11 F) and in 1984 (10 M, 16 F). Releases were of 2 types: 92 direct, before leaf-out, and gentle, after leaf-out, which included supplemental feeding and predator distraction. Mean number of days between moves (abandonment of 1 crevice and inhabitance of a new one) was significantly (P<"0.05) larger after the second release (7.9) than after the first release (2.9), and mean length of survival (days) was significantly (P<0.01) larger after the second release (61.4) than after the first release (12.6). All woodrats released in 1983 and 18 of the 26 released in 1984 are dead or missing. Predation is the significant cause of death. Two litters were born at Neotoma, one in each field season. Suitable crevices, important to woodrat survival, appear to be limited at Neotoma.

SNOWFALL AS A CONTRIBUTING CAUSE OF THE 10-YEAR CYCLE IN THE SNOWSHOE HARE. John F. Wing, Kenn Peterson and Kathleen M. Anderson, Wittenberg University, 10:15 p-°- Box 720> Springfield, Ohio 45501. Density of snowshoe hare (Lepus americanus) in the boreal increases 15-100 fold over its 10-yr. cycle (Keith, 1963, 1974) and density of lynx (Lynx canadensis) increases about 5-10 fold (Keith, 1963). Such increases correlate with favorable, seasonal rainfall (Meslow £ Keith, 1971; Gary £ Keith, 1979) but, as shown here, they correlate more especially with moderate snowfall, which is here shown to have a significant 10-yr. cycle in Alaska (p-f.01), Canada (p<.01) and the Lake States (p< .05). For example, snowfall records in northern Michigan and Ontario correlate r= .34 to r= .37 (p< .05) with Michigan hare kill and r= .46 to .65 (p< .01) with Ontario lynx kill. Snowfall increases the quantity/quality of vegetation at times of low hare density, and moderate snowfall also provides cover and warmth while permitting browse. The hare density increases are inevitably followed by decline due to excessive browsing, presaturation dispersal to suboptimal habitat, and resulting malnutrition (Wolff, 1980) especially in winter (Gary 5 Keith, 1979) which results in reduced reproductive success in spring and increased predation and disease (Wolff, 1980; Keith, 1984). This decline coincides with the unfavorable phase of the rainfall/snowfall cycle, but is only partly due to it. Hence the 10-yr. weather cycle serves partly as a cause of the hare cycle and partly as a temporal regulator of endogenous population processes (Elton, 1942; Hutchinson $ Deevey, 1949).

WEATHER DETERMINANTS OF URBAN PIGEON (COLUMBA LIVIA) FORAGING PATTERNS. Peggy A. Kelly. Department of Biological Sciences, University of Cincinnati, 10:30 Cincinnati, Ohio 45221.

Feral pigeons usually feed in flocks, often following individuals which first apnear to find food sources. Theoretically, they should attempt to maximize their food intake while minimizing their energy expenditure. The proximity of an abundant natural food supply in summer may reduce the need for foraging, while food shortages in winter demand greater foraging time and or a larger foraging area. In this study pigeons were trapped and banded on the roof of the Cincinnati Museum of Natural History from June 1977 to June 1979. High quality food was provided for the birds; therefore only weather and time of year were left unmanipulated. The mark-recapture data of 310 pigeons over 226 trap days were analyzed with regard to various aspects of the weather: temperature charac- teristics, visibility, wind speed, wind chill and precipitation..

AVIAN FLOCK FORMATION AND STRUCTURE IN BEECH-MAPLE FORESTS IN FALL AND WINTER: TRENDS AND DETERMINANTS. A. Townsend Peterson, David 10:45 R- Osborne, and Douglas H. Taylor. Department of Zoology, Miami University, Oxford, OH 45056.

The interrelationships of foraging strategy, resource abundance, and social system of birds in a beech-maple forest ecosystem were studied from August 1984 to February 1985. The structure and composition of multispecific foraging flocks were studied using instantaneous scan sampling techniques; this revealed a general trend of increasing species diversity (Shannon-Weaver Index) and species richness (Margolef's Species Richness Index), as winter approached. Possible determinants of these trends (resource abundance, temperature, wind, day of the year, etc. ) are discussed with respect to flock formation and changes in flock structure.

S E C T I 0 N: R. ECOLOGY SATURDAY/APRIL 20, 1985 FIRST AFTERNOON & BUSINESS MTG BALDWIN 738 MICHAEL C. MILLER, PRESIDING OFFICER

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING

93 MEASUREMENT OF BACTERIAL INPUT TO STREAM SYSTEMS USING THE ACRIDINE ORANGE-EPIFLUORESCENCE TECHNIQUE 2:00 Craig Eller, Dept. Biol., P.O. Box 720, Wittenberg University, Springfield, Ohio 45501

Lotic sites in Clark County, Ohio were examined for bacterial input between November, 1984 and January, 1985- Quantitative measurements were performed using a simplified version of the Acridine Orange-Epifluorescence technique, as initially developed by Francisco et al. (1973) and later modified by Hobbie et al. (1976). This method allows for high bacterial retention rates (>99%) and rapid discrimination between bacteria and detritus. High bacterial counts were noted in a spring near an area restaurant and below a sewage treatment effluent pipe in Mad River. Samples taken above and below the point sources were used to quantitatively assess impact of bacterial input to the stream systems.

THE ISOLATION OF W0295, A STRAIN OF MYXOCOCCUS XANTHUS, AN EFFECTIVE PREDATOR OF 2:15 THE CYANOBACTERIA PHORMIDIUM LURIDUM, NOSTOC MUSCORUM, AND ANABAENA CYLINDRICA. M. A. Rotondo* , P. C. Eraleigh , J. C. Burnham . University of Toledo ' , and Medical College of Ohio . *2613 Schroeder, Toledo, OH 43613.

Water samples from five Northwest Ohio sites were collected and tested for cyanobacterial predators. Algae Agar (Difco) in petri plates and Algae Broth (Difco) in Erlenmeyer flasks containing Anabaena cylindrica, Nostoc muscorum, and Phormidium luridum were inoculated with the water samples and checked repeatedly for lytic plaque formation and clearing serial transfers of bacteria from distinctive large plaques and cleared liquids eliminated ineffective predators and purified lytic bacterial strains. The above procedures resulted in the isolation of an extremely effective predator, Myxococcus xanthus strain WO295, on all test cyanobacteria. On agar grown lawns of prey cyanobacteria WO295 showed plaques 70% larger than those formed by the previously described predator M. fulvus BG02. While BG02 and WO295 of equivalent age showed similar lytic kinetics with aqueous grown P. luridum, only WO295 was able to lyse A. cylindrica in agitated liquid culture. With a similar mechanism, as shown by the BG02 strain, the WO295 myxococci from irregular colonies in agitated liquid cultures, entrap the cyanobacteria, and cause the lysis of these cells by released enzymes. The WO295 strain caused the complete disaggregation of individual cells from the trichomes with accompanying loss of cell wall integrity.

PHOSPHORUS DYNAMICS OF METALIMNETIC CHLOROPHYLL MAXIMA IN A SHALLOW EUTROPHIC LAKE. Markowitz, D.V., B.J. Lamberts, and R.T. Heath. Kent State University, Department 2:30 of Biological Sciences, Kent, OH 44242

Metalimnetic algal populations may be taking advantage of higher nutrient availa- bility despite possible light limitation at greater depth. Pick (et al, 1984) has suggested that nutrient advantage does not explain metalimnetic chrysophyte peaks. He observed decreas- ing P-uptake velocity despite increasing P-limitation of metalimnetic algae. We observed in- creased P-limitation of blue green algae in metaiimnetic populations. However our observa- tions show that P-uptake of metalimnetic waters remains high throughout the summer. We suggest that phosphorus is resupplied to metalimnetic algae through zooplankton grazing activities.

The Vegetative Growth and Extracellular Enzyme Production of Marine Thraustochytrid Fungi. Nancy K. Coleman and J. Robie Vestal, Univer- 2:45 sity of Cincinnati.

Nine species of marine Thraustochytrid fungi were studied for hydro- lytic enzyme activity during vegetative growth. Extracellular hydrolytic enzyme activity was measured as the rate of fluorescein production from fluorescein di- acetate. This procedure measures a variety of hydrolytic enzymes including phos- phatases, lipases and proteinases. Eight of the nine cultures excreted hydroly- tic enzymes during mid to late log growth in batch culture. The patterns of enz- ymatic activity varied among species. Species isolated from Mangrove Cay, Baha- mas (Isolates A, B and D) exhibited the highest amounts of activity during the mid to late log phase of growth. In comparison, Thraustochytrium striatum, T. aureum, Ulkenia visurgensis and U. sarkariana all peaked at a similar time dur- ing growth but the lag phase was longer and the amount of fluorescein released (enzymatic activity) was lower. T. multirudimentale showed a unique pattern of activity. Initially growth was slow, but when it increased dramatically, the enzyme activity increased only slightly and remained constant until growth stop- ped. These studies indicate that these marine fungi may play a major role in pelagic marine decomposition of mangrove detritus

94 CHIRONOMID (DIPTERA:CHIRONOMIDAE) SPECIES DISTRIBUTION AND OXYGEN o.pjrt TENSIONS IN A MIDWESTERN RESERVOIR. Susan Peirce. Department of 5 .\JY) Biological Sciences. University of Cincinnati. Cincinnati, Ohio 45221

An ordination technique, detrended correspondence analysis (DECORANA), was used to describe the distribution of twenty-one chironomid species in a single dimictic lake. Fifteen hundred individuals were collected from habitats defined by spatial and seasonal variations, and axes were established using a Spearman Rank Correlation test. Percent dissolved oxygen was found to be the most significant factor in this analysis. Along a gradient of environmen- tal oxygen tensions, a grouping at lower levels of dissolved oxygen levels indicates a greater similarity of sites based on species distribution, than at higher oxygen levels, where points are widely dispersed. A second scattergram representing an ordination of species based on sites, suggests a unique dis- tribution for five hemoglobin-containing species, and will be discussed.

MICRO-CLIMATIC PARAMETERS AFFECTING THE DISTRIBUTION OF MOSS-INHABITING TARDIGRADES (WATER-BEARS). Curtis Meininger. Department of Biological Sciences, Z>\ 1-? University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio. 45221.

Tardigrades, commonly referred to as water-bears, are small invertebrates which live in plant-held waters and in the interstices of soil and leaf litter. Such environments dry frequently and are inhabited by organisms capable of achieving physiological dormancy (encystment). Although these organisms are nearly invulnerable while encysted, their survival may be determined by the quality of the hydrated environment and the rate at which it dries. Tardigrades were collected from moss growth adjacent to the trans-Alaska haul road and compared to those collected from patches of moss found on trees in Cincinnati urban parks. Species exhibited differential tolerance to several micro-climatic parameters affecting pH and humidity in both locations. The distributions of species common to both regions provide evidence for their utility as environmental indicators of pH and moisture.

THE EFFECTS OF NUTRIENT ENRICHMENT ON THE EPILITHIC MICROEIOTA OF AN OLIGOTRDPHIC ARCTIC STREAM. Meredith Hullar and J. Robie Vestal. Dept. of Biological Sciences, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio 45221.

With the completion of th^ Trans-Alaskan pipeline, man has increasing access to Arctic Alaska. With man comes the inevitability of disturbance to a previously pristine environment. In river systems, the effect of disturbance by nutrient enrichment will first be seen in the epilithic community. For the past two years, we have been studying the effects of whole stream enrichment with phosphoric acid on the epilithic micribiota of the Kuparuk River, AK. Phosphoric acid was added to the river to concentrations 10 ug/1 above ambient concentrations. The phosphoric acid addition to the Kuparuk River mediated a change from a heterotrophically based system to a system which became increasingly autotrophic. The change in carbon from allochthonous to autochthonous sources was mediated by the response of the autotrophic component of the epilithon to the phosphoric acid additions. Increased autotrophic activity increased autochthonous carbon via algal lysis products and exudate which in turn stimulated the heterotrophic component of the epilithon.

TEMPORAL CHANGES IN SUBTIDAL MARINE COMMUNITIES AT CAPE ANN, MASSACHUSETTS. Ralph I/. Dexter, Department of Biological 3.^5 Sciences, Kent State University, Kent, Ohio 44242

Based on 43 annual surveys, eelgrass (Zostera marina) beds slowly increased from one small surviving patch following epi- demic of 1930-32 to fair recovery by 1971-72, followed by a decline 1973-77, and a return to former abundance during 1978-82. Full recovery had never been made, and nearly all disappeared by 1984. Bottom dredging in the area (1935-37; 1956-58; 1959-61) indicated only one major change out of 18 spp. analyzed for Ipswich Bay-Echinarachnius parma increased significantly in abundance. From 21 spp. analyzed, 5 significant changes occurred in the North Section of the Annisquam Tidal Inlet-(Crangon septemspinosis, Pagurus longicarpus, Limulus polyphemus, Crepidula f ornicata, and CJ. plana)-all of which increased; and 5 changes in the Southern Section (including Little River)-(Lepidonotus squamatus, Carcinus maenas, and Mytilus edulis) which increased while Lunatia heros and Nassarius trivittatus decreased. In general, since 1933 the eelgrass community had been partially restored in this area by 1982 until all disappeared in 1984. Half of the common macro- scopic bottom invertebrates remained much the same after an interval of 21- 24 years with a significant increase for 9 spp. and a decrease for 2 spp. in the period of 1935-61. 95 THE ECOSYSTEM AS A STATISTICAL AVERAGER OF METEOROLOGICAL TIME SERIES. John F. Wing, Kenn A. Peterson and Kathleen M. Anderson, Wittenberg University, P. 0. Box if: 00 720, Springfield, OH 1+5501.

Annual precipitation and temperature records frequently do not correlate sig- nificantly with floral and faunal time series 'because of extreme fluctuations from year to year. Statistically averaging such fluctuations "by means of a moving average often "brings out" a relationship with a "biological time series, but the imputed relationship still fails to attain statistical significance because of the loss of degrees of freedom due to smoothing. However, such smoothing can be done justifiably without loss of degrees of freedom where experimental evidence exists that a given ecosystem itself actually is smooth- ing the effects of the meteorological variable in a similar way. In lotic ecosystems, for example, extreme interannual fluctuations in precipitation are smoothed by lake and ground- water storage (hence lake levels show much less fluctuation). Even interannual air (and lake) temperatures are effectively smoothed by thermal transfers such as sediment absorption and storage. In boreal forest ecosystems, precipitation is smoothed by groundwater storage, un- melted snow patches, and plant absorption and storage. Where such mechanisms exist but are not understood iri detail, it is recommended that a 3-year moving average be used: such an average closely approximates correlations obtained if one assumed that one-half of the prior year's value and one-eighth of the preceding year's value contributed to a current year's plant growth, biomass or population increase.

PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS CONCERNING THE EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE ON THE GASTRIC h.-ir EVACUATION RATE OF BROOK SILVERSIDES, LABIDESTHES SICCULUS. Andrew M. Turner. Department of Biology, Wittenberg University, Springfield, Ohio 45501

Gastric evacuation rate was studied by the serial slaughter method. After feeding Brook Silversides to satiation, the fish were sacrificed hourly to allow estimation of gut volume. Trials were run at 15°, 20°, 25°, and 30° C. Analysis of covarience showed that gastric evacuation rates increased significantly with higher temperatures (p< .001 and R -.61). Gut volumes decreased with time in a logarithmic manner. A lag phase lasting one to three hours, in which g.'i.. volume did not decrease, was observed following ingestion at all temperatures. Daily ration can be estimated from gut volume and the gastric evacuation rate. Therefore, knowledge of the gastric evacuation rate of an organism allows accurate estimation of food consumption.

ASPECTS OF THE PHYSICAL CONDITION OF r^RP (CYPRINUS CARPIO) IN A SMALL INDUSTRIALIZED MIDWESTERN RIVER. Bernard J. Moller. Depart- L • 3ff ment of Biological Sciences, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio 45221.

Fish were sampled from eleven sites along the Great Miami River usiuQ an electroshocking technique. Carp were censused extensively, recording the physical characteristics including size and weight, and blood samples were taken for cortisol analysis. The fish were examined thoroughly for developmental abnormalities, infection or chronic disorders. Up to 65% of the carp from some sites exhibit maladies while other sites have less than 10%. The relationship between fish maladies and environmental water quality were examined.

THE UTILIZATION OF STREAM HABITAT BY ARCTIC GRAYLING (THYMALLUS ARCTICUS), Robert D. Ries, University of Cincinnati, College of Arts k\k5 and Sciences, Department of Biology, Cincinnati, Ohio 45221.

The Arctic Grayling is the only vertebrate species found in some of the tundra streams in Alasks, thus providing a unique oppor- tunity to study the ecology of a vertebrate predator in a natural, simplified system. Grayling move into the headwaters following ice-out in the spring, and situate themselves among the beaded pools present in headwater streams. The distribution of grayling among the pools appears to be a phenomenon related to the physical characteristics of the pool chosen, and its effect on the currents that carry prey items to the fish. Fourty-five pools were mapped and monitored to determine the number and size of the fish present, and the specific qualities of a pool that are favored by the fish. Current seems to be one of the primary factors, and this might relate to the sedimentation rate of the drifting invert- ebrate prey - allowing a fish to optimize its foraging effort by sitting in areas where the food drifts toward it, and utilizing its energy to hold the feeding station from other fish.

96 S E C T I 0 N: S. INFO, AND LIBRARY SCIENCES SATURDAY, APRIL 20, 1985 ONLY MORNING ZIMMER 308 BILLIE BROADDUS, PRESIDING OFFICER

INTEGRATED ACADEMIC INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. Nancy M. Lorenzi, Ph.D., Associate Senior Vice President, University of Cincinnati Medical Center, 9:00 231 Bethesda Avenue, Cincinnati, Ohio, 45267-0574.

Due to the complexity of both the Medical Center and the required changes in infor- mation management, simply developing solutions to problems as they occur is insuf- ficient. Instead, we must strategically plan for the development and implementation of an Integrated Academic Information Management System (IAIMS) and academic programs which will prepare researchers, faculty, students, clinicians and administrators to function in an electronic health sciences environment. The IAIMS concept was first proposed in a report from the Association of American Medical Colleges entitled, "Academic Information in the Academic Health Sciences Center: Roles for the Library in Information Management" (Part 2, Journal of Medical Education, Vol. 57, No. 10, October 1982). A simple way to describe an IAIMS is as a "seamless information network. In more common language, it is "one-stop shopping" for all your information needs. Determined locally by each individual institution, the needs of all its constituencies, and available human and technical resources, an IAIMS is a network of distributed systems. This network preserves autonomy and diversity, minimizes central controls, and is governed by its members rather than managed centrally. In the present environment, biomedical information is growing at an exponential rate. The medical knowledge base increases eightfold during the life of each generation, thus creating an information crisis for researchers, educators, students, clini- cians and administrators. DANIEL DRAKE: A CHILD OF THE FOREST, A MAN FOR LIBRARIES. Marian Winner, Head Science Librarian, Brill Science Library, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio 45056 9:15 Daniel Drake occupies an important place in the literary and scientific saga of the Middle West. He is known not only as a pioneer in medical education, but also as a writer and an entrepreneur of cultural enterprises. When he came to Cincinnati there were 400 inhabitants in the midst of a wilderness with no commerce or communication. His efforts brought the commercial hospital to Cincinnati, helped to establish the Western Museum and the Cincinnati College of Medicine, the first Episcopal Church, a railway connection with South Carolina, and a debating society. It is fitting that with his literary and scientific interests he established the first circulating library in Cincinnati-. Daniel Drake sought to elevate and refine the society of Cincinnati by bringing culture and knowledge to the area, not only through his public works, but also through his literary achieve- ments. His determination to make a recognized scientific and literary contribution resulted in his Treatise on the Principle Diseases of the Interior Valley of North America, published in 1850. Daniel Drake was a pioneer with a character of striking individual force who understood the necessity of culture in the wilderness. He thoroughly understood the character of this early Middle West and believed that nature was a school of beauty. Noting that "if the move- ments of a solitary tree in the midst of the tempest are beautiful, the struggles of the forest are sublime".

GREEK AND LATIN IN ENGLISH TODAY. KRILL, Richard M., Foreign Languages Dept., The University of Toledo, Toledo, OH I+3606. 9:30 Although English is by origin a Germanic language, the portion of Greek and Latin elements in our mother tongue is significant by any standard of measurement. While the causes for this singular distinction can be traced along historical lines, the fact that most new words today are coined from these same ancient language sources is a matter that requires not only our attention but also better understanding. An examination of the Greek alphabet and some of its peculiarities with groupings of certain vowels and consonents, such as the "an" (ai) or the "

97 out change from Latin into their plural forms, the required agreement between Latin adjective- noun phrases found in English (anorexia nervosa), and finally the pronunciation of Latin phrases sometimes found as mottoes and legal and scientific terms in English.

END-USER SEARCHING IN ACADEMIC LIBRARIES Dorice Des Chene, Head, Chemistry-Biology Library(151), University of 9:^5 Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio 45221 Online computerized bibliographic searching, as the most frequently used fee-based reference and information service, has become a common feature of academic library services. At the beginning, there was an assumption that end users would like to perform their own searches, but as it turned out, most searches have been performed by librarians as intermediaries. Recently, however, the discussion and promotion of end-user searching has surfaced once again. The increasing personal use of microcomputers and the promotion of user-friendly varieties of search systems have brought the question to life anew. Academic and other librarians must try to determine how strong the demand for end-user access to search services is in their libraries, and whether or how this demand is to be met, if necessary. Methods of training, monitoring, and charging for services may have to be devised. Another question is whether or not end-user searching, either in the library or elsewhere, will remove or significantly decrease the necessity for intermediary searching by librarians. DANIEL DRAKE AND THE GREAT MEDICAL ETHICS QUESTIONS OF HIS TIME Jane L. Thompson, Serials librarian, University of Cincinnati 10:00 Medical Center, Health Sciences Library, 231 Bethesda Ave., Cin- cinnati, Ohio 45267-0574.

The conditions of medical practice in Daniel Drake's time provided him with many subjects for editorial comment. Questions of licensing, quality of medical education, medical quackery, and the ethics of adverti- sing were hotly debated in the literature. The paper will examine Drake's published opinions on these questions, as found in his Western Journal of the Medical and Physical Sciences and his Western Journal of Medicine and Surgery, and his other writings.

1:30 SECTION BUSINESS MEETING